WO2016120766A1

WO2016120766A1 - Systems and methods of playing enhanced version of ball based sports

Info

Publication number: WO2016120766A1
Application number: PCT/IB2016/050325
Authority: WO
Inventors: Srinivas S DEVATHI
Original assignee: Devathi Srinivas S
Priority date: 2015-01-30
Filing date: 2016-01-22
Publication date: 2016-08-04
Also published as: US20160220878A1; JP2018512057A; WO2016120766A9

Abstract

Systems and methods for playing a new enhanced version of the ball based sports (include shuttlecock based sports or puck based sports) that are currently played with a single ball (or single shuttlecock or single puck) used on the playing field or playing area. In an embodiment, a particular ball based sport could be played with at least two balls used simultaneously on the playing field or playing area, wherein each ball results in different score, delivers different advantage, weightage to the team when advanced into or towards the goal area. In this disclosed version of the sport, in an embodiment, the sport of Cricket could be played between two teams with 13 players on each side; using two balls simultaneously on the playing field; wherein the two balls are simultaneously in motion at least for some time in the sport and each ball results in a different score when a boundary is scored off of it. In such an embodiment, two bowlers simultaneously bowl two balls at two batsmen, one each. This version of the sport delivers enhanced entertainment and excitement for viewers and audience, while enables the application of much higher levels of strategy, thinking and planning into the game and sport.

Description

INVENTOR AND APPLICANT: SRINIVAS S. DEVATHI

PCT APPLICATION TITLE:

SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PLAYING ENHANCED VERSION OF

BALL BASED SPORTS

SPECIFICATION

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0001] The present application claims the priority benefit of the prior-filed United States

Application for Patent having the Application Serial Number 14/610,195, entitled "Systems and methods of playing an enhanced version of football sport", filed on January 30^th 2015, by Srinivas S. Devathi as both the inventor and applicant. The necessary fees for priority document and supplement for airmail have been factored into the fee calculation sheet.

FIELD

[0002] Embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure relate, generally, to devices, systems, guidelines, processes, technology, formulae and methods of playing sport, and more specifically, systems and methods usable to play, conduct, or organize variations on the sport of football (e.g., American Football, Canadian Football, Rugby Union, Rugby League, Soccer or similar sport) and/or to provide entertainment using such variations.

[0003] Further, the embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure relate to devices, props, accessories, systems, guidelines, processes, technology, formulae and methods of playing ball (e.g., ball, shuttlecock, puck or similar) based sports, and more specifically, systems and methods usable to play, conduct, or organize variations of such ball based sports so as to provide entertainment, while stimulating current day sports and related economics. In an embodiment, the sport of cricket could be played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. Other sports where such variations could be used include American Football, Australian Football, Badminton, Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball, Water polo or other ball based similar games/sports.

BACKGROUND

[0004] The sport of Football (American football or Canadian football) has been played for over 150 years in countries like USA and Canada, while another version of the sport such as Rugby has been played in other parts of the world like Europe, South America, New Zealand, Australia, Africa and few Asian countries. It has been played with one ball used on the playing field (during play) for all this time. Further, there is a lot of practice, strategy and planning that goes into playing each play or down in the sport of Football, however as traditionally played, the game is considered to be a very physical sport. Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people across the world.

[0005] Similarly, the sport of cricket has been played (internationally) with one ball since its inception in mid- 19^th century. Soccer has been played with one ball since it was first played in 1863. Basketball since 1891, Baseball since mid- 18^th century, Tennis since 1859, Badminton since mid- 19^th century, Volleyball since 1895, Polo (which is said to have been played by kings in 6^th century BC) played officially since 1936, Table Tennis since 1880's, Water Polo since late 19^th century, Lacrosse (which is said to have been played since 12^th century) played officially since 1869, Squash since 1830, Racquet ball since 1950, Field hockey since 19^th century, Ice hockey since 19^th century have all been played with one ball (or one shuttlecock or one puck) used on the playing field (or the playing area) at a time (during the play). Additionally, few other ball based sports that evolved in the last century have also been played with one ball. [0006] As a next stage in the evolution of the ball based (include shuttlecock, puck) sports listed above into 21^st century sports, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[0007] The embodiments disclosed herein offer such an enhanced version of these sports listed. It has to be noted that while general summary and details of the disclosed concept have been given, a specific section for each sport has been included. In this specific section for each sport, a brief summary, description of an embodiment of enhanced version (as compared to the current version), description of related sport drawings and claims related to the sport have been disclosed.

OVERALL SUMMARY

[0008] Embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods for playing an enhanced version of ball based sports. The scope of the present disclosure also includes systems and methods for playing an enhanced version of shuttlecock based sports (e.g., badminton) and also puck based sports (e.g., ice hockey). As cited in the field and background sections, many sports have evolved in the last two centuries, several of which are prop based sports, wherein the prop used in the sport could be a ball, a shuttlecock, a puck or similar accessory, and the prop forms the center piece of action for that sport. For example, if we consider the soccer sport, it is played with one ball and the entire sport, action, scoring revolves around the movement of this one ball. The ball is the central point of focus and scoring in the sport. Similarly, the shuttlecock is the central focal point in badminton and a puck in the case of ice hockey. So several sports introduced and developed over the last two centuries have a prop (a ball, a shuttlecock, a puck) as the central focal point of the sport. The art of winning in such sports is built around honing the human skill, physical prowess, mental strategy, fast and accurate decision making, building in team work such that they are quick and agile at maneuvering, handling, playing, hitting or dealing with the prop used in the sport. [0009] In some embodiments, by playing the sport simultaneously with two or more props instead of one (such as at least two balls, two shuttlecocks, two pucks), by altering the team compositions on both sides, by having a creative scoring methodology, by modifying the game rules and guidelines, the possible scenarios and outcomes in the sport are multiplied with a wide range of scoring possibilities. Systems and methods as described herein may deliver more excitement for the viewers watching the enhanced version of sports, expand and improvise the overall objective of the sport, expand the skillset of the players as needed to play the sport, enable the application of higher levels of strategy in the sport. In one embodiment, a version of soccer may be played with two balls instead of one, each ball carrying different weightages in terms of points awarded when a goal is scored. Also the sport could be played in a way that both teams simultaneously get a chance to attack as well as defend, as in each team having possession of one ball simultaneously on the playing field. Additionally, there could be guidelines to pause / play the sport as needed to build in structure to the sport. This evolves the sport into 21^st century, brings in additional strategy into the sport, as each ball in play results in different scores, and because of this, audience may get to see two goals kicked simultaneously in two opposite goal posts or the same one. The goal keeper maybe subjected to making split second decisions to stop/save the ball resulting in higher score as compared to the other ball. In an embodiment, there could be an additional goal keeper introduced to make scoring difficult. In summary, most of these prop based sports could be evolved into 21^st century by increasing the number of props used simultaneously in the sport with each prop having varying weightages, advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different scores when scored with. This concept could be extended to sports which are ball based, shuttlecock based, puck based or other prop based; which in today's version are played with just one ball, one shuttlecock, one puck or one prop.

[00010] Such embodiments of playing the sport of soccer with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball soccer format' or 'Multi ball soccer sport'. Similar extensions can be made to several other sports. As used herein, a "sport" includes any form of organized physical activity with a defined format, process, guidelines or rules, to play, score and arrive at a result (win or lose or draw on rare occasions). While there are individual sports, generally they are played between two parties, where each party could be a person or a team. Further, sport could be played in a competitive or non-competitive setting.

It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to one sport, but could be applied to most of the prop based (ball, shuttlecock, puck) based sports. While general detailed description is provided in a section below, each individual sport is discussed and outlined in detail, in its own section.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE RELEVANT DRAWINGS

Detailed description by each individual sport is covered separately. In the detailed description presented below, usable within the scope of the present disclosure, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

Figure 1 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment (variation in size, dimensions and maybe colors) of the three prolate spheroid shaped balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for American football sport or Canadian football sport.

Figure 2 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center, of three prolate spheroid shaped balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for American football sport or Canadian football sport. [00017] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Soccer sport or even Cricket sport.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[00018] Selected embodiments of the invention have been detailed by each sport separately.

Additionally, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. The disclosure and concept could be extrapolated to all the ball based sports that are played with just one ball on the playing field or playing area today, (e.g., American Football, Australian Football, Badminton, Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball, Water polo, Slam ball, Gridiron football, college football, high school football, fantasy football, professional football played by NFL (National Football League), professional football played by CFL (Canadian Football League), woman's Football, Rugby world cup, Rugby League world cup, Soccer world cup, Soccer leagues or other ball based similar games/sports). Further the disclosed concept could be adopted by various local, regional, zonal, national, international, global sports organizing bodies in the events, tournaments, match series, leagues, world cups that are organized in competitive spirit. The disclosed concept could also be adopted by mass populations all over the world to play for leisure or fun in a non -competitive setting. The disclosed embodiments and concepts promote and develop both physical and mental prowess in a balanced way.

[00019] Further the disclosed embodiments could be adopted by gaming technology companies, sports technology companies, digital gaming companies offering games online, on mobile, on smartphone, on tablet devises as sport applications; companies to build computer games, video games, experimental software, trial version games or software, other electronic sport based software or applications and other similar versions of sport related products.

[00020] The disclosure and concept could be extrapolated to all the shuttlecock based sports that are played with just one shuttlecock on the playing field or playing area today, (e.g., Badminton or similar sports).

[00021] The disclosure and concept could be extrapolated to all the puck based sports that are played with just one puck on the playing field or playing area today, (e.g., Ice hockey, Bandy or similar sports).

[00022] In general, the disclosure and concept could be extrapolated to all the prop based sports that are played with just one prop on the playing field or playing area today.

[00023] The disclosure and description herein is illustrative and explanatory of one or more presently preferred embodiments of the invention and variations thereof, and it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that various changes in, for example, the design (e.g., number of balls), organization (e.g., importance, weightages and points awarded to the balls), team structures (e.g., number of players and composition), umpire count, general and detail playing rules and guidelines, foul and penalty rules, touchdown, out of bound rules, balls possession guidelines, equipment structures and their sizes, colors, dimensions and methodology (e.g., few changes to playing rules, addition or removal of playing rules) may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention. Hence the illustrated embodiments should not be considered as limiting.

[00024] As well, it should be understood the drawings are intended to illustrate and plainly disclose presently preferred embodiments of the invention to one of skill in the art, but are not intended to be manufacturing level drawings or renditions of final products and may include simplified conceptual views as desired for easier and quicker understanding or explanation of the invention. As well, the relative size and arrangement of the components may differ from that shown and still operate within the spirit of the invention as described throughout the present application.

[00025] Moreover, it will be understood that various directions such as "upper", "lower", "bottom", "top", "left", "right", and so forth are made only with respect to explanation in conjunction with the drawings. Because many varying and different embodiments may be made within the scope of the inventive concept(s) herein taught, and because many modifications may be made in the embodiments described herein, it is to be understood that the details herein are to be interpreted as illustrative and non-limiting.

[00026] As cited in the field and background sections, many sports have evolved in the last two centuries, and several of them are prop based sports, wherein the prop used in the sport could be a ball, a shuttlecock, a puck or similar accessory that forms the center piece of action for that sport. For example, if we consider the soccer sport, it is played with one ball and the entire sport, action, scoring revolves around the movement of this one ball. The ball is the central point of focus and scoring in the sport. Similarly, the shuttlecock is the center focal point in badminton and a puck in the case of ice hockey. So several sports introduced and developed over the last two centuries have a prop (a ball, a shuttlecock, a puck) as the central focal point of the sport. The scope of the present disclosure also includes systems and methods for playing an enhanced version of shuttlecock based sports (e.g., badminton) and also puck based sports (e.g., ice hockey).

[00027] In some embodiments, by playing the sport simultaneously with two or more props instead of one (such as at least two balls, two shuttlecocks, two pucks) on the playing field or playing area, by altering the team compositions on both sides, by having a creative scoring methodology, by modifying the game rules and guidelines, the possible scenarios and outcomes in the sport are multiplied with a wide range of scoring possibilities. Systems and methods as described herein may deliver more excitement for the viewers watching the enhanced version of sports, expand and improvise the overall objective of the sport, expand the skillset of the players as needed to play the sport, enable the application of higher levels of strategy in the sport. In one embodiment, a version of Cricket may be played with two balls instead of one, each ball carrying different weightages in terms of scores awarded when a boundary is hit. Also the sport could be played in a way that two bowlers bowl two balls simultaneously at two batsmen, one each. This evolves the sport into 21^st century, brings in additional strategy into the sport, as each ball in play results in different scores, and because of this, audience may get to see two boundaries hit simultaneously or two wickets fall simultaneously. In summary, most of these prop based sports could be evolved into 21^st century by increasing the number of props used simultaneously in the sport with each prop having varying weightages, advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different scores when scored. This concept could be extended to sports which are ball based, shuttlecock based, puck based or other prop based; which in today's version are played with just one ball, one shuttlecock, one puck or one prop. Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of sports format are numerous. From the sportsmen standpoint, they need to sharpen their skills at dealing with say balls of different sizes and weights and have to adjust their skill in handling them, passing them, kicking them, hitting them with a bat to get the desired results. This will broaden their skillset for improved skill levels. Their physical prowess and fitness to handle multiple balls or props in the sport, may need to be elevated to the next level. This will push the fitness levels of sportsmen in general. Additionally, concentration, focus, quick thinking, agile strategic thought process and split second decision making will come into play in such enhanced version of sports, thus sharpening the mental or mind aspect of these sports significantly. In general, much higher levels of strategic thinking will come into play in these sports. The team coach will have a lot of creative thinking options to win a game even when they are down and behind the other team. In the present disclosure format of sports, there may be a choice or option to increase the number of strategic timeouts taken by the teams to pause the game, outline a new strategy and restart the game. This may also increase the think tank team size working behind the team coach to provide new and creative ways of scoring and winning the game or sport. Similar advantages will be felt by sportsmen, coaches, support teams in other prop based sports, based on present disclosure, such as shuttlecock based sports, puck based sports or other prop based sports. [00029] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of sports format are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format will deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sports. For example, in a Soccer game played with two balls, there could be a possibility of two goals being struck simultaneously in opposing goal posts or the same goal post. An ardent Soccer fan would be appreciative of the skills brought to the game by the sportsmen, goal keeper and will become aware of finer subtle adjustments in skill and strategy brought by the team in real time, while playing the sport. In summary, the present disclosure format of sports will have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of certain sports across the world.

[00030] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of sports, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sports. This will benefit the sports organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[00031] Improved economics further translates to improved earnings of sports broadcasters, sportsmen and improved technology implementation in the sports.

[00032] In one of the embodiments, rather than playing the sport of Soccer with the one ball, the sport could be played with more than one ball. In an embodiment, the sport may be played with two balls. Both balls may be of the same color or of different colors. Both balls may be of the same size, shape, and mass or of different size, different shape, and/or different mass. Other attributes, such as material or surface texture or ball firmness (e.g., air pressure within the ball) may be same among both the balls or different from one another. Figure 52B illustrates an embodiment of two soccer balls which could be used in the sport simultaneously on the playing field, with different ball sizes and colors (shown in different patterns). For the purpose of referring to the balls individually, we shall call the balls as A (21) and B (22). In the disclosed version, the first thing to note about the two balls is that they are of two different sizes. In an embodiment, they could both be spherical but of different diameters. Ball A, which could be the same ball used in the current day sport of Soccer is roughly 22 centimeters in diameter (24). In this embodiment, it could be white in color. Ball B, the second ball added to the sport could be slightly larger at say 25 centimeters in diameter (23). In this embodiment, it could be orange in color. The two balls in the sport will carry different weightages or importance. In an embodiment, ball A when kicked into the goal post could result in 2 points for the team, when the ball B could result in 4 points. The material with which the balls are manufactured could be consistent and their surface finish could be same. The internal air pressure could be same across the two balls, providing the same firmness level when the ball is kicked. The weights of the two balls could be different. The ball B could be slightly heavier than ball A. The varying sizes and weights provide room for expanding the skillset among the players. E.g., to kick the ball A into the goal post, the force applied and trajectory given to the kick, has to be different as compared to that of ball B. The color difference between balls, will enable the viewers and spectators to clearly distinguish the two balls visually, resulting in better understanding of the game / sport. The resulting different scores with each ball will enable better strategy, planning and team work in the sport as scoring with the ball yielding more points will become important as compared to other. For the defending team, blocking and gaining possession of the ball yielding more points will become important. These aspects add a whole new dimension to the sport as per the present disclosure. The sport of Soccer is discussed in detail separately in its own section. Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of the three balls (which could be used in the sport of American football or Canadian football) giving their sizes and colors (shown as different patterns) which may be used in this sport. For the purpose of referring to the balls individually, we shall call the balls as Colt (11), Stallion (13) and Mustang (15). In an embodiment of the disclosed version, the first thing to note about the three balls is that their lengths measured at the central axis line of the prolate spheroid shape (17) is one and the same. In an embodiment, they all could measure a length of 11 inches. The difference however is in the size of the balls measured as the circumference along the plane of largest diameter. Mustang which could be the same ball used in the current day sport of Football is 22 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (16). In this embodiment, it could be brown in color. Stallion is the midsized ball which could be 20 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (14). In this embodiment, it could be orange in color. Colt is the smallest of the three balls and could be 18 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (12). In this embodiment it could be red in color. The three balls in the sport will carry different weightages or importance. In an embodiment, when a Colt is touched down, the team is awarded 10 points, when a Stallion is touched down, the team is awarded 6 points and when a Mustang is touched down, the team is awarded 2 points. The material with which the balls are manufactured are consistent and their surface finish will be same. The internal air pressure will be same across the three balls, providing the same firmness level when the ball is gripped. The weights of the three balls are different. The Mustang will be the heaviest, followed by Stallion which could be approximately couple ounces lighter than Mustang, followed by Colt which could be approximately four ounces lighter than Mustang. The varying sizes and weights provide room for expanding the skillset among the players. E.g., to throw or toss a ball to a distance of 10 yards, the force applied and trajectory given to the toss, has to be different for each ball. Depending on the ball in hand, the players have to adjust the force and release provided to the ball, so that it travels the required distance. Figure 2 illustrates the varying circumferences of the three balls Colt (21), Stallion (22) and Mustang (23), along the plane of largest diameter. The sport of American football is discussed separately in its own section. So is the sport of Canadian football. The current day ball based (or shuttlecock based or puck based) sports are played with one ball (or one shuttlecock or one puck). In the disclosed embodiments, the sport could be played with two, three, four, five or more balls simultaneously used on the playing field. Given the field size and number of players on the field; when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of the exact number of balls that would be deemed as optimal number could be arrived at. For example, in the case of American football, using 2 balls is a good possibility, however addition of a third ball, may tend to just lift the sport up and deliver more excitement. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become complex and confusing for viewers to follow. Based on such analysis, in one disclosed embodiment of the sport of American football, it could be played with three prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Similarly, each sport will have its own optimal number of balls, shuttlecocks or pucks it could be played with as compared to other variants.

[00035] Similar embodiments could be outlined for other sports such as American Football,

Australian Football, Badminton, Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball, Water polo or other ball based similar games/sports.

[00036] There are several categories of sports, one of which are territorial type 'Advance - Block' type of sports. These sports are a set of sports that involve defending territory in general, wherein one team defends their territory while the other team attacks or advances into their territory and places a prop (could be a ball, puck or any other object used as a central piece in the sport) in the opposing team goal area. Then the counter offense begins and both teams score goals / points to decide who is the winner. Most of these sports are time bound sports, as they are played for a certain defined period of time. Many of the globally renowned sports today fall into this category. For example, Soccer, American football, Canadian football, Hockey, Ice hockey, Basketball, Rugby Union, Rugby League, Polo, Lacrosse, Water polo or other similar sports. In an embodiment these sports could be played with more than one ball (or puck) simultaneously used on the playing field or playing area, wherein each ball (or puck) has a different weightage and delivers a different score as compared to the other ball (or puck). In such cases, in these sports a lot of strategy comes into play as the teams have to build in their offense and defense strategy in order to score with the ball (or puck) that delivers more points as compared to the other. In such sports, a team could have scored higher number of goals, try's, touchdowns, baskets and yet be on the losing side due to scoring fewer points than the other team. The other team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher number of points due to making goals with a higher weightage ball or a strategic ball. Predominantly these sports have been relatively physical in nature with less strategy in them. This introduced embodiment will bring in a lot of strategic thinking in the overall sport, attacking strategy, defending strategy; overall coaching, planning and approach strategy towards the sport and individual plays or sub sections within the sport. So, predominantly physical sports will now become a balanced physical and strategic thinking sports. In such sports in case of a tie / draw due to both teams scoring equal number of points, the winner should be the team that has scored fewer goals to arrive at the score, as it means they scored with balls (or pucks) with higher strategic importance; which in turn communicates that they applied better strategy than the other team (it implies that better strategy is always rewarded). In summary, team with higher points wins. In case of a tie or draw, the team with lower goals (try's, touchdowns, baskets etc.) is declared as winner. In case of a tie/draw with equal number of points and equal number of goals, based on the sport they could play extra time or follow other rules / guidelines to determine the winner. Another category of sports is 'Net based' sports. Badminton, Tennis and Table tennis are some of the prominent net sports. They involve playing rallies with ball or shuttlecock, and score points by winning the rally as per set rules. In an embodiment by introducing a second ball or second shuttlecock, which results in different score when a point is scored off of it, the sport can be opened up to bring in more strategy and counter strategy. Most of these sports are hand-eye coordination type of sports which require agile movement, stamina, strength and an array of strokes to succeed. By introducing a second ball or shuttlecock, the sport will be expanded to include additional strategy to score with the ball or shuttlecock yielding higher number of points as compared to other. The sportsmen skill would be improvised to think fast, react fast and make split second decisions to score and win. Further in such sports both balls or shuttlecocks could be served by one team or both teams (one each) simultaneously. This will result in exciting outcomes and more entertainment for the viewers. Other net sports that could be similarly expanded are Volley ball, Throw ball or similar sports. Height of the net could be varied in some embodiments to make it challenging for the players and expand their skillset.

[00038] Another category of sports is 'Bat and ball' sports. Cricket and Baseball are the prominent bat and ball sports in the world. Both comprise of bringing in individual talents and team work together in balanced proportions. This set of sports involve using a bat to hit the ball thrown at them and score runs, by running or hitting the distance. In an embodiment they could be played with more than one ball simultaneously used on the playing field wherein each ball scores a different score when hit the distance. For example, balls resulting in different scores when hit for a boundary by ground or by air or a home run. This could involve multiple bowlers or pitchers bowling balls to an equal number of batsmen or batters to hit the balls thrown at them. This enables much higher levels of team work among the batsmen / batters that are simultaneously batting and also among the bowlers / pitchers that are simultaneously throwing balls. And the viewers would get to see simultaneous home runs, boundaries, wickets and will be entertained. Such expansion of the sport, brings in a lot of strategy and counter strategy into the sport which will be appreciated by the sporting fraternity and coaching teams.

[00039] Some embodiments disclosed herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[00040] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are hundreds of sports based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sports, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new versions or embodiments of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone, tablet devise or online applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[00041] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball Soccer, 3 ball American football format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[00042] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sports video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile or smartphone applications, tablet applications are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day ball or prop based sports, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sports.

[00043] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the ball based sports (include shuttlecock based or puck based sports).

[00044] While the claims listed here are a general broad claim set, individual claim sets by each sport are presented in each individual sports section. While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein. INDIVIDUAL SPORTS SECTIONS

INCLUDES SPECIFICATIONS AND CLAIMS FOR 30 SPORTS

[00045] The disclosed concept in this application can be applied and extrapolated to several ball, shuttlecock or puck based sports which are currently played. 30 sports have been individually discussed one after the other in their own sections. For each sport, specifications (for most sports includes summary, brief description of related drawings and detailed description of an embodiment) and claims have been disclosed.

[00046] The 30 sports discussed are: American Football, Australian Football, Badminton,

Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball and Water polo.

AMERICAN FOOTBALL SECTION SUMMARY

[00047] The sport of American football has been played for over 150 years in USA. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[00048] As a next stage in the evolution of American Football sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[00049] In an embodiment, American Football could be played with more than one ball (e.g.,

3 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[00050] Such embodiments of playing the sport of American Football with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball American Football' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to variants of American Football sports such as Gridiron football, college football, high school football, fantasy football, professional football played by NFL (National Football League), woman's Football or other ball based similar sports.

[00051] The priority application to this PCT application is a USPTO application, which is specific to the sport of American Football and the sport is discussed in great lengths of detail. In this PCT documentation section of American Football, excerpts from the priority application are given.

[00052] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for illustrative purposes, a particular "3 -ball American Football Sport" format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, the "3-ball American Football Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting.

[00053] As per 'National Football League', the measurements of the prolate spheroid ball currently used in the sport is an approximate 11 inches in length measured along the central axis and an approximate 22 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. And it is brown in color. This ball may be used in embodiments of the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Mustang' going forward. The second ball is also a prolate spheroid ball with the same length as Mustang (11 inches), but measures only 20 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. This second ball will be referred as 'Stallion' going forward. Stallion may be orange in color. The third ball will also be a prolate spheroid ball with the same length as Mustang (11 inches), but may measure only 18 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. This third ball will be referred to as 'Colt' going forward. Colt will be red in color. In a different embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[00054] In this embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a Colt is touched down, the team is awarded 10 points. When a Stallion is touched down, the team is awarded 6 points. When a Mustang is touched down, the team is awarded 2 points. Colt becomes the most important ball to focus on, for the team to score, even if it means at the cost of the other two balls. Also, the possession of all three balls will depend on which team possesses the Colt. On a field goal Colt, Stallion and Mustang are awarded 5, 3 and 1 points respectively. For the point after touchdown (PAT), all three balls will result in 1 point.

[00055] As compared to the existing sport of Football played with 11 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this embodiment of the sport will have 15 players per side on the field at a point in time. The offense team will have the same existing 11 player positions with two more quarterbacks added and two more wide receivers added. This will take the count to 15 players on the offense side. The total of 3 quarterbacks and 4 wide receivers (plus a tight end), would enable the maneuvering of all three balls in the field and enable up to all three balls released for wide receivers to catch at the same time. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[00056] Similar to the offense team, in this embodiment the count of the defense team will also move up from the current 11 to 15. There will be two more defensive linemen added and two additional safety positions added. The two additional linemen to try and tackle the two added quarterbacks on the offense side. The two additional safety positions will tackle the two added wide receivers. This means 15 players in offense and 15 players in defense, on the field at a given point of time.

[00057] In this embodiment of the sport, the Colt would be used to kick the game off. Once the possession and the starting 'Line of scrimmage' is determined, the game is played with all three balls. As in the current version, the offense team has to move forward by 10 yards in four downs. However, the yards advanced or backed up will be determined by an algorithm or formula based on the positions of three balls at the end of the down, in reference to the direction of the down. Simply put, a positive advancement in yardage of Colt would result in better advancement overall as compared to Stallion and Mustang. While the offense team is always looking to move all three balls forward, one, two or all three balls could be intercepted and taken by the defense team in opposite direction. If the defense team intercepts Colt, they get possession of all three balls and begin with their first down. The offense team retains possession of one, two or all three balls in the game, as long as they continue to possess the Colt. The defense could intercept the Stallion and Mustang, but the possession will still remain with the offense team, as long as they possess Colt. Note that the defense could even touch down Stallion and Mustang after interceptions, yet will not possess Colt for the subsequent down. The offense team will continue the next down with Colt, based on the algorithm or formula derived location of the new 'Line of Scrimmage'. Line of Scrimmage will be referred as LOS going forward. If the offense team is unable to advance the LOS by 10 yards in four downs, the defense will gain possession and will start their first down with all three balls. Alternately, after all three balls are touched down in either ends, the defense will start again with a kick-off and start their first down with all three balls. It is to be noted that if the Colt is touched down by offense team or the defense team (after an intercept), that team will possess the remaining two balls and continue the game from the derived 'Line of Scrimmage' in the next down. In this scenario, the ball that determines the possession becomes Stallion. When only one ball is in the play, the team possessing it will be the offense team. After touch down of each ball, the field goal is offered to the team that touched down for the additional one point (PAT). It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[00059] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[00060] Figure 1 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment (variation in size, dimensions and maybe colors) of the three balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The balls are referred as Colt, Stallion and Mustang.

[00061] Figure 2 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center, of three balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure.

[00062] Figure 3A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 3B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

[00063] Figure 4A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 4B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

[00064] Figure 5A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 5B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

[00065] Figure 6A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 6B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Figure 7A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 7B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

Figure 8A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 8B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

Figure 9A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 9B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

Figure 10A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the way the sport is played today. Figure 10B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure.

Figures 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 show diagrammatic views of embodiments of few possibilities in forward movement or advancing strategies by the offense team within the scope of the present disclosure.

Figures 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 are illustrations to demonstrate how the weighted average formula or the algorithm is applied to various different scenarios in the sport to arrive at the new LOS and the possession for the next down.

Figures 38 to 44 depict diagrammatic views of an embodiment of the 'Snapper', a system used to snap all three balls at a time by the center position player in the offense team.

Figure 45 - is one of the embodiments shown in the form of a block diagram view to illustrate the communication between the centralized game computing system, ball location capturing system, ball displacement computing system, display or broadcast system and specialty lighting or laser system.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[00074] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[00075] The current day sport of football is a game played with one ball. It is a prolate spheroid ball which is brown in color. In some embodiments, the sport is played with three balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of three balls may be an optimal number. Using 2 balls is also a good possibility, however addition of a third ball, may tend to just lift the sport up and deliver more excitement. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with three prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a three -ball version of the sport and variants are provided below. This illustrative version of the sport may be referred to herein as "the disclosed version" or "the disclosed new version". In an embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[00076] The priority application to this PCT application is a USPTO application, which is specific to the sport of American Football and the sport is discussed in great lengths of detail. In this PCT documentation section of American Football, excerpts from the priority application are given. [00077] Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of the three balls giving their sizes and colors (shown as different patterns) which may be used in this sport. For the purpose of referring to the balls individually, we shall call the balls as Colt (11), Stallion (13) and Mustang (15). In the disclosed version, the first thing to note about the three balls is that their lengths measured at the central axis line of the prolate spheroid shape (1 ) is one and the same. In an embodiment, they all could measure a length of 11 inches. The difference however is in the size of the balls measured as the circumference along the plane of largest diameter. Mustang which could be the same ball used in the current day sport of Football is 22 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (16). In this embodiment, it is brown in color. Stallion is the midsized ball which could be 20 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (14). In this embodiment, it is orange in color. Colt is the smallest of the three balls and could be 18 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (12). In this embodiment it is red in color. The three balls in the sport will carry different weightages or importance. In an embodiment, when a Colt is touched down, the team is awarded 10 points, when a Stallion is touched down, the team is awarded 6 points and when a Mustang is touched down, the team is awarded 2 points. The material with which the balls are manufactured are consistent and their surface finish will be same. The internal air pressure will be same across the three balls, providing the same firmness level when the ball is gripped. The weights of the three balls are different. The Mustang will be the heaviest, followed by Stallion which could be approximately couple ounces lighter than Mustang, followed by Colt which could be approximately four ounces lighter than Mustang. The varying sizes and weights provide room for expanding the skillset among the players. E.g., to throw or toss a ball to a distance of 10 yards, the force applied and trajectory given to the toss, has to be different for each ball. Depending on the ball in hand, the players have to adjust the force and release provided to the ball, so that it travels the required distance. Figure 2 illustrates the varying circumferences of the three balls Colt (21), Stallion (22) and Mustang (23), along the plane of largest diameter.

[00078] The current day sport of football is played between two teams of 11 players each. The 11 players are well suited to cover the field, line up at the line of scrimmage and play the sport to score points by taking the (one) ball to the goal area (end zone) of the opposing team. Here are the names of the 11 player positions on the offense side: Tailback, Fullback, Quarterback (one), Wide receiver, tackle, guard, center (one) and tight end. A typical combination used is one tailback, one fullback, (always) one quarterback, two wide receivers, two tackles, two guards, (always) one center and one tight end, taking the total to 11 offensive players. Note that in the current sport, the combination of these positions can be altered. Similarly, the names of the 11 player positions on the defense side are: Linebackers (could be inside, outside, left, right or combination), safety (could be strong or free), end, corner back, tackle, nose tackle, defensive player and defensive back. A typical combination used is three linebackers (this could be more), two safety positions (free and strong), two end, two cornerbacks and two tackles, taking the total to 11 defensive players. Note that in the current sport, the combination of these positions can be altered. However, in the embodiment described herein, the sport, is played with 3 balls and additional players are used to handle the balls and maneuver them through the defense team and touchdown to score points. To manage the three balls and play with them, two more quarterbacks and two additional wide receivers may be added. Taking the team size of the offense team to 15 players. To defend the ground, four more players may be added to the defense team. Two additional tackle positions and two additional safety positions could be added to the defending team, also taking their strength to 15 players. Note that, within the 15 member teams on offensive and defensive sides, the composition of players, positions or roles of the players can be altered as per the coach and team strategy, going into the game and in particular the down. E.g., a down could be played with six wide receivers or a combination of 4 wide receivers and 2 tight ends. Similarly, the composition of the defending team could also be altered as per team strategy for the game and the down. Note that in an embodiment, the sport could be played with 13 players on each side (e.g., just add two additional quarterbacks to the current day 11 people team on the offense side). However, addition of two more wide receivers may open up the number of options for the three quarterbacks to work with, strategize and navigate through the defense team. In conclusion, in an embodiment, the sport of football is played between two teams of 15 players each on the field at a given point in time.

[00079] Further, in the disclosed version, there are three parallel plays or fewer in a given down (one play per ball), there is a need for additional umpires to follow each individual play, so as to assess the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that play. In an embodiment, there could be two additional umpires added to the current day sport umpire head count, to monitor the sport as it is played.

[00080] Figures 3A and 3B show an embodiment of the 11 player offense team alignment in the current day sport and the corresponding 15 player embodiment of the sport respectively. In figure 3A, you see a typical combination of offense team aligned behind the LOS. It shows one tailback, one fullback, one quarterback, two wide receivers, two tackles, two guards, one center and one tight end. The corresponding alignment of the 15 players may be as shown in figure 3B. It shows the two new quarterbacks and the two new wide receivers added. These positions have been shown shaded. The important thing to note is that in an embodiment the 'Center' could snap all three balls using a device called Snapper (if the two guards are not used for manual snapping). The details of the Snapper devise are given in later paragraphs. After the snap the three quarterbacks that are aligned right behind him (Center), to catch a ball each and execute the game plan for that down. While the distances and positions of the quarterbacks could vary by few yards or meters, their overall positions are relatively fixed and are behind the center in almost all formations. And the two additional wide receivers are spread wide, to accommodate better penetration onto the defense side and get into catching positions for the quarterbacks to throw the balls at them.

[00081] Figure 4A shows the 11 player offense team formation in an embodiment in the current day sport, with only one wide receiver and two tight ends. Figure 4B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player formation. Two quarterbacks added behind the center and two wide receivers spread on both sides of the center. [00082] Figure 5A shows the 11 player offense team formation in an embodiment in the current day sport, with no full back, no tight end but four wide receivers. Figure 5B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player formation. Two quarterbacks added behind the center and two wide receivers added and almost positioned around the tight end positions. In this case we are playing with a total of six wide receivers.

[00083] Figure 6A shows an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the current day sport, aligned against a typical offense team formation. This is referred as 4-3 defensive scheme. As in 4 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers. The corner backs and safeties are spread across the field to tackle (cover) wide receivers from gaining distance and yardage or catching the ball. Figure 6B shows an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation of the sport aligned against the 15-member offense team. You can see the new positions shown in shaded pattern, with two additional tackles on the defense line and two safeties spread behind. This formation is now referred to as 6-3 defensive scheme, with 6 defensive linemen and 3 line backers. This is one of the embodiment of several possible formations.

[00084] Figure 7A shows an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation in the current day sport. This is referred as 3-4 defensive scheme, with 3 defensive linemen and 4 linebackers. Figure 7B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player defense team formation which is referred as 5-4 defensive scheme, with 5 defensive linemen and 4 linebackers.

[00085] Similarly figure 8 A shows an embodiment of 3-3 defensive stack scheme, with 3 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers, in a current day sport 11 player defense team formation. Figure 8B shows the corresponding embodiment of 5-3 defensive stack scheme, with 5 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers, in 15 player defense team formation.

[00086] Figures 9A and 9B show the embodiment of current day sport 11 player formation and the corresponding sport embodiment of 15 player formation respectively, in what is referred as 'Under shade front'. Similarly, figures 10A and 10B show the embodiment of current day sport 11 player formation and the corresponding sport embodiment of 15 player formation respectively, in what is referred as 'Flex front'. In an embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 15 players on each side. The objective of the game is for the offensive team to take the three footballs and either carry or pass them into the goal area (end zone) of the opposing team. Given the assigned different weightages for the balls, if they cannot take all three balls to end zone, the next best thing for them to do is to take the ball with the highest weightage into the end zone, thus scoring more points. Further, even advancing the ball with higher weightage becomes important, as it gives better yardage advancement overall. Effectively, the offense team has multiple objectives prioritized for themselves, enabling a lot of strategic thinking in the sport. The defensive team tries to tackle the offensive players carrying the balls before they can move the balls to the end zone, which is called a touchdown which would earn points for the team. Each game is started by one team kicking the Colt (ball) to the other team. Once a player catches the kicked Colt (ball), the play continues until that player is either tackled or crosses one of the restraining lines (sidelines or goal lines). After the player is tackled on the kickoff, the offensive team has four downs to move the LOS (based on the movement of three balls) by 10 yards. Each time the offense moves the LOS (based on the movement of three balls) by 10 yards, it is called as getting a first down which means they earn a new set of four downs. The offense often chooses to punt (kick) the Colt (or the prevailing higher weightage ball) to the defense on the fourth down if they're not confident of earning a first down. If they do punt, the receiving team now becomes the offense, and they have four downs to gain 10 yards. Each time a team completes scoring touchdowns (crosses the opponent's goal line with one of the balls) on all three balls or kicks a field goal (place kicks the ball between the uprights of the goal post), the next series of downs is started by a kickoff. Each half of the game is also begun with a kickoff. Once a play is started, the offensive players can block the defensive players to prevent them from tackling the offensive men carrying the three or fewer balls. It is to be noted that each down is considered to have ended when all three plays (one per ball) or fewer in that down have come to an end. A block entails physically preventing the opponent from getting to the ball carrier. The blocker may use his hands, arms or shoulders to physically hit the defender. When tackling, there are fewer restrictions for defensive players. They may pretty much use their arms and hands in any way, except they may not grab the ball carrier's face mask or the collar of his shoulder pad. Blocking or tackling illegally results in a penalty. The offense may either run the ball(s) or pass the ball(s) in order to gain yardage. If they choose a running play, the quarterback may hand the ball to any teammate except the five offensive linemen, or he may carry the ball himself. On a pass play, the quarterback may throw a pass to any of his teammates except the five offensive linemen or have the pass thrown to him after he hands or passes the ball to a teammate. A pass is any ball thrown overhand or underhand to another player forward toward the line of scrimmage. If the pass is thrown sideways or backward from the line of scrimmage, it is called a lateral. A pass that is not caught before it hits the ground is considered incomplete and results in the end of play pertaining to that ball. On an incomplete pass, the play ends for that particular ball. If a lateral is thrown or pitched and lands on the ground, it is considered a free ball for either the offense or defense to pick up and gain possession of that particular ball. A pass must be thrown from behind the line of scrimmage on the offensive team's side. If a player throws a pass once he has crossed the line of scrimmage, it is a penalty on the offensive team. Strategy comes into play when the offensive team tries to figure out the best way to move the balls down the field. Some of the strategy for the offense involves finding ways to line up to be able to run the play as effectively as possible. This may then be countered by the defense trying to line up against the offense in such a way to put them in the best position to stop the down or plays within the down by a ball. This back and forth continues throughout the game. The same type of strategy may involve the offense trying to run plays at specific defensive players they feel they can exploit. Similarly, the defense will try to line up players to get the best physical match-ups they can versus the offensive players. In some embodiments of the sport we use the term 'Down' as opposed to play. As each down involves using three balls and maneuvering each ball itself is a play. As in each down has three plays or fewer depending on the number of balls the down is played with. An end of down (with three balls) is only when all three plays (one per ball) within the down come to an end. In essence, it is three plays (one per ball) executed in parallel within the down. And a down is completed when all three plays or fewer in the down are completed. While the strategy in the current day version of the sport is all about taking the one ball in the play to the end zone, the strategy in disclosed embodiments of the sport is multi fold as the objective of each down is to take all three balls in the down, to the end zone, or at least advance the LOS forward by 10 yards. So, there is more strategy involved in creating misdirection among the defensive players to carry forward all three balls. It is to be noted that in a given down, by the end of the down the three balls could be anywhere on the field and possessed by either teams, depending on how the three plays within the down unfolded. Due to this situation, there is a weighted average formula used to compute the new LOS in each down. The formula will be detailed with examples in the subsequent paragraphs. It should also be noted that each ball has different weightages and awarded different scores when touched down. E.g., Possession of Colt is more important than Mustang or to touch down Colt at the expense of Stallion and/or Mustang. Such scenarios come into the mix. This adds a lot more complexity and scenarios into the overall strategy employed in the sport and in each down. The scoring per each ball is also discussed in subsequent paragraphs. Figures 11 through 15 show embodiments of few approaches / strategies that the offense team could employ to take the three balls forward. The three quarterbacks need to be fully in sync with the three plays they would play within the down. As shown in figure 11 , one of the quarterback is going for the running play, while the second is going for the passing play and the third is employing a hand-off strategy to Full Back. In the process the Wide receivers are running forward (E.g., flat route or curl route) through the gaps to position themselves for the catch when the quarterback releases the ball. Figure 12 shows two quarterbacks choosing the passing plays while one employing the running play. The wide receiver can employ the curl route instead of flat route approach. The white semicircular sector is shown to represent the curl route zone that could be taken by the wide receivers. Figure 13 shows six wide receivers running forward with the left side quarterback looking to pass the ball to the right side long wide receivers. The right side quarterback looking to pass the ball to the left side long wide receivers. Basically in a cross throw pattern, while the center quarterback taken the running play approach. Figure 14 shows the left quarterback doing a hand-off to fullback and the right side quarterback doing a hand-off to the tailback. While the center quarterback is looking to pass the ball to any of the wide receivers free on both sides of the field. Wide receivers could employ the curl route. Figure 15 shows the left side quarterback going for a hand-off play to the fullback. While the other two quarterbacks are focusing on the left side of the field towards which all the wide receivers and tight ends are running. This scenarios bring up the possibility of one wide receiver catching two balls one after the other or running with two balls at a time. It may be a rare event, but when it happens it would deliver great fun to the viewers and audience. An extremely rare possibility of one player running with all three balls and touching down might not be ruled out either. However, in comparison, one player touching down with two balls may happen often. In the current day sport of football, a touch down of the single ball yields 6 points to the team, while a field goal by itself gives 3 points and the point after touchdown (referred as PAT going forward) gives 1 point. In the disclosed embodiment of the sport of football, each ball has a different weightage and importance and results in different scores when touched down. When touched down, Colt results in 10 points, Stallion results in 6 points and Mustang results in 2 points. When a field goal is employed, Colt results in 5 points, Stallion results in 3 points and Mustang results in 1 point. All three balls result in 1 point for a PAT. Various different scoring models were looked at and analyzed, but the difference in weightages delivered by this model will drive a lot of creative thinking and strategy into the sport. E.g., the offense team could choose to possess Colt and touch down even at the expense of giving away the possession of Stallion and Mustang to the defense team. Further, it has to be noted that, if the field goal is opted (without a touchdown), only one field goal is allowed in one down. And they have to proceed in the sequence of low weightage ball to the high weightage one. E.g., you cannot opt Colt for field goal when you still have Mustang in play. As in field goal (without touchdown) can go in the following sequence, one per down - Mustang, first, Stallion next and finally Colt. This approach deters teams from opting for field goals without touchdown, as they get lesser points by taking field goal on Mustang and then Stallion.

[00090] In one embodiment, weightages of 2.0, 1.25 and 1.0 are assigned to Colt, Stallion and Mustang respectively. While other models and weightages have been assessed, this weightage model gives very high impact weightage to Colt as compared to the other two. Hence enabling better application of strategy in the sport.

[00091] The following is an algorithm or weighted average formula used in one embodiment to arrive at the new LOS at the end of each play, using the recommended weightages. F = (S + (((C*2) + (L*1.25) + (M* l)) / 3)). In the formula F = New LOS for the next down. S = the start LOS at the beginning of the down. C = the number of yards Colt has been displaced in the down. L = the number of yards Stallion has been displaced in the down. M = the number of yards Mustang has been displaced in the down. A forward movement yardage will be entered as a positive number and a backward movement yardage will be entered as a negative number, for C, L and M. The distance displaced (for C, L and M) is the measured displacement along a straight line parallel to the sideline. E.g., If the down began at 25 yards' point. Colt was moved forward by 10 yards. Stallion was moved forward by 5 yards. Mustang was moved backward by 10 yards. M will be the only negative entry into the formula. Applying the numbers into the formula, we get F = 30.4, which will be the new LOS.

[00092] To illustrate the computation of new LOS and define possession of balls in various scenarios, figures 16 to 37 have been provided to cover various possible scenarios in the sport. All the diagrams are self-explanatory and show the position of new LOS and the possession of balls for the next down. The broken line is the start LOS at the beginning of the down. The positions of the three balls define their ending positions at the end of the down. The thick black line represents the new LOS for the next down by applying the formula. Here is a quick rundown of all the scenarios. Figure 16 shows offense advancing all three balls and they have moved forward and retained possession. Figure 17 shows one ball advanced by offense while they lost yardage on two other balls. As they lost yardage on Colt and stallion which carry bigger weightages, they are pushed back but retain possession. Figure 18 illustrates that due to higher weightage, a forward movement of Colt has advanced them forward though the advances on the other two balls were lesser. Figure 19 shows that the positive yardage achieved by moving Stallion and Mustang have been negated by losing yardage on Colt. Overall, their new LOS is at about the same position of the starting LOS. Figure 20 shows Colt touchdown (by offense) and hence its displacement is entered as zero into the formula. The resulting new LOS is where the offense starts with the remaining two balls. If Colt went out of bounds off the field, the new LOS as per formula would be the same, as C=0 in both cases. Just that the next play would be played with 3 balls in this case, as opposed to 2 balls if Colt was touched down. Figure 21 shows two balls touched down and the new LOS for the next down with one ball. Figure 22 is similar to figure 21, however the new LOS has moved backwards. Figure 23 shows a scenario where Colt and Mustang have been intercepted by defense and touched down, while offense advanced Stallion. The negative yardage on Colt and Mustang are entered into the formula to push back the LOS. Further as defense intercepted Colt, they now have possession of the remaining balls in the next down. Figure 24 shows Colt intercepted and touched down by defense, thus becoming offense in the next down and possessing the remaining two balls. Figure 25 shows a scenario where offense touched down Mustang while defense intercepted and touched down Colt. Defense becomes offense and starts at the computed new LOS and possesses the remaining ball in next down. Figure 26 shows offense losing yardage on all three balls but retaining possession for the next down. Figure 27 shows a previous scenario with a starting LOS of 90. Figure 28 shows start LOS of 90 with two touch downs. Figure 29 shows a start LOS of 90, offense touchdown Colt, while defense intercepted and touchdown Stallion. The new LOS is computed and offense retains possession and plays with Mustang in the next down. Figure 30 shows a start LOS of 90, defense intercepted and touchdown Colt, while offense touchdown Stallion. The possession is now with defense and they start the next down from the computed new LOS. Figure 31 has a start LOS of 10, Colt intercepted by defense and touchdown, while the other two balls advanced by offense. But the next down possession will be with defense from the computed new LOS. Figure 32 has a start LOS of 10, defense has intercepted and touched down both Stallion and Mustang and the new LOS formula resulted a negative number. So, the new LOS for next down is set at 10, with possession to offense as they still hold Colt. Similarly, if the LOS formula results a number greater than 100, the new LOS is set to 90. Figure 33 shows a simple scenario with start LOS as 10. Figure 34 is also a regular possible scenario with start LOS at 10. Figure 35 shows a scenario of two touchdowns by defense but colt retained by offense and hence they retain possession for next down from the computed LOS. Figure 36 shows a scenario where defense has intercepted the Colt and taken 25 yards but not touched down. The new LOS is computed for the next down from where the defense owns possession and becomes offense. Figure 37 shows a similar scenario as in figure 36 but with a different start LOS. In some embodiments described herein of the sport of Football, after every down is completed, there is a need to instantly compute the location of new LOS, score, possession and communicate it to everyone (teams, audience, viewers and for display on digital display board). While this could be done manually as explained in the paragraph above, there is a tremendous scope for introduction of technology to fully automate this process and make it very fast so as to deliver the new LOS, score and possession to everyone, almost instantaneously. Such technology could comprise of a 'Ball location capturing system', 'Ball displacement computing system', 'Display or broadcast system' and 'Specialty lighting or laser system', wherein all these four systems communicate with a centralized 'Game computing system' which is operated or controlled by the scoring team and the game officials. Figure 45 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of how the five systems communicate with each other. As shown in the figure, the game computing system has two-way communication with ball location capturing system and ball displacement computing system; while has one-way communication with display or broadcast system and specialty lighting or laser system. One possible way to automate the 'Ball location capturing system' is by adopting a 'Sky camera technique'. In this technique, a high quality, high definition camera is suitably placed at an elevation so as to capture a still image of the entire playing field. The camera could be elevated to an altitude that does not disrupt the sport in anyway. In an embodiment, it could be suspended 100 feet above the ground level or more as needed. Further this camera could be a video camera (that continuously captures the action on the field) or a photo shoot camera that can capture still image or picture via a control that is remotely stationed as part of the game computing system. The camera itself could be fixed at an elevation by any of the supporting mechanisms such as a rigid truss or a frame, controlled helium balloon or suspended by two or more (E.g., four) cable wires which are controlled by cable rollers that are fixed to two or four corners of the stadium. Essentially this camera captures a still image after every down. The only requirement would be that the players move away from the ball (at least a meter or more), placing the ball on the ground at its final position after the completion of the play within the down, so that the camera captures the exact location(s) of one, two, three or more balls on the field. The image as it is a constant frame has precise aspect ratio, layout, dimensions and pixels. After each down, when players move away by a meter or more, a clear photograph of the entire field is captured. With the image, there are several photograph based software and applications that distinctly recognize the three different balls by their color or size and output precise exact locations of all the balls on the field with an accuracy of up to a centimeter or better. These locations are fed automatically to the 'Ball displacement computing system' which in turn gives the displacements, using which the 'Game computing system' executes the mathematical formula and computes the new LOS. The primary function of the ball displacement computing system is to receive the ball location data (from the game computing system) and convert it into actual displacement measurements on the playing field and return the displacement data back to the game computing system. Additionally, a 'Score computation system' may also be built separately or integrated with the game computing system to assist the scoring team. The other aspect which the umpire on the ground has to reveal is the possession after each down, for the next down. This cannot be automated, as the umpire on the field alone would know who held the ball with highest weightage before it was grounded by the end of the down. This technique is relatively the lowest cost solution delivering the most accurate and precise locations of the balls and hence the calculation of the new LOS and score. Also, in this solution there is no technology that needs to be embedded into the balls used in the sport.

In some embodiments of the sport of Football, the snap of three or fewer balls, which begins the down from scrimmage, could also be done using a new devise called Snapper. An embodiment of the 'Snapper' devise and how it operates is illustrated in figures 38 through 44.

Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of American football are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of American Football is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of American Football, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several American football based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[00099] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball American football format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000100] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day American football, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000101] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000102] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the American Football sport.

[000103] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein. CLAIMS - AMERICAN FOOTBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

11. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of American football, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport; and determining a starting position for at least one attempt to advance at least two balls in the game or sport, based on an ending position of at least one ball at the end of a previous attempt to advance at least two balls; and advancing at least two balls from the starting position, wherein advancing one ball from the starting position results in different advantage than advancing at least one other ball from the starting position.

12. The method of claim 11, wherein the game or sport of American football is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by attempting to advance at least two balls towards or into an opposing team end zone or an opposing team goal area.

13. The method of claim 12, wherein the attempt to advance at least two balls towards or into the opposing team end zone or the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, or combinations thereof.

14. The method of claim 12, wherein each team receives at least one attempt to advance at least two balls by a pre-defined distance towards or into the opposing team end zone or into the opposing team goal area, each attempt comprising: determining a first team and a starting position from where the first team begins to advance at least two balls; opposing the first team from advancing at least two balls, a second team trying to gain possession of at least one ball and advance at least one ball; displacing at least one ball from the starting position to an ending position anywhere on the playing field, by the first team or the second team, and bring the first team attempt to advance at least two balls to a complete stop; determining the team that will advance at least one ball for a subsequent attempt; deriving displacement data of at least one ball from the starting position to the ending position on the playing field, in the first team attempt to advance at least two balls; determining or computing the starting position for the subsequent attempt to advance at least one ball by using a mathematical formula, which uses the derived displacement data of at least one ball in the first team attempt to advance at least two balls; and tracking the scores for the first team and the second team.

15. A system for providing directions for playing or conducting a game or sport of American football, by using at least two balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport, on a playing field, the system comprising: a game computing system configured to: control a ball location capturing system, wherein the ball location capturing system comprises a camera based system or sensor based system or GPS (Global positioning) system or combinations thereof; receive location information of at least two balls on the playing field from the ball location capturing system; transmit the captured location information of at least two balls on the playing field, to a ball displacement computing system; receive the ball displacement data of at least two balls, from the ball displacement computing system; and compute the starting position for a subsequent attempt to advance at least one ball, using a mathematical formula based in part on the ball displacement data of at least two balls on the playing field at the end of the attempt to advance at least two balls.

16. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of American football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of American football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

AUSTRALIAN FOOTBALL SECTION

SUMMARY

[000104] The sport of Australian football has been played since 1859. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000105] As a next stage in the evolution of Australian Football sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport. [000106] In an embodiment, Australian Football could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 3 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000107] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Australian Football with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Australian Football' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Australian Football sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000108] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Australian Football Sport. In particular, a 3-ball Australian Football sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "3-ball Australian Football Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment' , just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with two or more than 3 balls.

[000109] The current sport of Australian football is played with a size 5 prolate spheroid ball which is an approximate 30 centimeters in circumference along the plane of largest diameter perpendicular to the stich seam. And let's say it is red in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a prolate spheroid ball with slightly higher corresponding circumference, of 34 centimeters. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be orange in color. A third ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a prolate spheroid ball with slightly higher corresponding circumference, of 38 centimeters. This third ball will be referred as 'Ball-C going forward. Ball-C may be blue in color. In a different embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction. [000110] In the disclosed embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 6 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 1 point. When Ball-B is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 7 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-C is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 8 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 3 points. So, Ball-C becomes the most crucial ball to score with, followed by Ball-B, as compared to Ball-A, based on the points they deliver. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-C and Ball-B from being advanced towards or into the goal area as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000111] As compared to the existing sport of Football played with 18 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 20 players per side on the field at a point in time. The current team composition is 3 full-forward positions, 3 half-forward positions, 4 rover / ruck man positions, 3 half-back positions, 3 full-back positions and 2 wing positions. The disclosed embodiment will have 2 additional rover / ruck man positions. This will enable up to three balls simultaneously being kicked or fisted or tapped into the goal area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000112] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000113] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which: [000114] Figure 1 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the three prolate spheroid balls with same axis length (17) but varying sizes. Ball-A (11), Ball-B (13) and Ball-C (15) with increasing sizes and circumferences (12, 14 and 16) are shown. They could be in different colors represented by different patterns.

[000115] Figure 2 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the three prolate spheroid ball circumferences across the largest diameter point, perpendicular to stich seam (21, 22 and 23).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000116] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000117] The current day sport of Australian football is a game played with one prolate spheroid ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with three balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of three balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with three prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a three-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000118] The current day sport of Australian football is played between two teams of 18 players each. This involves propelling the ball by kicking or fisting or tapping the ball between the goal posts. For a lower score the ball can be propelled between the goal post and behind post. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. And the game is played for an approximate 80 minutes in four quarters of approximate 20 minutes each.

[000119] In the disclosed version, there are three parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that play.

[000120] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 20 players on each side, but with three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of three plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of three balls and becomes the offense team. The three plays start from the center line of the center square. The offense team possessing the three balls will play the game with intent of propelling the balls into the goal area (between the goal posts or behind posts) and score points. The offense team has to follow the set guidelines and rules to advance the balls. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using tackling strategies and could also intercept one or all balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. In this embodiment, one iteration of offense team 'Attempt' is considered ended when all three plays (one per ball) in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the possible endings listed here. If a ball goes out of bounds, outside the field, the play for that ball is considered ended. All players can now focus on the remaining active balls left on the field. Each play per ball is considered ended when a goal is scored, or the ball goes out of bounds, or a foul has been committed by any player resulting in penalty for that play. Once all plays in the current attempt have ended, the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the center square, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess all three balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. It is the responsibility of the offense team to ensure ball does not go out of bounds in their advancing play, unless their winning strategy demands such a deliberate act. While three balls are in play, and a foul has been committed on one ball, the play for that ball stops (considered ended) and the other active balls in play continue until they come to an end. Once the other plays have ended, the play on first ball which was a foul shall be restarted from the point of foul as per game rules and referee directions on play and penalty. This play has to come to an end, before a second attempt could actually begin from the center line of the center square. In the case where two fouls have occurred on the field, for two plays, both plays are restarted from the respective points as per guidelines applicable for that foul and referee instructions on play and penalty.

[000121] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line of the center square. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000122] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the center square, with each team having possession of at least one ball. The toss determines who starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. For the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field.

[000123] In the disclosed embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 6 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 1 point. When Ball-B is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 7 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-C is propelled through the goal posts, the team is awarded 8 points and when a behind is scored (between the goal post and behind post), the team is awarded 3 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-C or Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds, or lose possession of Ball- A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or more balls and score. In particular, the defense team will focus on intercepting or gaining possession of Ball-C or Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals scored on both sides simultaneously or three goals scored on one side, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000124] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems that show foul lines and other points on the field, could be employed.

[000125] The playing field of Australian football is oval in shape and has no fixed dimensions.

It could be an approximate 160 meters long and 130 meters wide, making it a large field. The field has goal squares at both ends, which have the four goal posts erected. This makes playing teams of 18 members or more very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 3 -ball Australian football could easily be played, given the field size, by having 20 member sides.

[000126] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Australian football are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Australian Football is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000127] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Australian Football, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000128] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000129] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Australian football format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000130] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Australian football based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000131] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Australian football, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport. [000132] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000133] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Australian Football sport.

[000134] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - AUSTRALIAN FOOTBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

17. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Australian football, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

18. The method of claim 17, wherein the game or sport of Australian football is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by advancing at least one ball towards or into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to advance at least one ball.

19. The method of claim 18, wherein advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, dribbling at least one ball, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

20. The method of claim 18, wherein a first team advances at least two balls from the center line of the center square on the field, in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team advances at least two balls from the center line of the center square on the field, in at least one of the subsequent attempts to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

21. The method of claim 18, wherein both teams simultaneously advance at least one ball from the center line of the center square on the field, in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

22. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Australian football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Australian football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

BADMINTON SECTION SUMMARY

[000135] The sport of Badminton has been played since 19^th century. All this time, it has been played with one shuttlecock being used on the playing court or playing area (during active play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one shuttlecock) and has entertained millions of people.

[000136] As a next stage in the evolution of Badminton sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000137] In an embodiment, Badminton could be played with more than one shuttlecock (e.g.,

2 shuttlecocks) used simultaneously on the playing court as part of the sport, with each shuttlecock having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another shuttlecock used in the sport.

[000138] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Badminton with more than one shuttlecock, could also be termed as 'Multi shuttlecock Badminton' format or sport. In an embodiment, 'Ball badminton' could also be played with more than one ball simultaneously used on the playing court or play area as part of the sport. The same concept as explained in this section for Badminton, could be extrapolated to the sport of 'Ball badminton' as well. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Badminton sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000139] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one shuttlecock, for example, 2-shuttlecock Badminton Sport. In particular, a 2- shuttlecock Badminton sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-shuttlecock Badminton Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 shuttlecocks.

[000140] The current sport of Badminton is played with a shuttlecock (often referred as birdie) which is an approximate 5.5 grams in weight with 16 feathers attached to a cork (of diameter 28 mm). And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this shuttlecock may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Shuttlecock-A' going forward. A second shuttlecock is additionally used in the sport which is an approximate 6 grams in weight with 16 feathers attached to a cork (of diameter 32 mm) [slightly heavier and bigger]. This second shuttlecock will be referred as 'Shuttlecock-B' going forward. Shuttlecock-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more shuttlecocks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000141] In the disclosed embodiment, the two shuttlecocks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a point is won with Shuttlecock-A, the player / team is awarded 1 point. When a point is won with Shuttlecock-B, the player / team is awarded 2 points. If a side (team) wins points with both shuttlecocks, they are awarded a total of 3 points. So, in effect Shuttlecock-B becomes the more crucial shuttlecock to score with as compared to Shuttlecock-A, as it yields more points. However, the team's focus (both the opposing teams) should be to score points with both shuttlecocks simultaneously to maximize the score, or at least score with Shuttlecock-B as it delivers higher number of points as compared to Shuttlecock-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000142] As compared to the existing sport of Badminton which is an individual sport

(excluding the doubles format which is played with 2 players on each side, but still with a single shuttlecock used in the play), this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 2 or even 3 players per side on the court at a point in time, but playing with 2 shuttlecocks simultaneously used as part of the active game play, and varying advantages. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two shuttlecocks simultaneously being hit or struck by two players with their racquets into the opposite side of the court area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000143] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000144] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000145] Figure 55 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Badminton court shape, with the central net (5501) dividing the court into two equal halves, along with 2 player spread on each side of the court. One team players shown as ovals while the other shown as circles.

[000146] Figure 55A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Badminton court shape, with a central net (5501) diving the court into two equal halves, along with 3 player spread on each side of the court. One team players are shown as ovals while the other are shown as circles. The third player on both sides (shown in lines pattern) is a 'net game' player, who could be added into the 2-Shuttlecock Badminton format, who is always in a squatting or bent posture such that the player's head is always below the net height (so as not to interrupt or obstruct the other shuttlecock plays), while looking to terminate a shuttlecock play by sudden net game shots to score for their team. Such a third player could be added into the sport in selective situations as selective embodiments. For e.g., in the final game of a match or the entire match.

[000147] Figure 55B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Cross play' in a 2- Shuttlecock Badminton format, wherein one arrow shows the rally of one shuttlecock between cross court players of opposite sides and the rally is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a cross court pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the rally of the second shuttlecock fixed between cross court players of opposite sides. In such a 'Cross play', comprising of two parallel rallies the direction and players playing a shuttlecock cannot change. The center line is the dividing line to define cross court play. [000148] Figure 55C depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Straight play' in a 2- Shuttlecock Badminton format, wherein one arrow shows the rally of one shuttlecock between straight court players of opposite sides and the rally is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a straight court pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the rally of the second shuttlecock fixed between straight court players of opposite sides. In such a 'Straight play', comprising of two parallel rallies the direction and players playing a shuttlecock cannot change. The center line is the dividing line to define straight court play.

[000149] Figure 55D depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Free play' in a 2- Shuttlecock Badminton format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and any player can attempt to play / hit any shuttlecock to any of the players on the opposite side. In such a 'Free play' there are no rules governing the direction of play or players playing the shuttlecocks. There are no fixed rallies. This play is relatively challenging as a team strategy could be to direct both shuttlecocks towards one player, when the player may be able to return only one shuttlecock, while they score on the other. In such a circumstance, the receiving player should attempt to keep Shuttlecock-B (higher scoring shuttlecock) in play as opposed to the other shuttlecock.

[000150] Figure 55E depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Alternate play' in a

2-Shuttlecock Badminton format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and as in the current day sport of table Badminton doubles, the players should alternately switch the shuttlecock they hit to the opposite court. In such a 'Alternate play' there are no rules governing the direction of play, however the players should alternately switch the shuttlecock they hit into the opposite court. This is a very difficult play, given the pace of Badminton sport and the court distances they have to cover.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000151] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000152] The current day sport of Badminton is a game broadly played in two formats (singles and doubles) with one shuttlecock used during the active play. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three shuttlecocks simultaneously used during the active play. Given the court size and number of players on the court - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of shuttlecocks used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two shuttlecocks may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three or four shuttlecocks, the game may need more players on courts (which would restrict player movement given the court size), and given the pace of the game it would become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical shuttlecocks of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-shuttlecock version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both shuttlecocks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000153] The current day sport of Badminton is played between two parties of at least 1 player each. In specific, it is played in two formats of singles or doubles. This involves using a racquet to serve or strike or hit the shuttlecock over the net onto the opposite side of the court such that the opponent is not able to return it back to your court, in the process gaining points. And the game is not time bound, but is played with set guidelines and rules around how points are scored. The conventional scoring is in points, which result in winning games, which in turn result in winning the match.

[000154] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per shuttlecock), as it is played with two shuttlecocks simultaneously used on the playing court or playing area. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules. [000155] Given the pace of the current day Badminton sport and the court size, in the singles format a simultaneous usage of two shuttlecocks (one shuttlecock served by a player from each side), is very difficult to manage or play. There would be no rally achieved and at least one play would end within 2 to 3 shots. And when one shuttlecock play ends the second shuttlecock play could continue, however the overall game would be not very different from playing with a single shuttlecock. While the disclosed embodiment could be attempted in the singles format, played and fine-tuned, it may be better suited for doubles format or teams of larger sizes (greater than two).

[000156] In a different embodiment, the singles format could be played with two different shuttlecocks (of varying sizes, colors and weightages) yielding different scores when points are scored off of them. For example, Shuttlecock-A slightly smaller in size resulting in winning 1 point while a larger Shuttlecock-B resulting in winning 2 points, used in alternate serves. If the first point played with Shuttlecock-A, takes a player to 1-0; then the second point played with Shuttlecock-B, allows the player who is down on score to jump 2 points by winning one point and get to score line of 1-2. So, instead of using the same shuttlecock for all points, in an embodiment in singles format of Badminton, two shuttlecocks could be alternately used in points or games to enable accelerated scoring and giving a player behind on score an outside chance to come back and win the match. Further, such usage of two different shuttlecocks in different points pushes the skill levels of the players. In an embodiment, such pattern of singles format play could be played with more than 2 shuttlecocks (of varying sizes and scores delivered).

[000157] The current day sport of Badminton, played in doubles format, uses one shuttlecock

(during the active play) on court and outside of the serve restriction, it is generally played in free format, as in any player on one team could strike or hit the shuttlecock to any player or any part of the court on the other side, without much restrictions.

[000158] In the disclosed embodiment, Badminton played with 2 or more players on one side

(as one team) can play the sport using 2 shuttlecocks simultaneously used during the active play on the playing court or play area. In an embodiment of Badminton in doubles format, the team that wins the toss could choose to serve or choose the side of court. The team that gets to serve, simultaneously serves two shuttlecocks from their side to the opposite side team, such that each shuttlecock falls in one of the service boxes on the other side of the court. They could serve for the first four plays, and the other team gets to serve in the next four plays, and such switching continues until the end of the sport format, which could be the best of 3 games as in the current day sport. In an alternate embodiment, for every point, both teams get to serve simultaneously, and the toss determines which team serves with higher weightage shuttlecock (the shuttlecock that results in higher score) as opposed to the other. In such a case, one player from each side serves one shuttlecock simultaneously in a coordinated way. In such embodiments where two shuttlecocks are served simultaneously by two players, the timing of service could be coordinated by a countdown '3 -2-1 -go' or a dummy gun shot.

[000159] In the disclosed embodiment, one team serves for a set of 4 plays. The plays are cross-play, straight-play, free-play and alternate-play. Each play begins by one team serving two shuttlecocks simultaneously to the opposite team. The team that wins a point with Shuttlecock- A, gains 1 point, wins a point with Shuttlecock-B, gains 2 points and wins points with both shuttlecocks Shuttlecock-A and Shuttlecock-B wins 3 points, in that play. This opens up each play and sport as the team strategy should be to win both points simultaneously to gain 3 points in the play, otherwise score with Shuttlecock-B to gain 2 points as compared to Shuttlecock-A. This brings in thinking and strategy into the sport and into each play. After the set of four plays are complete, the service is switched to the other team. They continue playing the four plays by switching services and embark on a race to 50 points (equal to 21 points for a game in today's sport) to win a game. Three such games are played and the best of three games is declared as winner of the match. On a tie at 50 points by both teams, a differential of 3 points will decide the winner.

[000160] In the disclosed embodiment, the 4 plays are played as follows. The services by two players are done from the two service boxes simultaneously. The 'center line' is a key court line for the various plays. The cross play as depicted in figure 55B is only played cross court as two individual singles cross court points played in parallel. The serving team has to serve to their cross court counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played cross court, with 'center line' as the boundary line. The players and shuttlecocks with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the cross rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. As mentioned before the strategy is to win both points, or with Shuttlecock-B as compared to Shuttlecock-A. The players on both sides do not switch positions (service boxes) or shuttlecocks, but will serve straight courts this time (thus changing the shuttlecocks to receivers). The second play begins and it is played as shown in figure 55C. This is straight play and the serving team has to serve to their straight court counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played straight court, with 'center line' as the boundary line (as in to one side of the center line). The players and shuttlecocks with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the straight rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The third play is a free play format as depicted in figure 55D with a broken arrow representing that any player could hit any shuttlecock. This begins with the two players serving shuttlecocks cross court, but after the serves are done, the players and shuttlecocks they are playing are not fixed. Any player can play any shuttlecock and return it to any player on the opposite side or rather hit it to any part of the opposite side of the court. This is relatively challenging as players may receive two shuttlecocks simultaneously and they have to decide which shuttlecock to let go and which one to play. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The fourth and final play called as the alternate play as depicted in figure 55E. The dotted arrows imply that each player should alternately receive and return the shuttlecocks Shuttlecock-A and Shuttlecock-B (as in current day table tennis doubles). This is the most difficult of all the plays. This begins with the two players serving shuttlecocks straight court, but after the serves are done, the alternate shuttlecocks receive / return begins. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. It has to be noted that in the free play and alternate play, the center line is relevant only for the services and loses significance in the rest of the rallies (plays). At the end of the four plays, the other team takes over serving and they serve for the next four plays as listed above in the same sequence. Scores keep piling on, and who ever reached 50 points first wins the game. In the case where the two shuttlecocks collide in any of the plays, that play is 'replayed' until a score is determined for the play. If the serve did not cross the net or is flawed, the team loses that play and the resulting points. Striking or hitting two shuttlecocks at a time with a single Badminton racquet may not be allowed in such an embodiment. However, one player could return two shuttlecocks one after the other into the opposite side of the court.

[000161] In an alternate embodiment within the disclosed embodiment, a 3^rd player on each side could be brought onto the court, as a squatting or bent net player as depicted in figure 55A, wherein the player head is lower than the net height and they could suddenly leap and terminate a rally by winning points for their side.

[000162] In an embodiment, for playing the disclosed embodiment, the center line (white line) could be extended to the entire length of the court to clearly determine who won the points in various plays. In particular, it plays a significant role in the first two plays.

[000163] In the disclosed embodiment, a 60 or 120 second interval could be provided between games, so that teams can take a break, read the match situation and assess strategy for next game. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000164] In an alternate embodiment, the height of the net could be altered electronically to move up by one or two inches every game. The current court net is 5 feet 1 inches high at the posts (ends) and 5 feet high in the center. If the net could be designed, to be electronically controlled by rollers / gears such that with the switch of a button the height could be upped by 1 or 2 inches, such increments could be adopted after every set, to further challenge the players to push and evolve their skills. This tests the team's adaptive skills to changing conditions.

[000165] In the disclosed embodiment, the two shuttlecocks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. A point with Shuttlecock-A wins 1 point, while a point with Shuttlecock-B wins 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as teams can look to score off of Shuttlecock-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Shuttlecock-A go out of bounds. This embodiment of the sport could result in points scored simultaneously on one side or both sides of court, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000166] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple shuttlecocks and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each game along with laser lighting systems that show impact points on the court, could be employed.

[000167] The playing court of Badminton is measured at an approximate 13.4 meters long and

6.1 meters wide. This makes playing teams of 1 or 2 members, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-shuttlecock Badminton could easily be played, given the court size, by having 2 or up to 3 member sides, and adding a Shuttlecock-B.

[000168] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Badminton are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Badminton is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000169] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Badminton, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000170] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more shuttlecocks used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000171] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 shuttlecock or 3 shuttlecock Badminton format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000172] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Badminton based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000173] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Badminton, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport. [000174] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one shuttlecock, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000175] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Badminton sport.

[000176] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - BADMINTON SPORT

What is claimed is:

23. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Badminton, the method comprising: using at least two shuttlecocks simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one shuttlecock results in a different score than scoring using at least one other shuttlecock; and the said at least two shuttlecocks are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

24. The method of claim 23, wherein the match or sport of Badminton is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to win a play or rally or game or match or combinations thereof, by scoring higher number of points, by serving or hitting at least one shuttlecock into opposite side of the court in a way such that the said at least one shuttlecock is not returned back into the serving side of the court, in at least one attempt given to each team to serve or hit at least one shuttlecock. 25. The method of claim 24, wherein a game comprises of at least one of cross-play, straight- play, free -play, alternate -play or combinations thereof.

26. The method of claim 24, wherein serving or hitting at least one shuttlecock into the opposite side of the court comprises of at least one player throwing at least one shuttlecock by at least one hand, holding at least one shuttlecock by at least one hand, tossing at least one shuttlecock by at least one hand, hitting at least one shuttlecock using a Badminton racquet by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

27. The method of claim 24, wherein a first team serves at least two shuttlecocks in at least one play, to serve or hit at least one shuttlecock into the opposite side of the court, while a second team serves at least two shuttlecocks in at least one of the subsequent plays, to serve or hit at least one shuttlecock into the opposite side of the court.

28. The method of claim 24, wherein both teams simultaneously serve at least one shuttlecock, in a single play to serve or hit at least one shuttlecock into the opposite side of the court.

29. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Badminton that uses at least two simulated shuttlecocks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court or playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Badminton that uses at least two simulated shuttlecocks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court or playing area. BANDY SECTION

SUMMARY

[000177] The sport of Bandy has been played since 1875 and it was first played in England.

All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the bandy arena or ice field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. The word Bandy used in this section refers to all its variation or similar sports such as Rink bandy. Around the world the sport is also referred with alternate names such as Russian hockey, ball hockey, ice ball or hockey with a ball.

[000178] As a next stage in the evolution of Bandy sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000179] In an embodiment, Bandy could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the bandy arena or ice field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000180] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Bandy with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Bandy' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Bandy sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000181] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Bandy Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Bandy sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2- ball Bandy Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls. [000182] The current sport of Bandy is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 63 mm in diameter and is generally made out of cork center with rubber or rubber like plastic exterior. And let's say it is cerise in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical rubber ball with slightly higher diameter of 70 mm. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be orange in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000183] In the current day sport of Bandy (played on ice, generally in an ice arena, by skaters), the one ball used as part of the sport is hit or shot by a Bandy stick into the opposing team goal area (the area defined by a bar as goal post and further defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000184] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of total points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty shot is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000185] As compared to the existing sport of Bandy played with 11 players on each side at a given point in time on the ice field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 13 players per side on the ice field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper, forwards, midfielders and defenders. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward and an additional midfielder. In an embodiment a 14^th player could be a dual role player who could be a goal keeper and also defender simultaneously. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000186] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000187] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000188] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Bandy sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000189] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000190] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000191] The current day sport of Bandy is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the ice field or play area size and number of players on the ice field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000192] The current day sport of Bandy is played between two teams of 11 players each. This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, shooting, advancing the ball, using a Bandy stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in two periods of 45 minutes each. [000193] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the bandy arena or ice field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000194] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 13 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the bandy arena or ice field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the ice field or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion by scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the ice field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000195] In the sport of Bandy, outside of the teams shooting the ball into the goal area, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play (penalty) which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the ice field from side lines, a restart stroke to the opposing team is given. If the ball left the field from the goal line without scoring a goal, a free stroke or corner stroke is awarded. Other conditions include foul play situations. For e.g., referee stopping play and penalizing the team with a penalty shot. All such stoppages / interruptions of the play will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment. However, Bandy in general is a free flowing sport with fewer stoppages or interruptions and can continue without an interruption for up to 5 minutes or more.

[000196] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios (out of bounds or fouls) are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the bandy arena or ice field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the bandy arena or ice field, until it comes to an end (by scoring a goal) or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, generally with an official face-off. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously as per game rules. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000197] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions / stoppages as counted by the referee / official on one ball (one play). [000198] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000199] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the ice field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the ice field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000200] In an alternate embodiment, each attempt could begin with two 'face-off s'. Like in the current day sport a 'face-off gives an opportunity to both teams to gain possession of the ball; as the official drops the ball to the ice where two players (of opposite teams) face each other and attempt to gain control of the ball, when it is dropped. In a version of the disclosed embodiment, the possessions of two balls could be determined by two simultaneous 'face-off s' conducted by two officials along the center line. Depending on the outcome of the face-offs one team can possess two balls or each team can possess one ball to begin the attempt and play. In such an embodiment, all attempts in the sport could begin by two simultaneous face- offs allowing the teams to battle it out for possession of the ball(s), as an alternate to toss.

[000201] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000202] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000203] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament (such as penalty shoot-out), to determine the winner.

[000204] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the ice field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000205] The bandy arena or ice field of Bandy is (about the same size as football pitch) measured at an approximate 100 meters in length and 60 meters wide. The size of the ice field is large enough to make playing teams of 11 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ice field. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Bandy could easily be played, given the ice field size, by having 13 (or even 14) member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per goal.

[000206] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Bandy are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Bandy is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000207] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Bandy, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000208] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000209] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Bandy format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream. [000210] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Bandy based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000211] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Bandy, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000212] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire / official count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000213] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Bandy sport.

[000214] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - BANDY SPORT

What is claimed is: 30. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Bandy, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a bandy arena or ice field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

31. The method of claim 30, wherein the game or sport of Bandy is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one ball.

32. The method of claim 31, wherein the said at least one attempt given to each team begins with at least two simultaneous face-offs, officiated by at least two officials, such that at least two players from each team have an opportunity of gaining possession of at least one ball.

33. The method of claim 31, wherein shooting at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player wearing ice skates or hockey skates or Bandy skates and advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, striking at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, running with at least one ball, shooting at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball using an Bandy stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

34. The method of claim 31 , wherein a first team shoots at least two balls in an attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team shoots at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area. 35. The method of claim 31, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one ball, in a single attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

36. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Bandy that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing area or simulated ice field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Bandy that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing area or simulated ice field.

BASEBALL SECTION SUMMARY

[000215] The sport of Baseball has been played since 18^th century. It was first played in

England. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000216] As a next stage in the evolution of Baseball sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000217] In an embodiment, Baseball could be played with more than one ball (e.g., up to 3 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000218] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Baseball with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Baseball' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Baseball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000219] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Baseball Sport. In particular, a 3-ball Baseball sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "3-ball Baseball Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting.

[000220] The current sport of Baseball is bat-and-ball sport played with a spherical baseball, baseball bat and gloves among other equipment. The baseball in itself is approximately 3 inches in diameter, 9.5 inches in circumference and weighs an approximate 5 ounces. And it is white in color with red color seam stitches. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball- A' going forward. However, the disclosed embodiment uses up to three balls in the sport simultaneously. A second ball is additionally used in the sport (specially, when the 1 ^st base is loaded) which is also a spherical ball with slightly lower circumference, of 9.25 inches and higher weight of 5.25 ounces. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color with white seam stitches. A third ball is additionally used in the sport (specially, when the 3^rd base is loaded) which is also a spherical ball with slightly lower circumference, of 9.0 inches and higher weight of 5.5 ounces. This third ball will be referred as 'Ball-C going forward. Ball-C may be green in color with white seam stitches. In a different embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction. In such a scenario, the batters would find it easier to deal with all balls of different color, as they are of the same size, shape and weight. [000221] In the disclosed embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. As disclosed above the size of the balls are decreasing, and the weight is increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white), Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green). In Baseball, as the bat / club used is cylindrical, as the ball becomes smaller and heavier, striking it becomes harder as the timing and point of strike have to be perfect. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a home run, Ball-A will result in 1 run, Ball-B in 2 runs and Ball-C in 3 runs. This completely opens up the sport for additional and high scoring. However, batters have to deal with the challenge of striking three different balls from three different bases and the different angles of striking the ball, to keep the ball in the fair territory.

[000222] So, scoring with Ball-C and Ball-B becomes more important as compared to Ball-A, to win more runs and score for the team. To counter this, the pitching team should focus on having their best pitchers bowl with Ball-C and Ball-B as compared to Ball- A, to restrict the batting team from scoring. Lots of new pitching and batting strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000223] As compared to the existing sport of Baseball played with 9 players on each side

(though they generally have a 25-member player roster), this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with up to 11 players per side. The player roster composition in the current sport includes 8 position players / fielders (includes catcher, infielders and outfielders), 5 starting pitchers, 6 relief pitchers and 6 backups. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to three balls simultaneously being used for pitching on the field. The simultaneous pitching could happen at a countdown (3-2-1 -go) or a dummy gunshot sound, for a coordinated release by 2 or 3 pitchers. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers. In the disclosed embodiment the team size could be increased by 2 additional pitchers to play with up to three balls simultaneously used on the playing field, while keeping the player roster size same, as it has enough back-ups to accommodate 2 additional pitchers (taking the team size to 11). In a different embodiment, 1 additional position player / fielder could be introduced and / or with 2 additional catchers (to catch the 2 additional balls pitched by up to 2 additional pitchers). [000224] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000225] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000226] Figure 54 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the current day

Baseball field and player positions of the pitching team in defensive positions. The nine diamonds represent 9 defensive positions of catcher, pitcher, (infielders: first base, second base, third base, short stop), (outfielders: left field, right field and center field). Other aspects of the field include home base (5401), first base (5402), second base (5403), third base (5404), pitcher's mound (5405) on which the pitcher stands to pitch to the batter at home base. The arrow mark going out from the pitcher's mound to home base shows the direction of pitching. The pitcher positions himself based on the rectangular rubber plate on the pitcher's mound to pitch.

[000227] Figure 54A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing a futuristic baseball field, which is slightly upgraded current day baseball field. The main difference is with a much larger pitcher's mound (5406), as compared to the one shown in figure 54. Instead of the one rubber plate towards the home base, there will be two more rubber plates (5407 - facing the first base) and (5408 - facing the third base). In the disclosed embodiment, as the first and third bases are loaded, a second and a third pitcher will come onto the field (pitcher's mound) use the reference rubber plates and pitch respectively.

[000228] Figure 54B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment when first base is loaded.

A second pitcher (shown in pattern diamond) comes onto the pitcher's mound and pitches towards the first base batter. Both pitchers pitch exactly at the same time synchronized by a count down.

[000229] Figure 54C depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment when third base is loaded along with first base. A third pitcher (shown in pattern diamond) comes onto the pitcher's mound and pitches towards the third base batter. All three pitchers pitch exactly at the same time synchronized by a count down.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000230] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000231] The current day sport of Baseball is a game played with one spherical ball, bat and gloves. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of up to three balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or more balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with three spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a three-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000232] The current day sport of Baseball is played between two teams of 9 players each, an offense (batting or base running team) and a defense (pitching or fielding) team. The game is played in 9 innings, wherein each team gets to play offense and defense. The batting team has to score runs by hitting the pitched ball from the home base, into the fair territory and by running counter clock wise to first, second, third and back to home base. This results in one run. The batter could hit the ball out of the park, called a home run and complete his run along all the bases to score the same one run. The pitching team's objective is to stop batting team from scoring any runs or gaining (moving across) bases while recording outs. If they record three outs, that completes one batting inning and the pitching team will now get a chance to bat. However, it has to be understood that as the bases get loaded (all of them), the batting team has opportunity to score 4 runs simultaneously when the forth batter who walked in hits a home run so that all batters could complete a circle back to home base. Further the scoring could continue to get a larger score. But, in general given the playing criteria and nature of game, hitting the ball (pitched at a very high speed), with a cylindrical club is challenging and needs special skill, because of which generally matches are not very high scoring in each innings. Baseball, is a sport that has no time limit, and the guideline is to complete the nine innings of both teams to conclude who is the winner with higher score. In the current sport of Baseball, the sport is a culmination of individual talents and individual skills pitted against each other. Though it is a team sport, very specific aspects of the sport lend themselves to team work. It is mostly dependent on individual star, super-star players who drive their team's success.

[000233] In the disclosed version, there will be up to three simultaneous pitches of three balls, by three pitchers in the directions of home base, first base and third base, at a time on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual pitch, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000234] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 11 players on each side, but with up to three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the team composition could be catcher, pitcher, (infielders: first base, second base, third base, short stop), (outfielders: left field, right field and center field). However, when 1^st base is loaded (and not the 3^rd base), a second pitcher would come onto the pitcher's mound to simultaneously pitch a ball in a coordinated effort with the first pitcher to simultaneously release 2 balls at 2 batters. And when the 1^st base and third base are loaded, a third pitcher would come onto the pitcher's mound to simultaneously pitch a ball in a coordinated effort with the first and second pitchers to simultaneously release 3 balls at 3 batters. This coordinated pitching of balls could be achieved by an umpire count-down '3-2-1-go' or a dummy gunshot sound. When the 3^rd base is loaded (and not the 1^st base), only two pitchers would be simultaneously pitching. While the additional pitchers pitch balls towards batters, the infielder first base could become the catcher behind the batter at first base. Similarly, the infielder third base could become the catcher behind the batter at third base. Both players - first base and third base, by playing dual roles of fielder and catcher, will keep the team size to just 11 players with two new pitchers added to the current day 9-member team. Such a disclosed embodiment would provide added scoring possibilities, applying higher levels of strategy, and entertainment to audience. In a different embodiment the team size could be 13, with two specialist catchers catching behind the batters at 1^st and 3^rd bases. In another embodiment a 14^th player who could be an outfielder could be added, which may provide additional fielding hands as there may be a possibility of the defense team fielding three balls simultaneously. However, such addition of extra fielder and additional catchers may limit the running (and hence scoring) opportunities to batters between bases. The batters may not have many gaps in the field to score off of. To balance the sport, so that batters can go out and make higher scores, a 11 -member team is described in an embodiment in subsequent passages. In the disclosed embodiment, the size of the balls could be decreasing, and the weight could be increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white), Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green). In Baseball, as the bat / club used is cylindrical, as the ball becomes smaller and heavier, striking it becomes harder as the timing and point of strike have to be perfect. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a home run, Ball-A will result in 1 run, Ball-B in 2 runs and Ball-C in 3 runs. This difference in score delivered is only when the balls are hit for home runs, outside of which, all three balls are exactly the same when on field whether within the fair territory or foul territory. Simply put when on ground, all balls are of same weight, and the batter have to do base running to reach the home base to score. This embodiment of the sport could result in runs scored from one, two or three home runs scored simultaneously on the field, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000236] In the disclosed embodiment, the pitching guidelines could be that Ball-A is always pitched at the home base batter only, Ball-B is always pitched at the 1^st base batter only and Ball-C is always pitched at the 3^rd base batter only. In an alternate embodiment, there could be a rule around pitching any ball at any base or some kind of a rotational pitching pattern adopted.

[000237] In the disclosed embodiment, the ground out, force out and tag out; which are means of getting the batters out by the defense team could have additional guidelines and rules, as there could be three balls used on the field. In one embodiment, only Ball-A (white) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching home base or second base. While only Ball-B (red) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching first base and only Ball-C (green) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching third base. In this embodiment, the batters may benefit by such a rule. In a different embodiment, Ball-A (white) could be used at all four bases to ground out, tag out, force out approaching batters, while Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green) are fixed for 1^st and 3^rd bases only. In such an embodiment scoring may be relatively difficult.

[000238] In the disclosed embodiment, there is a progressive restriction on usage of balls at different bases to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching those bases. In which when the first batter is at home base (all other bases empty), the Ball-A (white) can be used at all bases to get ground out, tag out or force out. However, when first batter advances to second base and second batter comes to home base (note that 1^st and 3^rd bases are empty), the Ball-A (white) is the only ball in play and can be used at all bases to get ground out, tag out or force out. When first batter advances to 1^st base and second batter comes in, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home, 2 and 3 bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-B (red) can achieve the same at 1^st base. When first batter advances to 3^rd base and second batter comes in, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home, 1^st and 2^nd bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-C (green) can achieve the same at 3^rd base. When at least 1^st and 3^rd bases are loaded and a third or fourth batter walk in to home base, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home and 2^nd bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-B (red) can achieve the same at 1^st base; and only Ball-C (green) can achieve the same at 3^rd base. This progressive or incremental guideline or restriction on ground out, tag out or force out; would allow a lot of strategy and thought process into the sport. Further, this builds the team work making the batters inter-dependent on each other; for e.g., batter at home base should hit the Ball-A (white) in an area which enables batter at 1^st base to reach 2^nd base safely; while the batter at 1^st base has to hit the Ball-B (red) in an area which enables batter at home base to reach 1^st base safety (given the ground out, tag out or force out restrictions / guidelines). Such interdependence will bring in great amount of coordination and team work among the batters. Not to mention, similar coordinated team work has to be among the 2 or 3 pitchers who are on the pitcher's mound, to counter batter's strategy and restrict them from scoring runs. In an embodiment, any ball could achieve ground out, tag out or force out at any base. This will be completely simple and batters could just look to place in gaps and run. In the disclosed embodiment, there could be additional guidelines or rules on how the sport is played. Some of them are listed here. The batters at 1^st and 3^rd base cannot strike out. However, the same pitching guideline of at least 3 balls in the strike zone in 7 pitches (as in the current day rule) is applicable at 1^st and 3^rd base. What this does is allows the batters at 1 ^st and 3^rd base to swing freely and go for the home runs without the worry of being struck out. In order to monitor the pitching, there shall be umpires behind the catchers at 1 ^st and 3^rd base. This allows batter at 1 ^st base to hit the Ball-B (red) for a home run to score 2 runs for the team and he can walk off the field. Similarly, batter at 3^rd base can hit the Ball-C (green) for a home run to score 3 runs for the team and he can walk off the field. Outside of hitting home runs, the batters could place or tap the ball into a gap and run a base. This has to be a coordinated effort by batters. The only batter who could steal a base will be the batter at 2^nd base. And the batter at the 2^nd base will never face a pitched ball as he could never hit the ball in fair territory zone due to the facing direction to pitcher's mound. When the batter at home base gets to walk to next base (due to more balls than strikes), batters at all other bases also get to progress to next base automatically. The batter at home base is still governed by the strike out rule.

[000240] In the disclosed embodiment, fly out rule (or caught by fielder) remains and is applicable for all batters on the field.

[000241] The disclosed embodiment brings in a lot of batting strategy, more importantly immense team work and it makes all run scoring an interdependent affair. As one batter's successful running a base depends on how the other batter bats and where he hits the ball towards. Additionally, when 2 or 3 or 4 batters are on field, the batters may have to have some signal communication or coordination on whether they are going for running bases (by all of them tapping balls into gaps) or going for hitting home runs. It has to be coordinated to make the team progress. In particular, they have to avoid scenarios where one batter hit the ball but other could not make a connection, resulting in no base running or multiple batters getting out simultaneously. Additionally, strategies such as all batters hitting balls towards a single fielder on the field could be employed, to score runs. It has to be understood that while traditionally batters have batted from home base and hit in the fair territory, doing the same while batting from 1^st and 3^rd bases is different, needs adjustment in batting approach and strategy. The batters, depending on left or right handed have to position themselves to hit the ball in the fair territory from the position they are standing. They have to avoid missing balls or hitting in foul territory. Additionally, they also have to adjust to dealing with different balls from different bases. They could refine and hone their skills to a much higher degree. In an embodiment, a batting innings could be defined by 4 or even 5 batters to be out. This is needed as more batters are batting and in one simultaneous pitch, up to 3 batters could get out, ending an innings. So, making it 4 or 5 balances the sport better.

[000242] The disclosed embodiment brings in a lot of pitching strategy, more importantly team work in restricting the offense team from scoring. The pitchers could have a quick word on the mound to decide what their approach would be in the subsequent pitch. Their strategy could be giving a base to avoid a home run with Ball-B or Ball- C. Additionally, the pitching coach can adopt pitching strategy as it relates to which pitcher pitches towards home base, which ones at 1^st and 3^rd bases. This becomes crucial and necessitates that the best pitchers who are very hard to hit, bowl at 3^rd base or 1^st base.

[000243] The disclosed embodiment plays out as explained in this and next three paragraphs.

The explanation is that of general way the game could be played out, with each batter progressing a base sequentially. The exception situations and every possible scenario is not described herein, and such exception scenarios are subjected to general playing guidelines as explained earlier. The sport is still played with 9 innings where each team has to do pitching (defending) and also batting (offense). Further, the defense team requires getting five batters out to end the offense innings and they get to bat. The first batter comes to home base to bat. Pitcher pitches to the batter to get him strike out, fly out or not allow to get to 1 ^st base. The batter could hit a home run and walk off the field giving the next batter a chance to come in. Or the batter could hit or tap the ball into a gap and run to 1 ^st base.

[000244] In the disclosed embodiment, when the second batter arrives, while the first batter has progressed to 1^st base, a second pitcher arrives on the pitcher's mound with a Ball-B (red). The two pitchers discuss their strategy for pitching, while the two batters exchange signals about their approach. There will be a coordinated simultaneous pitch of two balls by the two pitchers to the two batters. At this point multiple scenarios can play out. If first batter hits a home run with Ball-B, he delivers 2 runs to team and he walks off the field. If second batter hits a home run with Ball-A, he delivers 1 run to team and he walks off the field. If both hit home runs, they collectively deliver 3 runs to team and both walk off the field allowing next batters to come in. If one batter hits a home run and other is caught by a fielder (fly out), the pitching team has got one out and batting team scored runs on home run. Both players walk off the field allowing next batters to come in. If one batter hits a home run, and the other taps the ball into gap, the other batter has to run a base. Scenarios where one has tapped the ball into a gap while the other did not make connection, the batters can choose not to run bases. As both have to make connection to run bases. As the second batter has three strikes, he could wait for first two strikes, at the same base (even if he made connection), when the first batter has not made connection. If they attempt to run, they run the risk of getting out. After two strikes, it becomes important for both batters to make connection or at least one of them hit for a home run to score or run bases without getting out. Base running when two batters have made connections now becomes completely interdependent play. Because where second batter hits the ball determines if first batter can complete his base run and vice versa. All in all, the sport just opens up and gives out a multitude of possibilities and scenarios to players, sports enthusiasts, audience and viewers.

[000245] Assuming first and second batters successfully hit balls in gaps and ran bases in the disclosed embodiment, which is when the third batter arrives at the home base. At this point there are still only two pitchers on the field pitching Ball-A and Ball-B, while there are three batters. There is no pitching done to a batter / runner at second base. And because of this, it is only the runner / batter at second base who could ever steal a base without having to face a pitch. Remainder of the simultaneous pitching, simultaneous batting and other scenarios play out as explained in the paragraph above.

[000246] Assuming first, second and third batters successfully ran bases in the disclosed embodiment, which is when the fourth batter arrives at the home base. At this point a third pitcher walks onto the pitcher's mound with Ball-C (green). The three pitchers discuss their strategy for pitching, while the three batters (facing the pitches) exchange signals about their approach. There will be a coordinated simultaneous pitch of three balls by the three pitchers to the three batters. At this point multiple scenarios can play out. If all three batters hit home runs, they deliver 6 runs (3+2+1) to the team off the home runs and the runner / batter at second base will complete his run delivering another run, making it a total of 7 runs delivered to the team. This is however difficult and may be a rare scenario, given the difficulty in batting with balls of varying sizes, weight and from first and third bases. Batters have to made significant adjustments to hit home runs from 1^st and 3^rd bases as compared to conventional home base. Other scenarios of individual home runs play out as they should. For e.g., fourth batter hits a home run, while the other batter do not make connection, fourth batter runs bases, delivering a point to their team while the other three batter / runners remain put at their bases. The same applies for batters at 1^st and 3^rd bases when they hit a home run. This running over bases with other batters still present at the bases being run over, is allowed only in the case of home runs. This in many scenarios and circumstances, may result in empty bases and randomly occupied bases. Fly outs play out with the batter getting out. To achieve base running, all three batters have to make connection with the balls and run. Base running when three batters have made connections and it now becomes completely interdependent play. Because where one batter hits the ball determines if other batter(s) can complete their base run and vice versa. This interdependent batting brings in a lot of team work essential to do base running without getting forced out, ground out or tag out at any base, with the corresponding ball.

[000247] One strategy that emerges is the batters can try to run bases (by tapping the balls into gaps) until the two strikes happen to home base batter. After which a better approach would be going for the big shots to see if any or all of them connect for home runs delivering scores to the team. However, the strategy has to be fine-tuned based on the game situation, innings being played, batters remaining in the innings, target score, how many strikes have occurred and other aspects, to decide what approach they take or they do not take. In essence while there is plenty of coordinated pitching strategy, fielding strategy that goes into the sport, there is even more batting strategy that goes into it. It is possible to get one, two, three or even four batters out in a single pitching play.

[000248] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review force out, ground out, tag out, strike out, foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed on the field. From the sports gear standpoint, additional protection for all players, umpires needed as three balls could be hit all over the field and safety precautions have to be taken.

[000249] The playing fields of Baseball come in different sizes however its dimensions are regulated on the infield dimensions. The distance between the pitcher's rubber plate and home base is an approximate 60 feet. As the four bases form a square around the pitcher's mound, the mound could be expanded and two additional rubber plates could be added for two other pitchers pitching at 1^st and 3^rd bases, such that all three rubber plates are equidistant from all three bases. Other general guideline is that the fences to left and right side of home base be at an approximate 99 meters and 122 meters at the center. In fact, an embodiment of 3-ball Baseball could easily be played, given the field size, by having 11 member sides, by adding Ball-B and Ball- C which result in different scores when hit for home run.

[000250] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Baseball are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Baseball is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000251] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Baseball, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports. [000252] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000253] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Baseball format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000254] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Baseball based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000255] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Baseball, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000256] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, home run rules, fly out rules, base running rules, strike out rules, pitching rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000257] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Baseball sport.

[000258] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - BASEBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

37. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Baseball, the method comprising: using at least two balls as part of the game or sport on a playing field, wherein the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

38. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Baseball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

39. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Baseball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring a home run using one ball results in a different score than scoring a home run using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

40. The method of claim 39, wherein the game or sport of Baseball comprises of at least one inning and is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, wherein each team gets to bat at least one ball and pitch at least one ball in the said at least one inning, wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of runs.

41. The method of claim 40, wherein bat at least one ball comprises of at least one player using a baseball bat in an attempt to hit a ball pitched at him or her, so as to attempt to score at least one run or run at least one base or hit a home run.

42. The method of claim 41, wherein at least one player using a baseball bat could be batting at home base, first base, third base or combinations thereof.

43. The method of claim 40, wherein pitch at least one ball comprises of at least one player using at least one hand to throw a ball at a player ready to bat, in an attempt to get him or her out, restrict scoring runs or combinations thereof.

44. The method of claim 43, wherein at least one player using at least one hand to throw a ball could be standing on the pitcher's mound and pitching towards home base, first base, third base or combinations thereof.

45. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Baseball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Baseball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

BASKETBALL SECTION SUMMARY

[000259] The sport of Basketball has been played since 1891. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing court or playing area (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000260] As a next stage in the evolution of Basketball sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000261] In an embodiment, Basketball could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing court or playing area as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000262] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Basketball with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Basketball' format or sport. In a similar embodiment, the sport of 'Slam ball' could also be played with more than one ball used simultaneously on the playing court or field. The disclosed concept in this section, could be extrapolated to the sport of Slam ball as well. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Basketball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000263] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Basketball Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Basketball sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Basketball Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000264] The current sport of Basketball is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 30 inches in circumference and weighs 22 ounces. And let's say it is orange in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 32 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction. In case of women's Basketball, the ball used in current sport is an approximate 29 inches. And a second ball used could be slightly larger at 31 inches.

[000265] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 2 points and 3 points when shot from outside the 3-point line. When a Ball-B is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 4 points and 6 points when shot from outside the 3-point line. In case of a violation or foul assessed against a team, free throws are awarded as penalty, in which Ball-A delivers one point per basket and Ball-B delivers 2 points per basket. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being shot into the basket or hoop, compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment. The Ball-B which has slightly higher circumference is harder to be shot into the hoop of same size and hence carries higher points.

[000266] As compared to the existing sport of Basketball played with 5 players on each side at a given point in time on the court or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 7 players per side on the court or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is point guard, shooting guard, small forward, power forward and center. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with a second shooting guard and a second center positions. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards the opposing team basket or hoop, yet shot one after the other into the basket or hoop, so as to score.

[000267] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000268] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000269] Figure 53 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of current day Basketball court with 5 player spread per team shown in each half of the court. One team players are shown as ovals while the other as circles.

[000270] Figure 53A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of current day Basketball court with disclosed embodiment 7 player spread per team shown in each half of the court. The added new players are shown in pattern.

[000271] Figure 53B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Basketball sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 31, with smaller diameter (34) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 32, with larger diameter (33) and circumference.

[000272] Figures 53C, 53D and 53E show the offense directional diagrams in an embodiment.

Team A starts offense with two balls from their end line and advance to shoot towards the opposing team basket or hoop. Team B intercepts one ball 31 , and they advance it in opposite direction. In an embodiment Team B could intercept the second ball 32 as well and advance both of them towards their opposing team basket or hoop. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000273] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000274] The current day sport of Basketball is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the court or play area size and number of players on the court or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color. [000275] The current day sport of Basketball is played between two teams of 5 players each.

This involves dribbling, passing, throwing, shooting the ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the basket or hoop. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring basket or hoop. And the game is played in four quarters of 10 or 12 minutes each.

[000276] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court or playing area. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000277] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court or playing area. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the end line (on the side of their basket or hoop or home) of the court or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team basket or hoop. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring basket or hoop. It is rare that a ball goes out of bounds in Basketball from the sidelines, however it does go out of bounds from the end lines. If a ball goes out of bounds from the sidelines or end lines, outside the court or play area, the play for that ball is considered ended. All players can now focus on the second ball that is left in the play. Each play per ball is considered ended when a basket is scored (in either of the baskets or hoops), or the ball goes out of bounds. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the mentioned endings. Then the next attempt begins, again from the end line of the court or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offence team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. It is the responsibility of the offense team to ensure ball does not go out of bounds in their advancing play, unless their winning strategy demands such a deliberate act. While two balls are in play, and a foul has been committed on one ball, the play for that ball stops (considered temporarily ended) and the other ball in play continues until it comes to an end. Once the second play has ended, the play on first ball which was a foul shall be restarted from the point of foul as per game rules, penalty instructions and referee directions. This play has to come to an end, before a second attempt could actually begin from the end line again. In the case where two fouls have occurred on the court or play area, for two plays, both plays are restarted from the respective points as per guidelines applicable for that foul and referee penalty instructions. Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000278] In the disclosed embodiment, a 3 or 5 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the end line and it also gives them a moment to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000279] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the court or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the court or play area. However, in such an embodiment 7 players per side may not be enough, and the team size may have to go upwards may be to 9 or 10, to enable defense of their basket and offense at the opposing team basket simultaneously. [000280] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 2 points and 3 points when shot from outside the 3-point line. When a Ball-B is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 4 points and 6 points when shot from outside the 3-point line. In case of a violation or foul assessed against a team, free throws are awarded as penalty, in which Ball-A delivers 1 point per basket and Ball- B delivers 2 points per basket. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds, or lose possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in baskets/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two baskets scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000281] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Additionally, rules around one player dribbling two balls at a time and releasing both balls towards the basket or hoop (one after the other) could be allowed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000282] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000283] The playing court or playing area of Basketball is measured at an approximate 94 feet length and 50 feet wide, with mostly wooden flooring. The scoring hoop is exactly 10 feet above the court surface. The size of the court is reasonable enough to make playing teams of 5 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Basketball could easily be played, given the court or play area size, by having 7 member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per basket.

[000284] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Basketball are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Basketball is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000285] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Basketball, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000286] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000287] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Basketball format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000288] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Basketball based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000289] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Basketball, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000290] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000291] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Basketball sport.

[000292] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - BASKETBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

46. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Basketball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

47. The method of claim 46, wherein the game or sport of Basketball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one ball into an opposing team basket or hoop, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one ball.

48. The method of claim 47, wherein shooting at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball, running with at least one ball, releasing at least one ball with at least one hand, carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

49. The method of claim 47, wherein a first team shoots at least two balls in an attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop, while a second team shoots at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop.

50. The method of claim 47, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one ball, in a single attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop.

51. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Basketball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing court or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Basketball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing court or simulated playing area.

CANADIAN FOOTBALL SECTION

SUMMARY

[000293] The sport of Canadian football has been played since 1861 in Canada. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000294] As a next stage in the evolution of Canadian Football sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000295] In an embodiment, Canadian Football could be played with more than one ball (e.g.,

[000296] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Canadian Football with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Canadian Football' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Canadian Football sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000297] The priority application to this PCT application is a USPTO application, which is specific to the sport of American Football and the sport is discussed in great lengths of detail. Due to the similarity in the core concept of playing the sport of Canadian football and American football, the discussion provided for American football is conceptually applicable for Canadian football. However, in this section the disclosure is modified to be specific for Canadian football.

[000298] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for illustrative purposes, a particular "3 -ball Canadian Football Sport" format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, the "3 -ball Canadian Football Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting.

[000299] As per 'Canadian Football League', the measurements of the prolate spheroid ball currently used in the sport is an approximate 11 inches in length measured along the central axis and an approximate 22 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. And it is brown in color. This ball may be used in embodiments of the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Mustang' going forward. The mustang ball weighs about 14 to 15 ounces. The ball is inflated to about 12.5 to 13.5 lbs. per square inch of pressure. In this embodiment, two new balls are added and used in the sport along with Mustang. The second ball is also a prolate spheroid ball with the same length as Mustang (11 inches), but measures only 20 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. The weight of the ball may be slightly lower than Mustang, though it may be manufactured with the same exact materials. The air pressure in this second ball may be same as Mustang. This second ball will be referred as 'Stallion' going forward. Stallion may be orange in color. The third ball will also be a prolate spheroid ball with the same length as Mustang (11 inches), but may measure only 18 inches in circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center. The weight of the ball may be slightly lower than Stallion, though it may be manufactured with the same exact materials. The air pressure in this third ball may be same as Mustang. This third ball will be referred to as 'Colt' going forward. Colt will be red in color.

[000300] In this embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a Colt is touched down, the team is awarded 10 points. When a Stallion is touched down, the team is awarded 6 points. When a Mustang is touched down, the team is awarded 2 points. Colt becomes the most important ball to focus on, for the team to score, even if it means at the cost of the other two balls. Also, the possession of all three balls will depend on which team possesses the Colt. On a field goal Colt, Stallion and Mustang are awarded 5, 3 and 1 points respectively. For the point after touchdown (PAT), all three balls will result in 1 point.

[000301] In this embodiment, a down will generally be played with all three balls, however as the game progresses there maybe downs played with less than three balls. This means in each down, there are three or less individual plays (one play per ball) that execute in parallel. When all three or fewer plays come to an end, the down is considered as complete. This brings significant amount of strategy into the play, as the offense team has to focus on touching down all three balls, otherwise should attempt to advance Colt furthest as compared to stallion and mustang, as that gives them better overall advancement on the field.

[000302] As compared to the existing sport of Canadian Football played with 12 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this embodiment of the sport will have 15 players per side on the field at a point in time. The offense team will have the same existing 12 player positions with two more quarterbacks added and one more slot-back added. This will take the count to 15 players on the offense side. The total of 3 quarterbacks along with wide receivers and slot-backs, would enable the maneuvering of all three balls in the field and enable up to all three balls released for wide receivers / slot-backs to catch at the same time. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000303] Similar to the offense team, in this embodiment the count of the defense team will also move up from the current 12 to 15. There will be one more defensive linemen added, one more cornerback and one additional safety position added. This enables coverage to tackle the two added quarterbacks on the offense side. The cornerback and safety positions will tackle the added wide receiver or slot-back. This means 15 players in offense and 15 players in defense, on the field at a given point of time.

[000304] In the current day sport of Canadian Football, there are three separate units within each team: The offense unit with 12 players, the defense unit with 12 players and special team for special kicking situations (e.g., punts, kicks, holder, returner). However, only 12 players are on the field from one team at any point in time. In embodiments described herein of the sport, there will be the same three separate units within each team: The offense unit with 15 players, the defense unit with 15 players and special team with same number of players for special kicking situations (e.g., punts, kicks, holder, returner). However, only 15 players are on the field from one team at any point in time.

[000305] In this embodiment of the sport, the Colt would be used to kick the game off. Once the possession and the starting 'Line of scrimmage' is determined, the game is played with all three balls. As in the current version, the offense team has to move forward by 10 yards in three downs. However, the yards advanced or backed up will be determined by an algorithm or formula based on the positions of three balls at the end of the down, in reference to the direction of the down. Simply put, a positive advancement in yardage of Colt would result in better advancement overall as compared to Stallion and Mustang. While the offense team is always looking to move all three balls forward, one, two or all three balls could be intercepted and taken by the defense team in opposite direction. If the defense team intercepts Colt, they get possession of all three balls and begin with their first down. The offense team retains possession of one, two or all three balls in the game, as long as they continue to possess the Colt. The defense could intercept the Stallion and Mustang, but the possession will still remain with the offense team, as long as they possess Colt. Note that the defense could even touch down Stallion and Mustang after interceptions, yet will not possess Colt for the subsequent down. The offense team will continue the next down with Colt, based on the algorithm or formula derived location of the new 'Line of Scrimmage'. Line of Scrimmage will be referred as LOS going forward. If the offense team is unable to advance the LOS by 10 yards in three downs, the defense will gain possession and will start their first down with all three balls. Alternately, after all three balls are touched down in either ends, the defense will start again with a kick-off and start their first down with all three balls. It is to be noted that if the Colt is touched down by offense team or the defense team (after an intercept), that team will possess the remaining two balls and continue the game from the derived 'Line of Scrimmage' in the next down. In this scenario, the ball that determines the possession becomes Stallion. When only one ball is in the play, the team possessing it will be the offense team. After touch down of each ball, the field goal is offered to the team that touched down for the additional one point (PAT).

[000306] In one embodiment, the sport begins the first down with all three balls. As the game proceeds, there will be downs with only one or two balls (e.g., after one of the balls is touched down). In order to promote and enhance the thinking and strategy aspect of the sport, into a heavily physical sport, different weightages are given to each ball in the form of points awarded when touched down and also in terms of the impact it has on the yardage gained or lost, in a given down. With the three balls in the play, they will be at different points on the field at the end of each down. The new LOS, will be computed by using a simple weighted averages formula. The same formula can be applied when just one or two balls are in the play.

[000307] In one embodiment, weightages of 2.0, 1.25 and 1.0 are assigned to Colt, Stallion and Mustang respectively. While other models and weightages have been assessed, this weightage model gives very high impact weightage to Colt as compared to the other two. Hence enabling better application of strategy in the sport.

[000308] The following is an algorithm or weighted average formula used in one embodiment to arrive at the new LOS at the end of each play, using the recommended weightages. F = (S + (((C*2) + (L*1.25) + (M* l)) / 3)). In the formula F = New LOS for the next down. S = the start LOS at the beginning of the down. C = the number of yards Colt has been displaced in the down. L = the number of yards Stallion has been displaced in the down. M = the number of yards Mustang has been displaced in the down. A forward movement yardage will be entered as a positive number and a backward movement yardage will be entered as a negative number, for C, L and M. The distance displaced (for C, L and M) is the measured displacement along a straight line parallel to the sideline. E.g., If the down began at 25 yards' point. Colt was moved forward by 10 yards. Stallion was moved forward by 5 yards. Mustang was moved backward by 10 yards. M will be the only negative entry into the formula. Applying the numbers into the formula, we get F = 30.4, which will be the new LOS.

[000309] In this embodiment, while applying the formula, if one of the balls is touched down by the offense team, the entry for that ball is put as zero into the formula. As in it is excluded from the computation of the new LOS. If a ball is touched down by the defense team (e.g., after an intercept), the negative yardage is put into the formula to push the offense back. Note - if the defense team touches down Colt, they possess the two balls and become offense in the next down. If a ball goes out of bound from the field, its net displacement on field is fed as zero into the formula. Due to the added weightages given to Colt and Stallion, there are instances or scenarios where the new LOS computation comes out to be more than 100 or less than 0. In such scenarios, 90 is used as the new LOS for all greater than 100 results and 10 is used as new LOS if the number is less than zero. A down is considered complete when all three or fewer plays within the down (one per ball) come to ground or end.

[000310] In this embodiment, after every down is completed, there is a need to instantly compute the location of new LOS, score and possession and communicate it to everyone (teams, audience, viewers and for display on digital score display board). In some embodiments, communication is established over a preset radio frequency and the umpires communicate end locations of the balls so that the scoring team announces the new LOS, score and possession. In some embodiments, technology may be used to fully automate this process and make it very fast so as to deliver the new LOS to everyone, almost instantaneously. A centralized 'Game computing system' could be built and used to enable such automation. The game computing system could communicate and interact with one or more systems (e.g., ball location capturing system) to enable the automation. Within the scope of this disclosure, some techniques which could form the 'ball location capturing systems' have been disclosed. In few embodiments, the ball location capturing for the computation of new LOS could be done based on techniques such as (a) Sky camera technique (b) Sensors based technique (c) 'GPS' [Global positioning system] technique. In all three techniques, the locations can be electronically communicated to the game computing system, which computes the new LOS automatically and displays it on the digital score board and communicates to all parties involved. Further, in an embodiment, there could be laser beams projected on to the playing field to show the old and new LOS. E.g., there has been extensive usage of laser beams, specialty lighting and beam projections to amaze and dazzle audience in music concerts and other shows performed across the world. Such available technologies can be used to beam or project a line(s) showing the old and new LOS. These could be lighting systems that are electronically controlled via consoles or computers or software applications.

[000311] In some embodiments, the center along with the two guards next to him shall snap three balls manually at the same instant. Further, the center and the two guard positions could snap the balls while shielding them from the sight of defense team, so as not to disclose the position of Colt as a key strategy. However, in an embodiment, as an additional option, a new devise called 'Snapper' can be used by center alone, to snap all three balls in the down at the same time. Further, snapper allows placement of the three balls in any order based on the strategy employed by the offense team. It shields the three balls from the sight of the defense team. This means defense team does not know which side the Colt would come out of the snapper and which side the other two balls would come out, until the last moment after snapping. This can be used as a key strategy element by the offense team. The snapper provides provision to angle the panels holding the balls between zero and 45 degrees, with soft lock settings at every 5 degrees. It provides an asymmetric setting option by different panel or ball. The toss of the ball could be from couple feet to up to five meters. Further it provides the center with limited control on the force applied on each ball, angle of the toss, trajectory of the ball travel and speed of the toss.

[000312] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000313] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000314] Figure 1 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment (variation in size, dimensions and maybe colors) of the three balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The balls are referred as Colt, Stallion and Mustang.

[000315] Figure 2 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference along the plane of largest diameter at the center, of three balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure.

[000316] Figure 3A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 3B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000317] Figure 4A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 4B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000318] Figure 5A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player offense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 5B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player offense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000319] Figure 6A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 6B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000320] Figure 7A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 7B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000321] Figure 8 A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 8B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000322] Figure 9A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 9B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000323] Figure 10A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team) in the way the sport is played today. Figure 10B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation within the scope of the present disclosure. Slot backs are shown as WR.

[000324] Figures 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 show diagrammatic views of embodiments of few possibilities in forward movement or advancing strategies by the offense team within the scope of the present disclosure.

[000325] Figures 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,

36 and 37 are illustrations to demonstrate how the weighted average formula or the algorithm is applied to various different scenarios in the sport to arrive at the new LOS and the possession for the next down.

[000326] Figure 38 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the 'Snapper', a system used to snap all three balls at a time by the center position player in the offense team. The drawing illustrates the front view, side view and the top view of the 'Snapper' devise.

[000327] Figure 39A, 39B and 39C are diagrammatic views of an embodiment of snapper in three sample positions in which the center can hold or angle the devise to generate the necessary swing by which he could control or alter the toss angle and the ball travel trajectory, while snapping all three balls at a time.

[000328] Figure 40 depicts a diagrammatic three dimensional view of an embodiment of the snapper devise.

[000329] Figure 41 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the maximum angle settings of the snapper devise ball holding panels and the driving panels.

[000330] Figure 42 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a single ball holding panel in the snapper devise. There are in all three ball holding panels which are joined by hinge joints, but could be soft locked at 5 -degree angle increments within the range of 0 to 45 degrees.

[000331] Figures 43A and 43B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a single driving panel in the snapper devise and the possible driving blocks with varying assembly mechanisms. There are in all three driving panels which are joined by hinge joints, but could be soft locked at 5 -degree angle increments within the range of 0 to 45 degrees.

[000332] Figure 44 - is a diagrammatic view of one of the embodiments of the driving block which could be used to better control the toss of the ball specially when the snapper is tilted and used (and when the middle panel is off the ground). This is just one possible embodiment shown. There could be other designs and embodiments serving the purpose and needs.

[000333] Figure 45 - is one of the embodiments shown in the form of a block diagram view to illustrate the communication between the centralized game computing system, ball location capturing system, ball displacement computing system, display or broadcast system and specialty lighting or laser system. As shown in the figure, the game computing system has two-way communication with ball location capturing system and ball displacement computing system; while has one-way communication with display or broadcast system and specialty lighting or laser system.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

[000334] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000335] The current day sport of football is a game played with one ball. It is a prolate spheroid ball which is brown in color. In some embodiments, the sport could be played with three balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of three balls may be an optimal number. Using 2 balls is also a good possibility, however addition of a third ball, may tend to just lift the sport up and deliver more excitement. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with three prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a three -ball version of the sport and variants are provided below. This illustrative version of the sport may be referred to herein as "the disclosed version" or "the disclosed new version".

[000336] Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of the three balls giving their sizes and colors

(shown as different patterns) which may be used in this sport. For the purpose of referring to the balls individually, we shall call the balls as Colt (11), Stallion (13) and Mustang (15). In the disclosed version, the first thing to note about the three balls is that their lengths measured at the central axis line of the prolate spheroid shape (17) is one and the same. In an embodiment, they all could measure a length of 11 inches. The difference however is in the size of the balls measured as the circumference along the plane of largest diameter. Mustang which could be the same ball used in the current day sport of Football is 22 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (16). In this embodiment, it is brown in color. Stallion is the midsized ball which could be 20 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (14). In this embodiment, it is orange in color. Colt is the smallest of the three balls and could be 18 inches in circumference measured along the plane of largest diameter (12). In this embodiment it is red in color. The three balls in the sport will carry different weightages or importance. In an embodiment, when a Colt is touched down, the team is awarded 10 points, when a Stallion is touched down, the team is awarded 6 points and when a Mustang is touched down, the team is awarded 2 points. The material with which the balls are manufactured are consistent and their surface finish will be same. The internal air pressure will be same across the three balls, providing the same firmness level when the ball is gripped. The weights of the three balls are different. The Mustang will be the heaviest, followed by Stallion which could be approximately couple ounces lighter than Mustang, followed by Colt which could be approximately four ounces lighter than Mustang. The varying sizes and weights provide room for expanding the skillset among the players. E.g., to throw or toss a ball to a distance of 10 yards, the force applied and trajectory given to the toss, has to be different for each ball. Depending on the ball in hand, the players have to adjust the force and release provided to the ball, so that it travels the required distance. Figure 2 illustrates the varying circumferences of the three balls Colt (21), Stallion (22) and Mustang (23), along the plane of largest diameter. The current day sport of football is played between two teams of 12 players each.

The 12 players are well suited to cover the field, line up at the line of scrimmage and play the sport to score points by taking the (one) ball to the goal area (end zone) of the opposing team. Here are the general roles of the 12 player positions on the offense side: Backs / receivers: Tailback, Fullback, Quarterback (one), Wide receiver, slot back. Linemen: tackle, guard, center (one). Note that in the current sport, the combination of these positions can be altered. Similarly, the names of the 12 player positions on the defense side are: Linebackers (could be defensive, middle, weak-side, strong-side), safety, end, corner back, half back, tackle, nose tackle, defensive player and defensive back. Note that in the current sport, the combination of these positions can be altered. However, in the embodiment described herein, the sport, is played with 3 balls and additional players are used to handle the balls and maneuver them through the defense team and touchdown to score points. To manage the three balls and play with them, two more quarterbacks and one additional wide receiver / slot back may be added. Taking the team size of the offense team to 15 players. To defend the ground, three more players may be added to the defense team. Two additional tackle positions and one additional safety position could be added to the defending team, also taking their strength to 15 players. Note that, within the 15 member teams on offensive and defensive sides, the composition of players, positions or roles of the players can be altered as per the coach and team strategy, going into the game and in particular the down. E.g., a down could be played with six wide receivers or a combination of 4 wide receivers and 2 slot backs. Similarly, the composition of the defending team could also be altered as per team strategy for the game and the down. In general, addition of two more wide receivers (to offense) may open up the number of options for the three quarterbacks to work with, strategize and navigate through the defense team. In conclusion, in an embodiment, the sport of football is played between two teams of 15 players each on the field at a given point in time. In the current day sport of Football, there are three separate units within each team: The offense unit with 12 players, the defense unit with 12 players and special team for special kicking situations (e.g., punts, field goals, and kickoffs). However, only 12 players are on the field from one team at any point in time. In some embodiments described herein of the sport, there will be the same three separate units within each team: The offense unit with 15 players, the defense unit with 15 players and special team with 11 players for special kicking situations (e.g., punts, field goals, and kickoffs). However, only 15 players are on the field from one team at any point in time. [000339] Further, in the disclosed version, there are three parallel plays or fewer in a given down (one play per ball), there is a need for additional umpires to follow each individual play, so as to assess the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that play. In an embodiment, there could be two additional umpires added to the current day sport umpire head count, to monitor the sport as it is played.

[000340] Figures 3A and 3B show an embodiment of the 11 player offense team alignment (of the 12-member team) in the current day sport and the corresponding 15 player embodiment of the sport respectively. In figure 3A, you see a typical combination of offense team aligned behind the LOS. The corresponding alignment of the 15 players may be as shown in figure 3B. It shows the two new quarterbacks and the one new slot back (as wide receiver) added. These positions have been shown shaded. The important thing to note is that in an embodiment the 'Center' could snap all three balls using a device called Snapper (if the two guards are not used for manual snapping). The details of the Snapper devise are given in later paragraphs. After the snap the three quarterbacks that are aligned right behind him (Center), to catch a ball each and execute the game plan for that down. While the distances and positions of the quarterbacks could vary by few yards or meters, their overall positions are relatively fixed and are behind the center in almost all formations. And the two additional wide receivers are spread wide, to accommodate better penetration onto the defense side and get into catching positions for the quarterbacks to throw the balls at them.

[000341] Figure 4 A shows the 11 player offense team formation (of the 12-member team) in an embodiment in the current day sport, with only one wide receiver and two slot backs (as tight ends). Figure 4B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player formation. Two quarterbacks added behind the center and two wide receivers spread on both sides of the center.

[000342] Figure 5A shows the 11 player offense team formation (of the 12-member team) in an embodiment in the current day sport, with no full back, no tight end but four wide receivers. Figure 5B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player formation. Two quarterbacks added behind the center and two wide receivers added and almost positioned around the tight end positions. In this case we are playing with a total of six wide receivers.

[000343] Figure 6 A shows an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12- member team) in the current day sport, aligned against a typical offense team formation. This is referred as 4-3 defensive scheme. As in 4 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers. The corner backs and safeties are spread across the field to tackle (cover) wide receivers from gaining distance and yardage or catching the ball. Figure 6B shows an embodiment of the 15 player defense team formation of the sport aligned against the 15 -member offense team. You can see the new positions shown in shaded pattern, with two additional tackles on the defense line and two safeties spread behind. This formation is now referred to as 6-3 defensive scheme, with 6 defensive linemen and 3 line backers. This is one of the embodiment of several possible formations.

[000344] Figure 7 A shows an embodiment of the 11 player defense team formation (of the 12- member team) in the current day sport. This is referred as 3-4 defensive scheme, with 3 defensive linemen and 4 linebackers. Figure 7B shows the corresponding embodiment of 15 player defense team formation which is referred as 5-4 defensive scheme, with 5 defensive linemen and 4 linebackers.

[000345] Similarly, figure 8A shows an embodiment of 3-3 defensive stack scheme, with 3 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers, in a current day sport 11 player defense team formation (of the 12-member team). Figure 8B shows the corresponding embodiment of 5-3 defensive stack scheme, with 5 defensive linemen and 3 linebackers, in 15 player defense team formation.

[000346] Figures 9A and 9B show the embodiment of current day sport 11 player formation

(of the 12-member team) and the corresponding sport embodiment of 15 player formation respectively, in what is referred as 'Under shade front'. Similarly, figures 10A and 10B show the embodiment of current day sport 11 player formation (of the 12-member team) and the corresponding sport embodiment of 15 player formation respectively, in what is referred as 'Flex front'. The current day sport of Football is a game played between two teams and the objective of the game is for the offensive team to take the (one) football and either carry or pass it into the goal area (end zone) of the opposing team. The defensive team tries to tackle the offensive player (one) who has the ball before he can move it to the end zone, which is called a touchdown and is worth 6 points. Each game is started by one team kicking the ball to the other team. Once a player catches the kicked ball, the play continues until that player is either tackled or crosses one of the restraining lines (sidelines or goal lines). After the player is tackled on the kickoff, the offensive team has three plays to move the ball 10 yards. Each time the offense moves the ball forward by 10 yards, it is called as getting a first down, they earn a new set of three downs. The offense team often chooses to punt (kick) the ball to the defense on the third down if they're not confident of earning a first down. If they do punt, the receiving team now becomes the offense, and they have three downs to gain 10 yards. Each time a team scores a touchdown (crosses the opponent's goal line with the ball) or kicks a field goal (place kicks the ball between the uprights of the goal post), the next series of downs is started by a kickoff. Each half of the game is also begun with a kickoff. Once a play is started, the offensive players can block the defensive players to prevent them from tackling the offensive player (one) carrying the football. A block entails physically preventing the opponent from getting to the ball carrier. The blocker may use his hands, arms or shoulders to physically hit the defender. When tackling, there are fewer restrictions for defensive players. They may pretty much use their arms and hands in any way, except they may not grab the ball carrier's face mask or the collar of his shoulder pad. Blocking or tackling illegally results in a penalty. The offense may either run the ball or pass the ball in order to gain yardage. If they choose a running play, the quarterback may hand the ball to any teammate except the five offensive linemen, or he may carry the ball himself. On a pass play, the quarterback may throw a pass to any of his teammates except the five offensive linemen or have the pass thrown to him after he hands or passes the ball to a teammate. A pass is any ball thrown overhand or underhand to another player forward toward the line of scrimmage. If the pass is thrown sideways or backward from the line of scrimmage, it is called a lateral. A pass that is not caught before it hits the ground is considered incomplete and results in the end of play. On an incomplete pass, the offense uses one of their three downs and must try their next down from the same spot. If a lateral is thrown or pitched and lands on the ground, it is considered a free ball for either the offense or defense to pick up and gain possession. A pass must be thrown from behind the line of scrimmage on the offensive team's side. If a player throws a pass once he has crossed the line of scrimmage, it is a penalty on the offensive team. Strategy comes into play when the offensive team tries to figure out the best way to move the ball down the field. Some of the strategy for the offense involves finding ways to line up to be able to run the play as effectively as possible. This may then be countered by the defense trying to line up against the offense in such a way to put them in the best position to stop the play. This back and forth continues throughout the game. The same type of strategy may involve the offense trying to run plays at specific defensive players they feel they can exploit. Similarly, the defense will try to line up players to get the best physical match-ups they can versus the offensive players. In an embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 15 players on each side. The objective of the game is for the offensive team to take the three footballs and either carry or pass them into the goal area (end zone) of the opposing team. Given the assigned different weightages for the balls, if they cannot take all three balls to end zone, the next best thing for them to do is to take the ball with the highest weightage into the end zone, thus scoring more points. Further, even advancing the ball with higher weightage becomes important, as it gives better yardage advancement overall. Effectively, the offense team has multiple objectives prioritized for themselves, enabling a lot of strategic thinking in the sport. The defensive team tries to tackle the offensive players carrying the balls before they can move the balls to the end zone, which is called a touchdown which would earn points for the team. Each game is started by one team kicking the Colt (ball) to the other team. Once a player catches the kicked Colt (ball), the play continues until that player is either tackled or crosses one of the restraining lines (sidelines or goal lines). After the player is tackled on the kickoff, the offensive team has three downs to move the LOS (based on the movement of three balls) by 10 yards. Each time the offense moves the LOS (based on the movement of three balls) by 10 yards, it is called as getting a first down which means they earn a new set of three downs. The offense often chooses to punt (kick) the Colt (or the prevailing higher weightage ball) to the defense on the third down if they're not confident of earning a first down. If they do punt, the receiving team now becomes the offense, and they have three downs to gain 10 yards. Each time a team completes scoring touchdowns (crosses the opponent's goal line with one of the balls) on all three balls or kicks a field goal (place kicks the ball between the uprights of the goal post), the next series of downs is started by a kickoff. Each half of the game is also begun with a kickoff. Once a play is started, the offensive players can block the defensive players to prevent them from tackling the offensive men carrying the three or fewer balls. It is to be noted that each down is considered to have ended when all three plays (one per ball) or fewer in that down have come to an end. A block entails physically preventing the opponent from getting to the ball carrier. The blocker may use his hands, arms or shoulders to physically hit the defender. When tackling, there are fewer restrictions for defensive players. They may pretty much use their arms and hands in any way, except they may not grab the ball carrier's face mask or the collar of his shoulder pad. Blocking or tackling illegally results in a penalty. The offense may either run the ball(s) or pass the ball(s) in order to gain yardage. If they choose a running play, the quarterback may hand the ball to any teammate except the five offensive linemen, or he may carry the ball himself. On a pass play, the quarterback may throw a pass to any of his teammates except the five offensive linemen or have the pass thrown to him after he hands or passes the ball to a teammate. A pass is any ball thrown overhand or underhand to another player forward toward the line of scrimmage. If the pass is thrown sideways or backward from the line of scrimmage, it is called a lateral. A pass that is not caught before it hits the ground is considered incomplete and results in the end of play pertaining to that ball. On an incomplete pass, the play ends for that particular ball. If a lateral is thrown or pitched and lands on the ground, it is considered a free ball for either the offense or defense to pick up and gain possession of that particular ball. A pass must be thrown from behind the line of scrimmage on the offensive team's side. If a player throws a pass once he has crossed the line of scrimmage, it is a penalty on the offensive team. Strategy comes into play when the offensive team tries to figure out the best way to move the balls down the field. Some of the strategy for the offense involves finding ways to line up to be able to run the play as effectively as possible. This may then be countered by the defense trying to line up against the offense in such a way to put them in the best position to stop the down or plays within the down by a ball. This back and forth continues throughout the game. The same type of strategy may involve the offense trying to run plays at specific defensive players they feel they can exploit. Similarly, the defense will try to line up players to get the best physical match-ups they can versus the offensive players. In some embodiments of the sport we use the term 'Down' as opposed to play. As each down involves using three balls and maneuvering each ball itself is a play. As in each down has three plays or fewer depending on the number of balls the down is played with. An end of down (with three balls) is only when all three plays (one per ball) within the down come to an end. In essence, it is three plays (one per ball) executed in parallel within the down. And a down is completed when all three plays or fewer in the down are completed. While the strategy in the current day version of the sport is all about taking the one ball in the play to the end zone, the strategy in disclosed embodiments of the sport is multi fold as the objective of each down is to take all three balls in the down, to the end zone, or at least advance the LOS forward by 10 yards. So, there is more strategy involved in creating misdirection among the defensive players to carry forward all three balls. It is to be noted that in a given down, by the end of the down the three balls could be anywhere on the field and possessed by either teams, depending on how the three plays within the down unfolded. Due to this situation, there is a weighted average formula used to compute the new LOS in each down. The formula will be detailed with examples in the subsequent paragraphs. It should also be noted that each ball has different weightages and awarded different scores when touched down. E.g., Possession of Colt is more important than Mustang or to touch down Colt at the expense of Stallion and/or Mustang. Such scenarios come into the mix. This adds a lot more complexity and scenarios into the overall strategy employed in the sport and in each down. The scoring per each ball is also discussed in subsequent paragraphs. Figures 11 through 15 show embodiments of few approaches / strategies that the offense team could employ to take the three balls forward. The three quarterbacks need to be fully in sync with the three plays they would play within the down. As shown in figure 11 , one of the quarterback is going for the running play, while the second is going for the passing play and the third is employing a hand-off strategy to Full Back. In the process the Wide receivers are running forward (E.g., flat route or curl route) through the gaps to position themselves for the catch when the quarterback releases the ball. Figure 12 shows two quarterbacks choosing the passing plays while one employing the running play. The wide receiver can employ the curl route instead of flat route approach. The white semicircular sector is shown to represent the curl route zone that could be taken by the wide receivers. Figure 13 shows six wide receivers running forward with the left side quarterback looking to pass the ball to the right side long wide receivers. The right side quarterback looking to pass the ball to the left side long wide receivers. Basically in a cross throw pattern, while the center quarterback taken the running play approach. Figure 14 shows the left quarterback doing a hand-off to fullback and the right side quarterback doing a hand-off to the tailback. While the center quarterback is looking to pass the ball to any of the wide receivers free on both sides of the field. Wide receivers could employ the curl route. Figure 15 shows the left side quarterback going for a hand-off play to the fullback. While the other two quarterbacks are focusing on the left side of the field towards which all the wide receivers and tight ends are running. This scenarios bring up the possibility of one wide receiver catching two balls one after the other or running with two balls at a time. It may be a rare event, but when it happens it would deliver great fun to the viewers and audience. An extremely rare possibility of one player running with all three balls and touching down might not be ruled out either. However, in comparison, one player touching down with two balls may happen often. In the current day sport of football, a touch down of the single ball yields 6 points to the team, while a field goal by itself gives 3 points and the point after touchdown (referred as PAT going forward) gives 1 point. In the disclosed embodiment of the sport of football, each ball has a different weightage and importance and results in different scores when touched down. When touched down, Colt results in 10 points, Stallion results in 6 points and Mustang results in 2 points. When a field goal is employed, Colt results in 5 points, Stallion results in 3 points and Mustang results in 1 point. All three balls result in 1 point for a PAT. Various different scoring models were looked at and analyzed, but the difference in weightages delivered by this model will drive a lot of creative thinking and strategy into the sport. E.g., the offense team could choose to possess Colt and touch down even at the expense of giving away the possession of Stallion and Mustang to the defense team. Further, it has to be noted that, if the field goal is opted (without a touchdown), only one field goal is allowed in one down. And they have to proceed in the sequence of low weightage ball to the high weightage one. E.g., you cannot opt Colt for field goal when you still have Mustang in play. As in field goal (without touchdown) can go in the following sequence, one per down - Mustang, first, Stallion next and finally Colt. This approach deters teams from opting for field goals without touchdown, as they get lesser points by taking field goal on Mustang and then Stallion. In the disclosed embodiment of the sport of Football, one key variant is that the sport is played with 3 balls in each down. This means there could be downs starting with 3 balls, 2 balls or just one ball. And when multiple balls are used in the down, they may end up anywhere on the field (any side) or even touched down in either direction. So, we need a strategy to compute and arrive at the new LOS. Also possession of the balls when a ball or balls are intercepted by defense team is also to be clarified. Coming to the possession of the balls, whichever team possesses Colt (while it is in the down), owns the possession of all three balls and forms the offense team. If Colt has been touched down and out for the next down, Stallion is the one that determines the possession of both Stallion and Mustang. Of course, if both Colt and Stallion are touched down, whoever possesses the Mustang is the offense team. Coming to the formula for the computation of the new LOS for the next down, a weighted average formula is adopted. Consider the following four models of assigning weightages to the three balls. Model one: Weightages assigned to the balls are 1.2 : 1.1 : 1.0 = Colt : Stallion : Mustang. Model two: Weightages assigned to the balls are 2.0 : 1.5 : 1.0 = Colt : Stallion : Mustang. Model three: Weightages assigned to the balls are 2.0 : 1.25 : 1.0 = Colt : Stallion : Mustang. Model four: Weightages assigned to the balls are 1.5 : 1.25 : 1.0 = Colt : Stallion : Mustang. Model one is a model giving low impact weightages to the three balls. Model two is a model giving high impact weightages to the three balls. Model three is a model giving very high impact weightage to Colt as compared to the other two. Model four is a model giving medium impact weightages to all three balls. While several other weightage models could be explored, in an embodiment, the disclosed embodiment of the sport may be played with Model three. The following is the algorithm or weighted average formula used to arrive at the new LOS at the end of each down, using the recommended model three weightages. F = (S + (((C*2) + (L*1.25) + (M*l)) / 3)). In the formula F = New LOS for the next down. S = the start LOS for the down. C = the number of yards Colt has been displaced in the down. L = the number of yards Stallion has been displaced in the down. M = the number of yards Mustang has been displaced in the down. A forward movement yardage will be entered as a positive number and a backward movement yardage will be entered as a negative number for C, L and M. The distance displaced (for C, L and M) may be the measured displacement along a straight line parallel to the sideline. While applying the formula, if one of the balls is touched down by the offense team, the entry for that ball is put as zero into the formula. As in it is excluded from the computation of the new LOS. If a ball is touched down by the defense team (e.g., after an intercept), the negative yardage is put into the formula to push the offense team back. One has to note that if the defense team touches down Colt, they possess the two balls and become offense in the next down. If a ball goes out of bound from the field, its net displacement on field is fed as zero into the formula. Due to the added weightages given to Colt and Stallion, there are instances or scenarios where the new LOS computation comes out to be more than 100 or less than 0. In such scenarios, 90 is used as the new LOS for all greater than 100 results and 10 is used as new LOS if the number is less than zero. A down is considered complete when all three balls (or fewer) come to ground and their plays end. To illustrate the computation of new LOS and define possession of balls in various scenarios, figures 16 to 37 have been provided to cover various possible scenarios in the sport. All the diagrams are self-explanatory and show the position of new LOS and the possession of balls for the next down. Note that the diagrams are shown with 100 yards as field length (between goal lines) instead of the 110 yards, as these figures have been used for explaining other football versions as well. The broken line is the start LOS at the beginning of the down. The positions of the three balls define their ending positions at the end of the down. The thick black line represents the new LOS for the next down by applying the formula. Here is a quick rundown of all the scenarios. Figure 16 shows offense advancing all three balls and they have moved forward and retained possession. Figure 17 shows one ball advanced by offense while they lost yardage on two other balls. As they lost yardage on Colt and stallion which carry bigger weightages, they are pushed back but retain possession. Figure 18 illustrates that due to higher weightage, a forward movement of Colt has advanced them forward though the advances on the other two balls were lesser. Figure 19 shows that the positive yardage achieved by moving Stallion and Mustang have been negated by losing yardage on Colt. Overall, their new LOS is at about the same position of the starting LOS. Figure 20 shows Colt touchdown (by offense) and hence its displacement is entered as zero into the formula. The resulting new LOS is where the offense starts with the remaining two balls. If Colt went out of bounds off the field, the new LOS as per formula would be the same, as C=0 in both cases. Just that the next play would be played with 3 balls in this case, as opposed to 2 balls if Colt was touched down. Figure 21 shows two balls touched down and the new LOS for the next down with one ball. Figure 22 is similar to figure 21, however the new LOS has moved backwards. Figure 23 shows a scenario where Colt and Mustang have been intercepted by defense and touched down, while offense advanced Stallion. The negative yardage on Colt and Mustang are entered into the formula to push back the LOS. Further as defense intercepted Colt, they now have possession of the remaining balls in the next down. Figure 24 shows Colt intercepted and touched down by defense, thus becoming offense in the next down and possessing the remaining two balls. Figure 25 shows a scenario where offense touched down Mustang while defense intercepted and touched down Colt. Defense becomes offense and starts at the computed new LOS and possesses the remaining ball in next down. Figure 26 shows offense losing yardage on all three balls but retaining possession for the next down. Figure 27 shows a previous scenario with a starting LOS of 90. Figure 28 shows start LOS of 90 with two touch downs. Figure 29 shows a start LOS of 90, offense touchdown Colt, while defense intercepted and touchdown Stallion. The new LOS is computed and offense retains possession and plays with Mustang in the next down. Figure 30 shows a start LOS of 90, defense intercepted and touchdown Colt, while offense touchdown Stallion. The possession is now with defense and they start the next down from the computed new LOS. Figure 31 has a start LOS of 10, Colt intercepted by defense and touchdown, while the other two balls advanced by offense. But the next down possession will be with defense from the computed new LOS. Figure 32 has a start LOS of 10, defense has intercepted and touched down both Stallion and Mustang and the new LOS formula resulted a negative number. So, the new LOS for next down is set at 10, with possession to offense as they still hold Colt. Similarly, if the LOS formula results a number greater than 100, the new LOS is set to 90. Figure 33 shows a simple scenario with start LOS as 10. Figure 34 is also a regular possible scenario with start LOS at 10. Figure 35 shows a scenario of two touchdowns by defense but colt retained by offense and hence they retain possession for next down from the computed LOS. Figure 36 shows a scenario where defense has intercepted the Colt and taken 25 yards but not touched down. The new LOS is computed for the next down from where the defense owns possession and becomes offense. Figure 37 shows a similar scenario as in figure 36 but with a different start LOS. In an embodiment of the sport of football, where it is played with the three balls, Colt, Stallion and Mustang, after each down, there is a need to locate the positions of each of the three balls and instantly compute the new LOS and also determine the possession. This can be done manually where each of the three umpires tracking the three or fewer plays within the down, locate the ball in the play and its position at the end of the play, by looking at the measuring markings on the field. While each umpire transmits the location and possession of three balls over the preset radio frequency, the scoring team instantly feeds the locations into the computer software application or program which may at least use the weighted average formula and instantly give the new LOS back to the main umpire who is responsible to declare the new LOS and possession to the teams, audience, viewers and the scoring team and can feed the input in to the digital display system meant to show it to the audience at the ground. In some embodiments described herein of the sport of Football, after every down is completed, there is a need to instantly compute the location of new LOS, score, possession and communicate it to everyone (teams, audience, viewers and for display on digital display board). While this could be done manually as explained in the paragraph above, there is a tremendous scope for introduction of technology to fully automate this process and make it very fast so as to deliver the new LOS, score and possession to everyone, almost instantaneously. Such technology could comprise of a 'Ball location capturing system', 'Ball displacement computing system', 'Display or broadcast system' and 'Specialty lighting or laser system', wherein all these four systems communicate with a centralized 'Game computing system' which is operated or controlled by the scoring team and the game officials. Figure 45 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of how the five systems communicate with each other. As shown in the figure, the game computing system has two-way communication with ball location capturing system and ball displacement computing system; while has one-way communication with display or broadcast system and specialty lighting or laser system. One possible way to automate the 'Ball location capturing system' is by adopting a 'Sky camera technique'. In this technique, a high quality, high definition camera is suitably placed at an elevation so as to capture a still image of the entire playing field. The camera could be elevated to an altitude that does not disrupt the sport in anyway. In an embodiment, it could be suspended 100 feet above the ground level or more as needed. Further this camera could be a video camera (that continuously captures the action on the field) or a photo shoot camera that can capture still image or picture via a control that is remotely stationed as part of the game computing system. The camera itself could be fixed at an elevation by any of the supporting mechanisms such as a rigid truss or a frame, controlled helium balloon or suspended by two or more (E.g., four) cable wires which are controlled by cable rollers that are fixed to two or four corners of the stadium. Essentially this camera captures a still image after every down. The only requirement would be that the players move away from the ball (at least a meter or more), placing the ball on the ground at its final position after the completion of the play within the down, so that the camera captures the exact location(s) of one, two, three or more balls on the field. The image as it is a constant frame has precise aspect ratio, layout, dimensions and pixels. After each down, when players move away by a meter or more, a clear photograph of the entire field is captured. With the image, there are several photograph based software and applications that distinctly recognize the three different balls by their color or size and output precise exact locations of all the balls on the field with an accuracy of up to a centimeter or better. These locations are fed automatically to the 'Ball displacement computing system' which in turn gives the displacements, using which the 'Game computing system' executes the mathematical formula and computes the new LOS. The primary function of the ball displacement computing system is to receive the ball location data (from the game computing system) and convert it into actual displacement measurements on the playing field and return the displacement data back to the game computing system. Additionally, a 'Score computation system' may also be built separately or integrated with the game computing system to assist the scoring team. The other aspect which the umpire on the ground has to reveal is the possession after each down, for the next down. This cannot be automated, as the umpire on the field alone would know who held the ball with highest weightage before it was grounded by the end of the down. This technique is relatively the lowest cost solution delivering the most accurate and precise locations of the balls and hence the calculation of the new LOS and score. Also, in this solution there is no technology that needs to be embedded into the balls used in the sport. The second technique that could be used as the 'Ball location capturing system' is 'Sensors based technique'. In this solution each ball will have an inbuilt proximity sensor, powered by tiny batteries. These proximity sensors are similar to the most widely used proximity sensors in automobile industry, typically installed on the front or rear bumpers to alert the driver of an object within a preset range for the sensor. However, the sensors installed within the balls will have to have a higher range of distance than those installed in cars. In an embodiment the range for the sensors should be at least 30 yards, as the breadth of the field is under 60 yards. These sensors could operate with similar technologies as the proximity sensors (E.g., electromagnetic waves, infrared waves or ultrasonic waves based), however the waves emitted by these sensors are received by other sensors placed on both the sidelines across the length of the field at every 10-yard line intersection point with the sidelines. Let's refer to these receiving sensors as the sideline receptive sensors. At any given point of time, each balls distance is precisely recorded by the nearest two sideline receptive sensors thus giving its precise location of the field. So, in the scenario of a down played with three balls, there will be data from six sideline receptive sensors (two for each ball), feeding data into the 'Ball location capturing system'. At the end of the down, the sensors, feed the exact locations to the ball location capturing system, which in turn passes the location data to the game computing system. The game computing system communicates with other systems as necessary and instantly derives the new LOS. The sensor installed in each ball could transmit a different auditory signal or different waves so as to identify the ball uniquely and its location captured by the nearest sideline receptive sensors. This technique is more expensive that the 'Sky camera technique' but will deliver precise and accurate results. However, there are multiple points of failure with a malfunctioning sensor on the sidelines or the sensor installed inside the ball not functioning, due to extreme forces it has to sustain during the sport. Also this requires special balls to be manufactured which is a big overhead. Further, the sideline receptive sensors may have to be installed in a way so as to protrude from the ground, causing major obstacles for players as many times players run beyond the sidelines on the field. These will obstruct the play. The third technique that could be used as the 'Ball location capturing system' is GPS (Global Positioning System) technique. This is probably the most expensive as it needs satellite time to be leased. In this technique, the balls are fitted with GPS chips (E.g., such as the ones used in most of the smartphones these days), to deliver the precise locations to the ball location capturing system. As the field dimensions and positions are constant, we always get feeds of the location of the three balls and when that data is put in reference or context of the field data already available, we can precisely get the locations of all three balls on the field. The ball location capturing system will feed the data into the game computing system, which communicates with other systems to derive the new LOS. While this needs special ball manufacture, it needs satellite time to be leased, which makes it expensive. Also the current GPS resolutions are set up to a square meter, while the sport requires resolutions of up to square centimeter. This may mean launch of a new set of higher resolution imaging satellites just for the sports requirement across the country and the world. Among all three techniques discussed, the 'Sky camera' technique is the easiest to implement and is of lower cost. However, the sporting bodies in general are cash rich and could explore the other two options and do a feasibility analysis.

[000357] Further, the 'game computing system' can compute the new LOS after each down, using the mathematical formula and electronically feed at least the new LOS details to 'Display or broadcast information system' which would display the information on digital display screen for all viewers and audience to see. Making the entire LOS computation and information delivery fully automated. The possession is the only thing that may remain manual and needs the confirmation of the umpire after each down. Also the game computing system could be designed to control and activate the 'specialty lighting or laser system'. The specialty lighting or laser system could emit laser beams or other specialty lighting which could render or show the old and new LOS on the field for better visualization and situational understanding of the sport, to the audience and viewers at any given point in time. Figure 45 shows a simple block diagram of how the five different systems interact and communicate. The game computing system is the core control system which has a two-way communication with the (a) ball location capturing system and (b) ball displacement computing system, while has a one-way communication and control over (c) display or broadcast system and (d) specialty lighting or laser system.

[000358] In the new disclosed embodiments of the sport of football, it is to be noted that strategy plays a very key role. Due to the fact that the three balls have different weightages, and result in varying scores when touched down, or with a field goal. Not just the scoring, but due to weightages given to the balls in the computation of the new LOS for the next down, the strategy to advance Colt becomes very important as opposed to the other two balls. Due to the added weightage, advancing Colt gives better yardage overall. So, at different points in the game, and in different downs the strategy has to be applied precisely to get the most out of the existing situation. E.g., retaining the possession of Colt become crucial even if it means allowing an intercept of a Mustang or Stallion by defense, as it results in possession of all three balls in the next down. The center and two guard positions can snap the three balls (one each) to the three quarterbacks. However, in an embodiment an alternate option could be using a device called 'Snapper' which is covered in detail in the subsequent paragraphs is used to snap all three balls at the same instant (by the Center), to the three quarterbacks behind him. And the three balls can be arranged in any order on the Snapper, with no visibility of the arrangement to the defense team. This means the defense team is unaware of where the Colt is positioned or the Stallion is positioned. This has to be used to great advantage by the offense team, in their planning to advance the higher weightage ball forward. So, plenty of strategy goes into each down and the entire sport. Even choosing the field goal option becomes very important, as it has to be chosen from lower weightage to higher, one per down. The football field is 150 yards long (with 110 yards between goal lines - with 20 yards of goal area on both sides) and 65 yards wide. The outside lines on the long sides are called sidelines. The outside lines on the short sides are called end lines. Ten yards from the end lines are the goal lines. The goal lines mark the beginning of the goal area of each team. The field is marked off by hash marks at every yard and yard lines at every 5 yards. The hash marks are located 20 yards from each sideline. Each play starts from a point somewhere on or between these hash marks. The area between the goal lines and the side lines is the field of play. A player is considered out of play (out of bounds) when he touches or crosses the sideline. He is considered in the end zone when he touches or crosses the goal line. It is to be noted that the field dimensions vary slightly by the different versions of Canadian Football, such as high school, college or pro football. Many rules have developed over time to ensure that participants have adequate protection to reduce the number and severity of injuries to participants. The basic protective equipment used includes helmet, mouth guard, shoulder pads, hip pads, including a pad for the tail bone, thigh pads, knee pads, and shoes with nonmetal cleats less than half an inch long. The uniform includes pants and jersey. In the current day sport of Football, a down is an opportunity for the offensive team to take the ball and run a play in an attempt to advance the ball as many yards as possible or, ideally, into the end zone. The offense can run the ball, pass the ball, or kick the ball on any of their down opportunities. The offense has three plays (downs) to move the ball at least 10 yards. If they succeed, they receive three more downs. If they fail, the opposing team takes possession of the ball and receives three downs to move 10 yards. In many cases, when the offense fails to move the ball 10 yards on its first three downs, they will choose to punt the ball to the opponent to force the opponent to start their series of downs farther away from their goal line. The offense can use their third down attempt to get the ball past the 10-yard mark, but if they fail, the defense takes over possession of the ball at that spot. Depending on how close this spot is to the offense's goal, this may not be an acceptable risk in most situations. The offense also could kick a field goal if they are close enough to the defense's goal. In one disclosed version of the sport of Football, a down is an opportunity for the offensive team to take all the three (or fewer) balls and run a play per ball in an attempt to advance the ball as many yards as possible or, ideally, into the end zone. The offense can run the three or fewer balls, pass the three or fewer balls, or choose field goal of one of the three balls (only in the order of increasing weightages) on any of their down opportunities. The offense has three downs to move the computed new LOS (as in balls) at least 10 yards. If they succeed, they receive three more downs. If they fail, the opposing team takes possession of the balls and receives three downs to move the computed new LOS by 10 yards. In many cases, when the offense fails to move the computed new LOS by 10 yards on its first three downs, they will choose to punt the Colt (or prevailing ball of highest weightage) to the opponent to force the opponent to start their series of downs farther away from their goal line. The offense can use their third down attempt to get the LOS past the 10-yard mark, but if they fail, the defense takes over possession of the balls at that spot. Depending on how close this spot is to the offense's goal, this may not be an acceptable risk in most situations. The offense also could kick a field goal if they are close enough to the defense's goal, but in the order of lower to higher weightage balls. There are several types of kicks in football. The punt is a kick in which the player drops the ball and kicks it before it strikes the ground. This is usually used on the third down of the offensive team's series when the offense decides they cannot reach the down marker (10-yard mark) on a run or pass play. A drop kick is a kick in which the player drops the ball and kicks it on the bounce from the ground. A place kick is usually called a field goal or a point after touchdown (PAT). This is a kick by a player in which the ball is positioned either on a tee or on the ground and held by a teammate while the kicker kicks it off the ground or tee, depending on the level of play. High schools and below may use a tee. College and professionals must kick off the ground. A free kick is made at the beginning of each half of play or after a touchdown or successful field goal. The ball is kicked from the scoring team's restraining line (40-yard line in high school; 35-yard line in college and professional). The ball must be a place kick or drop kick. If a place kick, the ball is kicked off a tee placed on the restraining line. Though allowed, the drop kick is no longer used by anyone because of the difficulty of this skill. All members of the kicking team (except the kicker and holder) must be behind the restraining line until the ball is kicked. The receiving team must line up at least 10 yards from the restraining line prior to the kick. A free kick is also used after a safety by the team who was tackled for the safety. The kicking team may use a kick, drop kick, or punt. This kick is made from the kicking team's 20-yard line. The point after touchdown (PAT) is a scrimmage kick that may be either a place kick or a drop kick. The PAT kick occurs after a touchdown and is kicked from the 3 -yard line. A successful PAT kick results in 1 point. The field goal is a scrimmage kick that may be either a place kick or a drop kick. A ball that goes through the uprights of the goal is worth 3 points for the kicking team. A field goal is kicked when the offense feels they cannot reach the down marker (make a first down) and believe their kicker can make the kick from that location. A field goal is traditionally kicked on third down but may be kicked on any down. As explained before, in embodiments described herein of the sport, field goal with Colt results 5 points, Stallion results in 3 points and Mustang results in 1 point.

[000362] The neutral zone is the space between the two lines of scrimmage, extending from one sideline to the other. The line of scrimmage is an imaginary line for the offensive and defensive teams. The line is even with the point of the ball closest to that team and extends from one sideline to the other. The line of scrimmage for each team is divided by the neutral zone, which is the length of the football. Prior to the football(s) being snapped to start a down, the offensive players must align on their side of the line of scrimmage and not move forward for at least 1 second prior to the snap. The defensive players must be aligned on their side of the line of scrimmage and may not be in or across the neutral zone prior to the ball being snapped. In Canadian football, the neutral zone is one yard. In college and professional football, the defensive player is allowed in the neutral zone prior to the snap as long as he is back on his side before the ball is snapped. Below the college level, any movement into the neutral zone is considered encroachment and is a penalty. If any offensive players in the neutral zone prior to the snap, it is considered off sides and is a penalty.

[000363] The football may be passed either overhand or underhand. A pass may be forward, backward, or lateral. A pass that is exactly parallel to the line of scrimmage is considered a backward pass or a lateral. A forward pass that is not caught before it hits the ground is considered incomplete and play for the ball comes to an end. A lateral or backward pass that hits the ground is a free ball and is treated like a fumble and can be advanced by the first player from either team who gains possession of the ball.

[000364] Tackling is grasping or encircling an opponent with the hands or arms. This is usually done by the defensive team to the ball carrier. The tackier may grab any part of the ball carrier's body except the face mask or the side or back collar of the shoulder pads.

[000365] Each game consists of four quarters of 15 minutes of non-continuous play. The length of each quarter depends on the level of play. High schools play 12 minute quarters. College and professional teams play 15 minute quarters. If the score is tied at the end of regulation, there may be one or more additional overtime periods to determine the winner. In professional football, the first team to score is the winner. In college and high school, each team gets an opportunity to run plays to score, regardless of what the opponent does on their turn. Each team is allowed three timeouts per half of the game. Each time-out lasts approximately 1 minute. The officials may call a time-out if a player on either team appears to be injured. That player must be taken out of the game for at least one play. The offensive team has either 25 or 40 seconds to run a play once the official marks the ball in play. The exact time depends on the level of play and the game situation. Failure to snap the ball(s) before the 24- or 40-second clock runs out results in a 5-yard delay-of-game penalty against the offense.

[000366] In the current day sport of Football, the snap of the football, which begins a play from scrimmage, is either handing or passing the ball from its initial position on the ground (as placed by the official) with a quick and continuous motion of the hand or hands. The snap may be either between the legs or not, although except for a few specialty plays, it is usually between the legs. The player snapping the ball (the offensive center or punt and field goal snapper) may not pick up or move the ball prior to the snap. He may rotate the ball to get it in the desired position as long as he does not pick it off the ground in doing so.

[000367] In some embodiments of the sport of Football, the snap of three or fewer balls, which begins the down from scrimmage, is done by Center and the two guard positions, one on either side of the center. The way the balls are held by these three players shields the balls from the view or sight of the defense team. In an embodiment, a certain garment accessory E.g., a piece of opaque cloth, could be used to cover the ball held by the center and guard positions, to shield from the defense team. The accessory used to block visibility could be something that could be just dropped to the ground after the snap or is just part of the player's outfit. Alternately the center and guard positions can face the quarterbacks when they snap. This is the easiest way to snap manually and yet shield the order of arrangement of the balls from defense team without any accessory. So, the defense team is unaware of the order in which these three players hold the balls and hence do not know the position of all important Colt or even Stallion. All three players toss the ball at the same instant to create a three (or fewer) balls snap. All three balls (or fewer) are caught by the quarterbacks behind.

[000368] In some embodiments of the sport of Football, the snap of three or fewer balls, which begins the down from scrimmage, could also be done using a new devise called Snapper. An embodiment of the 'Snapper' devise and how it operates is illustrated in figures 38 through 44.

[000369] In an embodiment, a snapper is a devise which enables snapping all three balls, Colt,

Stallion and Mustang in one instant. One center position player snaps the single ball in the current day sport of Football. However, since in an embodiment where the sport is played with three balls, just the center position player cannot snap all three balls in one shot, using his two hands. As mentioned above, the guards (among the offensive linemen) could snap the two extra balls along with center position player. While this is a very exercisable option for the offense team to snap all three balls at a time, the devise 'Snapper' which could be operated by only one person (center position - while guards focus on their job at hands), provides an alternate option to the offense team to snap all three balls at a time. While the usage of the snapper devise is optional for some embodiments, the details of how the devise operates, its components and how it works are described and illustrated in the drawings. If the sport in a specific geography, or a particular version or a league decides or chooses to use Snapper in the sport, they could.

[000370] Snapper is a simple mechanical devise that could be handled by one person in a couple positions. One position where the center player is facing the three quarterbacks and has bent knees or kneeling down. In this position after the snap is complete, the center needs to jump to his feet and turn around to block the defensive linemen. This is slightly disadvantageous as compared to the second position. The second position is that he is holding the snapper devise between his legs, while facing the defensive linemen and snaps the balls. This is more suited given the context of the sport and individual downs. Further it has to be noted that the Snapper devise can be dropped immediately after the snap, and it falls flat on the ground. If its panels were angled, it would flatten with one footstep on the devise by the center. In any case, once dropped and stepped on, it lays flat on the ground with minimal obstruction to the sport. Figures 38 through 44 show one of the embodiments of the Snapper devise. The devise could operate with several modifications, alterations and other design changes. The embodiment shown is one of the recommended designs which will serve the purpose of snapping three balls at a time. Simultaneous snapping of multiple balls may be a need or rule for some embodiments. Figure 38 shows the front view, left side view and the top views of the snapper devise. Further figure 40 shows a three dimensional view of the snapper devise. The combination of drawings 38 and 40 give a very clear understanding of the devise. The Snapper devise has two layers called as the ball holding layer (3814) and the driving layer (3813). In the side view of figure 38, the layer shown to the left is the driving layer (3813). The layer shown to the right is the ball holding layer (3814). Both the layers are mounted on a single spindle or shaft joint which enables the two layers to swivel or swing on the axis of the shaft. The axis of the shaft join acts as a fulcrum point over which you can swing one layer (in relation to the other layer) and bring them back together with required force. This motion will eventually snap the balls, as you will see in the subsequent paragraphs. As you can see in the figures, the axis shaft (384 in figure 38 and 404 in figure 40) forms the swivel point for the two layers. The driving layer could be firmly held by the provided grip (381 in figure 38 and 401 in figure 40). There are the two links (382 in figure 38 and 402 in figure 40) joining the grip (381 in figure 38 and 401 in figure 40) to the shaft (384 in figure 38 and 404 in figure 40). These are two links, one on the left and one on right. There are two links joining the shaft (384 in figure 38 and 404 in figure 40) with the center driving panel. There are three driving panels joined by hinges (388 in figure 38 and 408 in figure 40). The panels can angle against each other. Two links (389 in figure 38 and 409 in figure 40) join the center driving panel with the left and right panels. The links (389 in figure 38 and 409 in figure 40) are mounted on the link connecting the shaft with the center driving panel with a rotating joint on the axis of the link, with an option to soft lock the joint at 5 degree increments. The driving block (3811 in figure 38 and 4011 in figure 40) is mounted on the driving panel. The three driving panels have three driving blocks mounted on them. Coming to the ball holding layer, it has a grip (383 in figure 38 and 403 in figure 40) to hold the ball holding layer firmly. There are links connecting the grip (383 in figure 38 and 403 in figure 40) to the central shaft and links joining the shaft with central ball holding panel. There are three ball holding panels to hold the three balls. The right and left side panels are joined with the central panel by links (3810 in figure 38 and 4010 in figure 40) in the same way the driving panels are connected. In each of the ball holding panel (386 in figure 38 and 406 in figure 40), there is an oval shaped hole (387 in figure 38 and 407 in figure 40). The size of this hole is such that the Mustang would comfortably fit inside the oval hole. This is the same with all the three ball holding panels. Hinge (388 in figure 38 and 408 in figure 40) joins the ball holding panels together. There are two hinges joining the three ball holding panels. And similarly, there are two hinges joining the three driving panels. In the oval shaped hole (387 in figure 38 and 407 in figure 40) made in each of the ball holding panel there are two soft rubber cones (385 in figure 38 and 405 in figure 40), attached at the top and bottom of the oval hole. They are attached to the panel by using simple fasteners such as screws. These soft rubber cones form seats for the prolate spheroid balls. All the three balls - colt, stallion and mustang can be seated into these soft rubber cones. This is primarily because the length of these balls along the axis is exactly the same. This enables arranging the three balls in any order in the three ball holding panels. This is one of the key aspects of the strategy provided by the snapper devise. Moreover, the driving layer completely covers the oval shaped holes in the ball holding layer, fully shielding the view of the balls (seated in the holes) to the defense team. The defense will have no idea which one (of the three positions) holds the Colt or Stallion. So, their defense formation and strategy will have to be without the knowledge of which quarterback will land up getting the colt, stallion or mustang. This can be used to great advantage by the offense team in their strategy planning and the way they want to handle the down. In the diagram (3812 in figure 38 and 4012 in figure 40) indicates the four rotating joins which enable the swing of the panels in relation to one another with a soft lock mechanism to hold panels at a certain angle with 5 degree increments. The soft lock join is such that, after the snap is complete, when the center player drops the devise to the ground, at the minimal force of the impact the soft lock releases and the entire devise falls flat on the ground causing almost no interference to the game and / or down. Further the Snapper is built of a material which is strong enough to withstand the weights of players running over it, while being light in weight by itself. Figure 39A shows an embodiment of the snapper devise, with all the panels aligned in straight line, while the entire devise is positioned at right angle (396) to the ground. It shows the ball holding layer (391), ball holding panel (393), driving layer (392), driving panel (394) and the driving block (395). It also illustrates the two layers' swivel over the axis of the shaft, and the direction of force to be applied by gripping the ball holding layer, and pulling it in such a way that the ball seated in the ball holding panel is driven by the driving blocks in the driving panel. It is a simple mechanism that generates swivel motion and when the right force is applied in the right direction, brings the balls in the ball holding panels at a force to be driven off the panel by the driving blocks. The angle of snapper from ground (396), is related to the toss angle of the ball and its trajectory. In figure 39A, the Snapper is positioned at 90 degrees from the ground. In this position it has to be realized that the ball toss will be flat and close to the ground. The trajectory will be relatively flat in nature and the ball will reach the ground very quickly. Even the distance achieved may not be much. The angle of the snapper from the ground is an important parameter for the 'Center' position to be aware of. This illustration shows the snapper in upright position. Figures 39B and 39C show the snapper in different angles. It has to be noted that the shape of the driving block will become important, and the shape of it can be creatively designed to achieve the necessary toss of the ball to the quarterback. Figure 39B shows the Snapper positioned at an approximate 70 degrees (3916) from the ground. In this position the ball toss will be at a complementary angle to the 70 degrees' inclination and the ball will travel in a nice trajectory. The distance achieved by the ball will also be good. This maybe the most used angle setting by the center as it delivers good distance and a nice trajectory for the Quarterback to catch and get into action. Figure 39C shows the Snapper positioned at an approximate 50 degrees (3926) from the ground. In this position the ball toss will be at a complementary angle to the 50 degrees' inclination and the ball will get more height than distance. It will have a parabola like trajectory, getting more height than distance. The distance achieved by the ball will be less. This angle position may rarely be used in the sport, as distance is an important attribute for 'Center' to focus on in several scenarios.

[000373] Figure 40 is a three dimensional diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the

Snapper devise. The panels are angled in the view. Note that it is a view to show the entire devise and is not to scale or dimensions. The diagram shows how all three balls (colt, stallion and mustang) can be snapped at the same instant by center.

[000374] In an embodiment, figure 41 is a diagrammatic illustration of the angle limits to which the panels could swing in relation to each other. A zero degree setting on both panels is shown by (411). A 45 degree setting on both panels is shown by (412). The Snapper has the ball holding panels and driving panels (in two separate layers), there are three ball holding panels which are joined by hinge joints. There are three driving panels in a different layer, which are also joined by hinge joints. On the hinges, the panels swing (as a hinged door swings in relation to the frame), between 0 and 45 degree limits. Within this swing range, the panels can be soft locked at every 5 degree increments. This drawing is an illustration of the angle swing limits for the ball holding panels and also the driving panels. Note that, to snap all three balls at a time, all three panels in both layers (ball holding and driving) should be set to the same exact settings, so as the three balls are driven precisely as per plan. Snapper permits asymmetric angle setting between the left and right panels in both layers. As in the left panel could be set at 20 degrees while the right one could be set at 40 degrees. They could be soft locked at this setting. The soft lock would release when the center drops the devise to ground after the snap is complete.

[000375] Figure 42 is a diagrammatic representation of an embodiment of a 'ball holding panel' (421). The snapper has three such ball holding panels which are joined by hinge joints. Each ball holding panel has a hole (422) in an elliptical shape carved in it which is larger than the cross section of the Mustang ball. All three panels will have the same sized hole and are identical. In an embodiment, the center-line length of the hole in the panel is a couple centimeters more than 11 inches (which in an embodiment is the central axis length of the prolate spheroid balls). There are small cone shapes, made out of soft rubber material that are attached to both ends of the center-line of the hole. These rubber cones (423) form the perfect seats for both ends of the prolate spheroid balls. The rubber cones are of generic size and can hold all three balls (colt, stallion and mustang). Note that all three balls are of the same length (measured at diagonal).

[000376] Figure 43A is the diagrammatic representation of an embodiment of the driving panel (431) with a knob (432) type protrusion in the center of the panel which enables the shrink fit of the driving block. The corresponding driving block, is shown in two possible shapes (433). The driving blocks could be easily detached and attached. This enables using blocks of varying sizes, thickness, shapes and material to enable applying varying forces on the ball to be snapped. An alternate embodiment could be using fasteners like screws to fit the driving block to the driving panel. However, detaching and attaching the blocks would be time consuming in such a design.

[000377] Figure 43B is the diagrammatic representation of an embodiment of the driving panel (4311) and the driving blocks (4313). The driving block is shown in two possible shapes. This is the slide fit embodiment where the driving block slides onto the protrusion channel (4312) on the driving panel. In either embodiments, the blocks could be easily detached and attached. This enables using blocks of varying sizes, thickness, shapes and material to enable applying varying forces on the ball to be snapped.

[000378] Figure 44 is a diagrammatic representation of an embodiment of a specially designed driving block. When the panels (ball holding and driving) are angled and soft locked at a certain value greater than zero, and the entire snapper devise is tilted by the 'center' player, the middle panels may lift off the ground while the bottom side corners of the left and right panels are grounded. This causes the snapper middle panel to be off the ground and at the time of the snap, may result in an awkward toss of the ball in the center panel. To manage and adjust this situation, the teams can use specially designed driving blocks. Just an embodiment of the same is shown in the diagram. In various embodiments, the usage angle of the snapper, the types and shapes of the driving blocks will be optimized to suit the players need and strategy. Multiple different embodiments of the driving blocks could be used. This illustration is just one embodiment.

[000379] The material with which Snapper devise is made could be plastic based, fiber based, synthetic or a composite material that is very light in weight but delivers good strength and stiffness, to withstand the weights of players running on the devise. The hand grips for the two layers will be rubber grips for food traction and a smooth yet firm grip. The rubber cones in the ball holding panels is soft rubber which has very high elasticity and will easily swing in any direction when minimal force is applied. The driving blocks could be made of a variety of materials such as fiber, plastic, composite, to steel, iron, aluminum or other metals. The thickness of the blocks could also vary as per the necessary force to be applied. It has to be noted that by varying the shape, size, material used for the driving blocks, the end force applied on the balls would vary significantly. So, teams can plan on the type of blocks they want to use. If the sport is played as part of a league (e.g., NFL or CFL), the league management can standardize the allowable materials and variations allowed in their league games. [000380] Further, in an embodiment the players could wear jerseys which are at least partially covered with some kind of an adhesive material (E.g., Velcro or similar material) that allows the players to stick the ball to it and run with free hands. By using such jerseys, you free up a single player to be able to catch a second or even a third ball after the first ball was caught. However, such a jersey would make it easy for a player to run with two or all three balls, which otherwise would be a very difficult task and pushes the skill levels.

[000381] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Canadian football are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Canadian Football is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000382] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Canadian Football, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000383] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000384] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Canadian football based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000385] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Canadian football format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000386] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Canadian football, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000387] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000388] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Canadian Football sport.

[000389] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - CANADIAN FOOTBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

52. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Canadian football, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport; and determining a starting position for at least one attempt to advance at least two balls in the game or sport, based on an ending position of at least one ball at the end of a previous attempt to advance at least two balls.

53. The method of claim 52, wherein the game or sport of Canadian football is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by attempting to advance at least two balls towards or into an opposing team end zone or an opposing team goal area.

54. The method of claim 53, wherein the attempt to advance at least two balls towards or into the opposing team end zone or the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, or combinations thereof.

55. The method of claim 53, wherein each team receives at least one attempt to advance at least two balls by a pre-defined distance towards or into the opposing team end zone or into the opposing team goal area, each attempt comprising: determining a first team and a starting position from where the first team begins to advance at least two balls; opposing the first team from advancing at least two balls, a second team trying to gain possession of at least one ball and advance at least one ball; displacing at least one ball from the starting position to an ending position anywhere on the playing field, by the first team or the second team, and bring the first team attempt to advance at least two balls to a complete stop; determining the team that will advance at least one ball for a subsequent attempt; deriving displacement data of at least one ball from the starting position to the ending position on the playing field, in the first team attempt to advance at least two balls; determining or computing the starting position for the subsequent attempt to advance at least one ball by using a mathematical formula, which uses the derived displacement data of at least one ball in the first team attempt to advance at least two balls; and tracking the scores for the first team and the second team.

56. A system for providing directions for playing or conducting a game or sport of Canadian football, by using at least two balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport, on a playing field, the system comprising: a game computing system configured to: control a ball location capturing system, wherein the ball location capturing system comprises a camera based system or sensor based system or GPS (Global positioning) system or combinations thereof; receive location information of at least two balls on the playing field from the ball location capturing system; transmit the captured location information of at least two balls on the playing field, to a ball displacement computing system; receive the ball displacement data of at least two balls, from the ball displacement computing system; and compute the starting position for a subsequent attempt to advance at least one ball, using a mathematical formula based in part on the ball displacement data of at least two balls on the playing field at the end of the attempt to advance at least two balls.

57. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Canadian football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Canadian football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

CRICKET SECTION SUMMARY

[000390] The sport of current day modern version Cricket, with defined and documented rules has been played since 18^th century. However, earlier forms and ancient versions of the sport have been recorded from mid- 16^th century. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000391] As a next stage in the evolution of Cricket sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000392] In an embodiment, Cricket could be played with more than one ball (e.g., up to 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000393] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Cricket with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Cricket' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Cricket sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000394] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Cricket Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Cricket sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Cricket Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting.

[000395] The current sport of Cricket is bat-and-ball sport played with a spherical cricket ball, cricket bat, six stumps, four bails, gloves/pads and protective gear among other equipment. The cricket ball in itself is approximately 9 inches in circumference and weighs an approximate 5.5 ounces or 160 grams. And generally comes in white or red colors. Let's say the ball in this context is a white ball. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 9.5 inches and higher weight of 6 ounces. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red or pink in color. In a different embodiment, all balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight, finish and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000396] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. As disclosed above the size of the balls are increasing, and the weight is increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white) to Ball-B (red). In Cricket, as the ball becomes larger and heavier, striking it becomes harder as the timing and point of strike have to be perfect. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a boundary, Ball-A will result in 4 runs (by ground) and 6 runs (aerially). When hit for a boundary, Ball-B will result in 6 runs (by ground) and 8 runs (aerially). This completely opens up the sport for additional and high scoring. However, batsmen have to deal with the challenge of striking two different balls through their batting innings, which means they have to adjust their technique, batting style and timing to score off of both balls.

[000397] So, scoring with Ball-B becomes more important as compared to Ball-A, to score more for the team. To counter this, the bowling team should focus on having their best bowlers bowl with Ball-B as compared to Ball-A, to restrict the batting team from scoring. Lots of new bowling and batting strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000398] As compared to the existing sport of Cricket played with 11 players on each side, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with up to 13 players per side. The team generally includes batsmen, bowlers, wicket keeper and all-rounders. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two balls simultaneously being used in the sport on the field, wherein two bowlers bowl from two ends of the pitch to two batsmen ready to bat at the opposite ends of the pitch (simultaneously). This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers. In the disclosed embodiment the team size could be increased by 2 additional players, of which one could be an additional bowler and the second an additional wicket keeper, to play with up to two balls simultaneously used on the playing field (taking the team size to 13). In a different embodiment, 1 additional fielder or an all-rounder such as a wicket keeper batsmen or a batsmen bowler could be introduced. In alternate embodiments, the team composition could be increased to play 14 or even 15 players with added fielders on the field, however, this may limit scoring opportunities for the batsmen. The team size can be optimized so as to balance the simultaneous batting and power hitting with good bowling, fielding combinations. The disclosed embodiment is played with 13 players with the bowling side needing to get 12 wickets to end the batting innings in one way.

[000399] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000400] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000401] Figure 58 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the current day

Cricket field and player positions of the bowling team (bowlers, fielders, wicket keeper) in diamond shapes (there are a total 11). As you can see there are 4 fielders outside the 30-yard circle, with rest of them inside. The pitch is shown in the center with two popping or batting creases. The black rectangles at the ends of the pitch show two wickets, each wicket representing three stumps and two bails. Two black circles (dots) on the pitch (at the two ends) represent the two batsmen on the pitch to bat. The arrow mark shows the sprint or run up taken by the bowler and the direction in which he will bowl along the length of the pitch. The diamond shape shown right behind one wicket represents the wicket keeper. In the current day sport, only one batsmen will take strike and will play the ball at one end of the pitch. The batsmen at the other end is called as non-striker and is ready to run, but shall not face another ball simultaneously.

[000402] Figure 58A depicts a diagrammatic close-up or magnified view of an embodiment of the current day cricket pitch approximately in the center of the current day cricket field, as shown in figure 58. In the figure, 5801 and 5802 represent the two wickets at the two ends of the pitch. Each wicket comprises three stumps and two bails. 5803 and 5804 are the batting, bowling and popping creases on both ends of the pitch. 5805 is the complete length of the pitch (from wicket to wicket) which is measured at 22 yards in today's sport. 5806 represents the width or breadth of the pitch which is measured at an approximate 3 meters in current playing fields. The distance between the wicket and the batting crease on its side is an approximate 1.22 meters.

[000403] Figure 58B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the futuristic

Cricket field that could be used for '2-Ball cricket format' or the disclosed format. It shows the player positions of the bowling team (bowlers, fielders, wicket keeper) in white diamond shapes (there are a total 11), and two additional players (one bowler and one wicket keeper) shown in pattern diamond shapes, taking the total team size to 13. In this embodiment, there are 5 fielders outside the 30-yard circle, with rest of them (8) inside. The pitch is shown in the center with two popping or batting creases. When compared to figure 58, this pitch is wider in size. The black rectangles at the ends of the pitch show two wickets, each wicket representing three stumps and two bails. Unlike in the current day field, where the two wickets are in line as seen in figure 58A (dotted line in center), the wickets are offset by a certain distance, so as to enable two bowlers simultaneously bowl at two batsmen. Two black circles (dots) on the pitch (at the two ends) represent the two batsmen, both of whom have taken strike / stance in front of the wickets and are ready to bat. The arrow marks show the sprint or run up taken by two bowlers simultaneously and the direction in which they bowl along the length of the pitch to two batsmen simultaneously. The diamond shapes shown behind the wickets represent the wicket keepers. As you can see, in this disclosed embodiment, both batsmen take strike and will play the ball bowled at them simultaneously from both ends of the pitch. There is no non-striker and both batsmen are ready to strike simultaneously.

[000404] Figure 58C depicts a diagrammatic close-up or magnified view of an embodiment of the futuristic cricket pitch approximately in the center of the futuristic cricket field, as shown in figure 58B. In the figure, 5807 and 5808 represent the two wickets at the two ends of the pitch. Each wicket comprises three stumps and two bails. However, they are offset (shown by two dotted lines) which are separated by a distance of 5813. This distance 5813 could be 2 or even 3 meters. This offsetting of stumps will enable two bowlers to bowl two balls simultaneously from opposite ends of the pitch. The total width of the pitch 5812 is increased and could be 5 or 6 meters. 5809 and 5810 are the batting, bowling and popping creases on both ends of the pitch. 5811 is the complete length of the pitch (from wicket to wicket) which is measured at 22 yards same as today's sport.

[000405] Figure 58H depicts another embodiment of the futuristic pitch to play cricket with two balls simultaneously bowled from both ends. This is similar to the embodiment disclosed in figure 58C, wherein the two wickets are offset and not is straight line, however they are brought closer to each other along the length of the pitch. 5832 represents the shortened distance between wickets along the length which could be approximately 19 or 20 yards. In the figure, 1 is the bowlers marking crease for run up, while 8 is the same at the other end of the pitch. 2 is the 'No ball' or bowling crease for the bowler, while 7 is the same at the other end of the pitch. 3 is the wickets crease, while 6 is the same at the other end of the pitch. 4 is the batting crease or popping crease, while 5 is the same at the other end of the pitch. The small black boxes indicate stumps on both ends of the pitch. The distance between creases 1 and 6 is 22 yards. The distance between creases 3 and 8 is 22 yards. In this embodiment, two bowlers bowl to two batsmen simultaneously, from same distances of 22 yards as in the current day sport, however, their follow through run up after they bowl would likely end behind the wickets on his/her side, thus increasing the safety of not being hit by balls, during stroke play from both ends. This embodiment is similar to the one disclosed in figure 58C, just a little safer for the bowlers bowling from both ends. Additional safety equipment could also mitigate the risk.

[000406] Figure 58D depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the futuristic

Cricket field that could be used for '2-Ball cricket format' or the disclosed format. It shows the player positions of the bowling team (bowlers, fielders, wicket keeper) in white diamond shapes (there are a total 11), and two additional players (one bowler and one wicket keeper) shown in pattern diamond shapes, taking the total team size to 13. In this embodiment, there are 6 fielders outside the 30-yard circle, with rest of them (7) inside. The pitch is shown in the center with two popping or batting creases. When compared to figure 58, this pitch is much wider in size. The black rectangles at the ends of the pitch show four wickets, each wicket representing three stumps and two bails. Unlike in the current day field, where the two wickets that are in line as seen in figure 58A (dotted line in center), there are two sets of wickets (in all four wickets) which are in line and are offset by a certain distance, so as to enable two bowlers simultaneously bowl at two batsmen. In this embodiment, it is as if two current day pitches are brought together adjacent to each other along length or separated by a certain distance. Two black circles (dots) on the pitch (at the two ends) represent the two batsmen, both of whom have taken strike / stance in front of the wickets and are ready to bat. The arrow marks show the sprint or run up taken by two bowlers simultaneously and the direction in which they bowl along the length of the pitch to two batsmen simultaneously. The diamond shapes shown behind the wickets represent the wicket keepers. As you can see, in this disclosed embodiment, both batsmen take strike and will play the ball bowled at them simultaneously from both ends of the pitch. There is no non-striker and both batsmen are ready to strike simultaneously. The key factor or differentiator between this embodiment and one disclosed in figure 58B, is that of improved player safety, in particular that of bowler safety in follow through. Due to the increased distance between the batsmen striking the balls, and the increased distance between the bowler and batsmen on same side, the bowler in his follow through is much prepared to watch both balls and field accordingly and safely. The other difference is the two added wickets enable running out each batsmen towards the end or wickets he is running towards. Figure 58E depicts a diagrammatic close-up or magnified view of an embodiment of the futuristic cricket pitch approximately in the center of the futuristic cricket field, as shown in figure 58D. In the figure, 5814 and 5815 are two inline wickets at the two ends of the pitch. Similarly, 5816 and 5817 are two inline wickets at the two ends of the pitch. Both sets of these inline wickets almost form two independent current day pitches (for one bowler to bowl at one batsmen on each pitch) and the inline wickets are shown with dotted lines passing through them. 5818 and 5819 are the batting, bowling and popping creases on both ends of the pitch. 5820 is the complete length of the pitch (from wicket to wicket) which is measured at 22 yards same as today's sport. 5823 and 5824 are widths of individual pitches which could be same as the current day pitch width of 3 meters each. 5822 is the distance between the centers of the two pitches. This distance could be 3 meters (as in two pitches are adjacent to each other) or could go upwards to 6 or even 10 meters. Higher this gap or distance, more safe it is to all the close in fielders, bowlers and umpires. This distance could be adjusted based on safety requirements as required in various embodiments. 5821 is the total width of the combined pitches and would be 6 meters when two pitches are adjacent to each other, and would increase proportionally as 5822 increases. It should be noted that as 5822 and hence 5821 are increased, there could be lawn in between the two pitches enabling close in fielders to be positioned in between also. However, 5822 and hence 5821 cannot be very high as the two batsmen have to look at each other and do coordinated tandem running to score runs. In an embodiment 5822 could be 6 meters.

[000408] Figure 58F depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the two balls of varying sized, diameter, weight and color (shown in different pattern). In the disclosed embodiment Ball-A shown as 5825 is of smaller diameter 5826 and circumference. The Ball-B shown as 5827 is of larger diameter 5828 and circumference.

[000409] Figure 58G depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of the two balls which could be simultaneously used in the sport. A regular cricket ball has 6 seam stiches at the center of the ball which bring the leather exterior and cork interior together. In an embodiment Ball-A could be a regular cricket ball with seam (5829) along one plane of largest circumference (having 6 stitches). While Ball-B could be a newer embodiment wherein along with the traditional one seam (5830), a perpendicular second seam stitch (5831) is also given to the ball (with a similar set of 6 stitches). Such a Ball-B with additional seam will provide bowlers, both seamers and spinners with added seam which they could use to develop special variations in bowling and bamboozle the batsmen and get them out. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000410] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000411] The current day sport of Cricket is a game played with one spherical ball, bat, gloves and other equipment. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of up to two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or more balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all two balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000412] The current day sport of Cricket is played between two teams of 11 players each, an offense (batting team) and a defense (bowling or fielding) team. The game is generally played in 2 innings and in 4 innings in case of a test format. In one innings, one team gets to bat while the other team gets to bowl and field. The teams switch role (switch batting to bowling) in the second innings. The batting team (one batsmen at a time as striker) has to score runs by hitting the ball, bowled at him/her from the other end of the pitch, by a bowler from the bowling team. Runs could be scored by hitting boundary (by hitting the ball in a way that it crosses the outer perimeter of the playing ground - generally marked by a rope or advertising cushions joined as a long rope or just the end of playing field). Further, the boundary could be hit on ground resulting in adding 4 runs to the batsmen and team scores; or aerially wherein the ball travels and crosses boundary by air, resulting in adding 6 runs to the batsmen and team scores. Further runs could be scored by successful coordinated tandem running between the two batsmen at the crease, without getting run out. Additionally, runs could be taken due to poor fielding work by the fielding team. Also runs will be awarded as extras when bowlers bowl illegal balls. At the end of two innings (or 4 innings in case of a test match), the team that has scored higher number of runs overall is declared the winner, provided the match has been completed as per set guidelines and as per the format. Cricket, is a sport that is currently played in three formats: (1) T20 format wherein each innings is defined as bowling 20 overs at the rate of 6 legal balls per over OR until the batting team loses 10 wickets. (2) One-day format wherein each innings is defined as bowling 50 overs at the rate of 6 legal balls per over OR until the batting team loses 10 wickets. (1) Test match format wherein up to 4 innings are played, with each innings having no limit on balls bowled but is defined as until the batting team loses 10 wickets OR batting team chooses to declare an innings as they feel they have enough runs to put the other team into bat. All three formats could be disrupted by bad weather conditions (e.g., rain or other). In the current sport of Cricket, the sport is a good balance of individual skill and team work. The bowling team works as a unit, as the bowlers bowl to a set field and team work helps in getting wickets or restricting batting team score. The batting team has team work in getting runs by coordinated synchronized running across pitch where they have to successfully reach the respective opposite creases to gain one run. Cricket is also a culmination of individual talents and individual skills pitted against each other. As mentioned, though it is a team sport, very specific aspects of the sport lend themselves to team work. It is also dependent on individual star, super-star players who drive their team's success. In the disclosed version, there will be up to two bowlers bowling two balls simultaneous, from both ends of the pitch, which are faced by two batsmen, batting at two ends of the pitch simultaneously, to score runs. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual ball, player shot offer, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call an illegal ball or fall of a wicket or scoring of runs. In the disclosed embodiment, (refer to diagrams 58D and 58E) the game is played between two teams with 13 players on each side, but with up to two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the team composition could be two wicket keepers, bowlers, batsmen and all-rounders. The two wicket keepers keep wickets on opposite sides of the pitch, but on offset wickets. For example, one keeper behind 5814 (wherein one bowler bowls from the 5815 end) and a second keeper behind 5817 (wherein a second bowler bowls from the 5816 end). Both the bowlers bowl two deliveries at the batsmen who are at the wickets that are being kept by the two wicket keepers. The two bowler's coordinated bowling of balls could be achieved by an umpire count-down '3-2-1-go' or a dummy gunshot sound. However, this is a little tricky as each bowler has his own style of start, run-up, sprint and style of bowling. A coordinated simultaneous release of two balls by two bowlers from two ends of the pitch (or pitches, if 5822 is greater than 3 meters), is achieved by thorough understanding between the two bowlers, understanding each other's run up and style of bowling. They could use beeping timers that are set up for a combination of bowlers (as bowling in pairs), and the timers could assist after the first bowler (with longer run up) starts and another beep alerts the second bowler start his action, such that both bowlers could release the two balls in an approximately simultaneous moment. Or simply, the synchronized bowling could just be a manual coordinated effort between the two bowlers based on their run-ups. Once the two balls are released, the two batsmen offer their shots to score runs and the play continues with various possibilities at the point (such as one or two boundaries hit, one or two wickets fallen, one or two batsmen making contact with the ball, one or two illegal balls and so on). Such a disclosed embodiment would provide added scoring possibilities, added wicket taking possibilities, applying higher levels of strategy, higher levels of team work and more entertainment to audience. In a different embodiment the team size could be 14 or even 15, with more all-rounders or fielders, but this would increase the number of fielders on the playing field, making it hard for batsmen to score runs. Also, more wickets could fall sooner with so many fielders. The batsmen may not have many gaps in the field to score off of.

[000415] In the disclosed embodiment, the two bowlers complete their quota of 6 legal balls from both sides of the pitch. Finishing two overs for the team and one over each in their allowed quota of the overs (as in limited overs match). After the two simultaneous overs are complete, the batsmen stay at their ends of the combined pitch, however switch wickets to bat on. The keepers change pitch ends and two new bowlers start bowling from the opposite ends. As in, batsmen batting at 5814 moves to 5816 to bat. Batsmen batting at 5817 moves to 5815 to bat. Keeper at 5814 moves to 5815. Keeper at 5817 moves to 5816. The two new bowlers bowl from the ends of 5814 and 5817. And another set of overs conclude after they bowl two simultaneous overs. This simultaneous bowling and batting pattern continues from both ends until the innings concludes with completion of bowling allotted overs (in limited overs formats) or batting side losing 12 wickets. The final score of the batting side is registered at this point. After a predefined break between innings, the second innings begins where the bowling / fielding side from first innings will bat and the other side now gets to bowl and field. At the completion of this innings the score by the second team is also registered and the winner is declared (in the limited overs format). In the test format, a third innings will begin wherein the teams again switch roles and if required a fourth innings is played by again the two teams switching roles, to decide the outcome of the test match.

[000416] In the disclosed embodiment, a tie (of scores) in limited overs format will result in a

'Super Duper over' decider. Where in both teams bowl a 'Super Duper over' with designated two bowlers bowling an over simultaneously (at least 12 legal balls) and a list of 4 batsmen are allowed to bat from other side. The Super Duper over ends if three wickets fall or all 12 legal balls are bowled. At the end of both Super Duper overs, the team scoring higher number of runs is declared the winner. In case of the test format, as in the current day sport, the match could end in a result or draw, at the end of 3 or 4 innings.

[000417] In an alternate embodiment, 4 batsmen could be on the field at all four wickets shown in figure 58E, but only two bowlers bowling two balls simultaneously as two of the four batsmen in opposite directions as explained in the disclosed embodiment. In such an alternate embodiment, there are two strikers (two batsmen who strike the two balls) and two non-strikers at the other ends of the pitch who run up when they get an opportunity to take runs. In such an embodiment, it is like two simultaneous current day cricket games active in the center, with bowlers bowling from opposite sides on two distinct pitches. Though this is a feasible embodiment, it may be crowded in the center and may get confusing in looking at two parallel plays with four batsmen running between wickets.

[000418] In another embodiment, two batsmen could be on the same side of the pitch, say at wickets 5815 and 5817. While two bowlers bowl from the same end 5814 and 5816. This keeps the direction of play same and fielding set up may get a little simplified. However, the tandem coordinated running may be missing. In another alternate embodiment, 4 batsmen could be on field, with two striker batsmen on the same end of the pitch. There will be strikers, non-strikers, two balls bowled by two bowlers but in the same direction.

[000419] In the disclosed embodiment, the size of the balls and the weight could be increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white) to Ball-B (red). In Cricket, the size and weight of the ball are key aspects as it relates to batsmen making a stroke to hit the ball by proper timing, force and angle. The batsmen need to make some adjustments to play successfully with both balls. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a boundary, Ball-A will result in 4 runs (by ground) and 6 runs (aerially). When hit for a boundary, Ball-B will result in 6 runs (by ground) and 8 runs (aerially). This difference in score delivered is only when the balls are hit for boundaries, outside of which, all two balls are exactly the same when on field. Simply put when within the playing field boundary, all balls are of same weight, and the batsmen have to run between wickets to score runs. This embodiment of the sport could result in runs scored from one or two boundaries scored simultaneously on the field, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. [000420] In the disclosed embodiment coordinated bowling of 6 legal deliveries from both ends are dealt as following. If one bowler bowls an illegal ball, having him to bowl extra ball, the paired bowler from the other end will also have to bowl an extra ball. This means more penalizing from illegal balls even by one bowler. The bowlers have to be accurate, coordinated and complete their deliveries with minimum illegal balls bowled. Further, the captain should bowl his bowlers in pairs. One bowler can be given two continuous overs (one from each end) but has to take a break after that. Rotation policy has to be built in by the captain and coach in to the game plan. In the disclosed embodiment, a ball is tied to one pitch or one set of inline wickets only. For example, Ball-A is always bowled between 5814 and 5815 from both ends and Ball-B is always bowled between 5816 and 5817 from both ends. And this stays through the match providing the same conditions for both teams (same ball bowled on same pitch). In an alternate embodiment, the balls could be switched across sides being bowled to all four ends in rotation style.

[000421] In the disclosed embodiment, the two batsmen batting simultaneously, offer their shots to score runs in a single coordinated release of two balls by two bowlers. This results in various possibilities such as one or two boundaries hit, one or two wickets fallen, one or two batsmen making contact with the ball, one or two illegal balls bowled and all the possible combinations within. While boundaries tally to the scores of the batsmen and team, the singles can be run only when both batsmen make contact with the bat. If one makes contact and the other does not, they cannot take the run. This brings in more team work. Both batsmen should make contact and hit the balls in gap to take runs. The singles scored will be added to the individual batsmen scores (both of them) but only 1 run will be added to the team score. Because of this, the sum total tally of all individual scores will not total to the team score. The team score is the one to beat. When batsmen get out, they lose a wicket and an increment is made to the wickets lost counter which when reached to 12, ends the innings. Illegal balls add extras to the team score and even one makes both bowlers bowl extra ball from both ends, thus helping batting team. Run outs of batsmen have to be made with the same ball the batsmen had hit and cannot be switched. In an alternate embodiment, both balls could be used to run out any batsmen on the field.

[000422] The fielding is strengthened with 13 players on one side. However, 2 keepers and 2 bowlers are engaged in their roles leaving 9 fielders on the field who have to field 2 balls simultaneously and throw them back to the correct end to attempt a run out. The fielding skills of the team would be tested in this new disclosed format. In an embodiment, 5 or even 6 fielders could be allowed to field outside the 30-yard circle, to restrict scoring. Given the higher weightages in balls and simultaneous hitting, very big scores could be posted by teams.

[000423] The disclosed embodiment expands team work and strategy significantly in the sport.

The coach and captain have exciting decisions to make in their fielding positions, determining the bowling pairs and their combinations based on the batsmen at crease (right handed or left handed or combination). In the disclosed embodiment, assuming two right handed batsmen are on the field, a point fielder for one batsmen, would become mid-wicket fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa. Similarly, cover fielder for one batsmen, would become square leg fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa; gully fielder for one batsmen, would become mid-on fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa; leg gully fielder for one batsmen, would become mid-off fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa; slip fielder for one batsmen, would become approximately mid-on fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa; third man fielder for one batsmen, would become long on fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa; deep fine leg fielder for one batsmen, would become long off fielder for the other batsmen and vice versa. This makes the analysis and strategy making interesting, with additional close in fielder options.

[000424] In the current day sport, weather or rain interruption to matches are reset, by giving new targets, fewer overs by using D/L method (as weather clears out). The D/L method has to be fully recalibrated to this new disclosed format. The number of variables are many more to reset the game criterion and give new objectives (based on interruptions). The discussion of D/L (Duckworth Lewis) method for the disclosed format is out of scope of this application. [000425] In the disclosed embodiment, a T20 format game will be completed in half the current match time or duration. As bowling 20 overs will be completed in time taken to bowl 10 or 11 overs as two balls are simultaneously bowled from both ends. A 3.5 hour T20 match maybe reduced to start and finish in about 2 hours in the disclosed format. In an alternate embodiment, a middle 5 over phase of such simultaneous bowling / batting could be introduced (such as Multi-ball power play). Alternately T20 could be expanded to T40, by bowling 20 overs from each side, totaling to 40 overs (per innings).

[000426] In the disclosed embodiment, as mentioned above, a one-day format match will complete in half the current match time or duration. As bowling 50 overs will be completed in time taken to bowl 25 or 30 overs as two balls are simultaneously bowled from both ends. A 7.5 or 8 hour one-day match maybe reduced to start and finish in about 4 hours in the disclosed format. In an alternate embodiment, a middle 10-15 over phase of such simultaneous bowling / batting could be introduced (such as Multi-ball power play). Alternately one-day could be expanded to 100 overs match (per innings), by bowling 50 overs from each side, totaling to 100 overs, in approximately the same duration of 8 hours.

[000427] In the disclosed embodiment, a test match could be reduced to be completed in 3 days as compared to the current day 5 -day format. However, adoption of such multi ball disclosed format to play a test match is a debatable and discussion item as cricket enthusiasts and purists may have strong reactions to such proposal. However, in the disclosed format, four innings of a test match would very likely conclude in under three days. Alternately an 8 innings format of test cricket could be played over 5 days.

[000428] The disclosed embodiment outlined the methods of playing a 2 ball cricket sport. A 3 or 4 ball format could be considered. For example, in a 4-ball cricket format, two more balls (of varying sizes and weightages - resulting in different scores delivered on a ground and aerial boundaries) are brought into the match. Third ball adds 8 runs on a ground boundary and 10 runs on aerial boundary. Fourth ball adds 10 runs on a ground boundary and 12 runs on aerial boundary. Such very high weightage balls could be introduced in the same pitch as shown in figure 58D and 58E (where only two batsmen simultaneously bat and two bowlers simultaneously bowl), but they use third and fourth balls in the last 5 or last 10 overs of the said match. Which means the best bowlers should bowl with these balls to restrict score and main batsmen should look to stay till the end to score very high off of these high weightage balls in the last slog overs. Such an embodiment, allows a team which is behind, to get back into the match by heavy scoring later in the game, get an outside chance to win in slog overs bringing in close and exciting finishes.

[000429] In the disclosed embodiment, player safety becomes crucial as two balls could be hit hard in any direction on the pitch and bowlers, fielders, keepers, batsmen themselves and umpires should be aware of two flying balls at any given point in time. Additional protective gear, equipment for head, upper body and lower body may be given to players to ensure higher safety levels on the field.

[000430] The disclosed embodiment brings in a lot of bowling strategy, more importantly team work in restricting the offense team from scoring. The bowlers could exchange a quick signal among them to discuss any strategy or approach as they become strong bowling pairs. Similarly, batsmen may exchange signals to decide if they are going for shots or going for singles.

[000431] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review illegal balls, wickets, run outs, catches or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each innings along with laser lighting systems could be employed on the field.

[000432] The playing fields of Cricket come in different sizes however all of them have a 22- yard pitch and a 30-yard circle. The outfield dimensions could vary with fields of sizes with a radius of 50 to 80 meters from the center of the field. Given the field size, an embodiment of 2-ball Cricket could easily be played, by having 13 member sides, by adding Ball-B which result in different scores when hit for boundaries.

[000433] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Cricket are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Cricket is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000434] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Cricket, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000435] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000436] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Cricket format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000437] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Cricket based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000438] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Cricket, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000439] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, format rules, illegal ball rules, foul and penalty rules, boundary rules, batting rules, bowling rules, fielding rules, stop and start game rules, D/L method or rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000440] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Cricket sport.

[000441] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - CRICKET SPORT

What is claimed is:

58. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Cricket, the method comprising: using at least two balls as part of the game or sport on a playing field, wherein the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

59. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Cricket, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

60. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Cricket, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring a boundary using one ball results in a different score than scoring a boundary using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

61. The method of claim 60, wherein a boundary could be scored by ground or aerially.

62. The method of claim 60, wherein the game or sport of Cricket is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, wherein each team gets to bat at least one ball in at least one innings and bowl at least one ball in at least one other innings, wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of runs.

63. The method of claim 62, wherein one innings comprises of bowling a certain defined number of balls or bowling for a defined duration of time or the batting team losing a certain defined number of wickets or the batting team surpassing the opposing team score.

64. The method of claim 62, wherein bat at least one ball comprises of at least one batsmen or at least one player using a cricket bat in an attempt to hit a ball bowled at him or her, so as to attempt to score at least one run.

65. The method of claim 62, wherein bowl at least one ball comprises of at least one bowler or at least one player using at least one hand in a round arm or over arm action, to throw a ball at a batsmen ready to bat, in an attempt to bowl a legal ball, get the batsmen out, restrict scoring runs or combinations thereof.

66. The method of claim 62, wherein bowl at least one ball comprises of two bowlers or two players simultaneously using at least one of their hands in a round arm or over arm action, to throw two balls simultaneously, one at each of the two batsmen ready to bat, in an attempt to bowl a legal ball, get the batsmen out, restrict scoring runs or combinations thereof.

67. The method of claim 62, wherein bat at least one ball comprises of two batsmen or two players using two cricket bats, one each, in an attempt to hit two balls bowled at them simultaneously by two bowlers, one each, in an attempt to score at least one run.

68. The method of claim 67, wherein the said two batsmen have taken position or stance at or near opposite popping or batting creases and the said two bowlers are bowling from opposite popping or bowling creases.

69. The method of claim 67, wherein the said two batsmen have taken position or stance at or near the popping or batting crease on the same side and the said two bowlers are bowling from the opposite popping or bowling crease.

70. The method of claim 62, wherein scoring higher number of runs could be a result of a boundary scored by ground, a boundary scored by air, successful coordinated tandem running by two batsmen, an illegal ball or combinations thereof.

71. The method of claim 70, wherein successful coordinated tandem running by two batsmen comprises the said two batsmen reaching their respective opposite crease without getting out or run out, to score one run. 72. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Cricket that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Cricket that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

FIELD HOCKEY SECTION SUMMARY

[000442] The sport of Hockey has been played since 19^th century. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. The word Hockey used in this section refers to 'Field hockey'. However, in parts of the world word Hockey also refers to 'Ice Hockey'. Ice Hockey is dealt in a separate section.

[000443] As a next stage in the evolution of Hockey sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000444] In an embodiment, Hockey could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport. [000445] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Hockey with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Hockey' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Hockey sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000446] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Hockey Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Hockey sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Hockey Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000447] The current sport of Hockey is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate

9 inches in circumference and weighs 5.6 ounces (160 grams). Most of the currently used balls are made of hard plastic. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 10 inches, weighing 6 ounces. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball- B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000448] In the current day sport of Hockey, the one ball used as part of the sport is hit or struck by a hockey stick into the opposing team goal area (the area beyond the opposing team goal line, between the goal posts and under the bar, which generally is defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000449] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty stroke, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty stroke, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball- A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty stroke is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000450] As compared to the existing sport of Hockey played with 11 players on each side at a given point in time on the field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 13 players per side on the field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper, forward players, defenders and mid-fielders. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward player and an additional mid-fielder. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area. In an alternate embodiment a 14-member team could play with an additional goal keeper who could be allowed to play a dual-role (as both a goal-keeper (when inside the own striking circle) and a defender (when outside it)) or just a singular goal keeper role.

[000451] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000452] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000453] Figure 52A also depicts a possible modification of the current day Soccer field.

Similarly, in an embodiment, Hockey field could have a left side (5200) and a right side (5201) sideline guards. In the top view of the depicted field the sideline guards are shown as thick lines. In an embodiment they could be 1 or 1.5 feet height Plexiglas (or other transparent yet strong material or composite) panels, which could be 1-inch thick, that are installed along the sidelines on both sides. The primary objective of introducing sideline guards is to minimize or completely eliminate the ball crossing the sidelines on both sides and avoid the interruption or pausing and restarting of the game. Additionally, players could use the sideline guard as a 1 or 1.5 feet high rebound wall, to maneuver the ball around defenders without any interruption to the game.

[000454] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Hockey sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000455] Figure 52C shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of play in Hockey sport, wherein a single attempt has each team possessing one ball. As shown team B has the possession of ball 21 and they are looking to advance on the left side of the field while team A is defending. And team A has the possession of ball 22 and they are looking to advance on the right side of the field while team B is defending.

[000456] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

[000457] Figures 52G, 52H and 521 show different embodiments of how a sideline guard could look in a cross sectional side view. It has two parts; the bottom guard / rebound rigid panel (could be made of transparent Plexiglas kind of material or similar), could be 1 or 1.5 feet tall. And a second upper part designed to protect the players if they fall over it. It is a safety measure. In an embodiment, the sideline guard / panel could be 4 or 5 feet high (above the ground) with no additional material on top, still used by players as a rebound wall while avoiding falling over it and incurring an injury.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000458] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000459] The current day sport of Hockey is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field or play area size and number of players on the field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000460] The current day sport of Hockey is played between two teams of 11 players each.

This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, advancing the ball, using a hockey stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in two halves of 35 minutes each.

[000461] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000462] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 13 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the field or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the following endings: scoring of a goal (by either teams) or when the ball is hit beyond the goal line without scoring a goal (by offense teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000463] In the sport of Hockey, outside of the teams striking or hitting the ball into the goal area OR offense teams hitting the ball beyond the goal line without scoring a goal, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the sideline, ball hit outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal) and foul play situations. When a ball is hit outside the field across the sideline, a sideline hit is awarded to the opposing team. When the ball is hit outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal), a corner is awarded to the offense team. In foul situations, the referee awards the penalty based on the foul that occurred. For e.g., just a restart of game with a free hit could be awarded OR in case of a foul within the striking circle, a penalty stroke is awarded. In these situations, the game is paused due to one of the scenario or interruption described and it is restarted as per set rules, guidelines or referee instructions. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment.

[000464] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the playing field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the playing field, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal or an offense team hit beyond the goal line that did not translate to a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000465] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR when an offense team hits the ball beyond the goal line without scoring a goal OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls.

[000466] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000467] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment. [000468] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty stroke, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty stroke, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000469] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000470] In the current day sport of Hockey, one of the most common interruption to the free flowing game is ball being hit out of the sideline. This results in a sideline hit awarded to the opposing team player and that results in change of ball possession. This is the most common interruption in the sport as compared to other interruptions. In the disclosed embodiment, as we have an interruption counter of up to 4 to end the play for a ball in one attempt, that counter maybe reached soon, if the offense team does not take strong precautions to ensure ball does not cross the touch line and go out of bounds. While the disclosed embodiment can be played as mentioned in above passages, an alternate version of the disclosed embodiment has been presented in the subsequent paragraphs, which is primarily focused on minimizing if not fully eliminating the ball crossing the sideline. This is achieved by altering the playing field slightly by introducing a 'sideline guard'.

[000471] The Hockey playing field is an open field with all playing area boundaries marked by white lines. In a special embodiment, a 'Sideline guard' could be setup along the length of sidelines on the field. The purpose of a sideline guard is to minimize or fully eliminate the ball crossing sideline and hence the caused interruption. By using such a sideline guard, we eliminate the most common interruption in the sport. Specially, since there are two balls simultaneously used in the play, the interruptions would be more and most of those could be the ball crossing the sideline. By having a sideline guard, bulk of these line-out interruptions will be eliminated and the game shall remain free flowing for longer periods of times.

[000472] A sideline guard in one embodiment, could be a transparent rigid panel with 1 or 1.5 feet or more height (above the ground), 1 inch or more thick, that is installed along the length of the sidelines on both sides of the field. These panels could be buried into the ground making it a permanent part of the ground, or could be hinged in a way as to rotate and lock them in vertical position, to form the sideline guard. Such a guard will stop ball from going off the field by crossing the sideline and the players could use it as a rebound wall to deflect against a defender and keep advancing. These guards shall keep the game free flowing for longer periods of time without interruptions. While minimizing interruptions is the most important benefit of the sideline guards, the only disadvantage it poses is player safety if the player happens to fall over it, causing an injury. The disadvantage in regards to player safety could be mitigated by safety accessories installed on or along the sideline guards and/or additional safety equipment provided to the players (e.g., upper body guards to prevent injury if the player falls over the sideline guard).

[000473] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[000474] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000475] The playing field of Hockey is measured at an approximate 91 meters in length and

55 meters wide. The size of the field is large enough to make playing teams of 11 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Hockey could easily be played, given the field size, by having 13 (or even 14) member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per goal.

[000476] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Hockey are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Hockey is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000477] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Hockey, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000478] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000479] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Hockey format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000480] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Hockey based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000481] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Hockey, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000482] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000483] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Hockey sport.

[000484] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - FIELD HOCKEY SPORT

What is claimed is:

73. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Hockey, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

74. The method of claim 73, wherein the game or sport of Hockey is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by striking at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to strike at least one ball.

75. The method of claim 74, wherein striking at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand, running with at least one ball, striking at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball using a hockey stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

76. The method of claim 74, wherein a first team strikes at least two balls in an attempt to strike at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team strikes at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to strike at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

77. The method of claim 74, wherein both teams simultaneously strike at least one ball, in a single attempt to strike at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

78. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Hockey that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Hockey that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

GAELIC FOOTBALL SECTION

SUMMARY

[000485] The sport of Gaelic football has been played since 1885. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. [000486] As a next stage in the evolution of Gaelic Football sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000487] In an embodiment, Gaelic Football could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000488] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Gaelic Football with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Gaelic Football' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Gaelic Football sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000489] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Gaelic Football Sport. In particular, a 2- ball Gaelic Football sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Gaelic Football Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000490] The current sport of Gaelic football is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 28 inches in circumference. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 30 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction. [000491] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is kicked into the goal net below the crossbar, the team is awarded 3 points. When a Ball-B is kicked into the goal net below the crossbar, the team is awarded 5 points. When a Ball-A is sent over the cross bar by kicking or fisting, the team scores 1 point. When a Ball-B is sent over the crossbar by kicking or fisting, the team is awarded 2 points. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced towards or into the goal area as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000492] As compared to the existing sport of Football played with 15 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with the same 15 players per side on the field at a point in time or with 16 players by adding an additional goal keeper, to make scoring difficult. The team composition could be same or similar with 3 forward positions, 3 half-forward positions, 2 mid fielder positions, 3 half-back positions, 2 corner-back positions, 1 full back and 1 goal keeper. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two balls simultaneously being kicked or fisted into the goal area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers. In an embodiment the team size could be increased by 1 additional goal keeper, to make advancing two balls simultaneously into the goal area difficult.

[000493] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000494] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which: [000495] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Gaelic football sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000496] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000497] The current day sport of Gaelic football is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000498] The current day sport of Gaelic football is played between two teams of 15 players each, including one goal keeper. This involves kicking or fisting the ball over the cross bar for points, along with kicking the ball under the crossbar into the goal net, to score points. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. And the game is played for an approximate 60 minutes in two halves. And typically there are some basic out of bounds (outside the field) scenarios which are generally restarted from that point.

[000499] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000500] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 15 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the field. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls into the goal area (above or below the cross bar) and score points. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using tackling strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. If a ball goes out of bounds, outside the field, the play for that ball is considered ended. All players can now focus on the second ball that is left in the play. Each play per ball is considered ended when a goal is scored, or the ball goes out of bounds, goal keeper secures it or a foul has been committed by any player. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the mentioned endings. Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the field, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offence team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. It is the responsibility of the offense team to ensure ball does not go out of bounds in their advancing play, unless their winning strategy demands such a deliberate act. While two balls are in play, and a foul has been committed on one ball, the play for that ball stops (considered ended) and the other ball in play continues until it comes to an end. Once the second play has ended, the play on first ball which was a foul shall be restarted from the point of foul as per game rules and referee directions. This play has to come to an end, before a second attempt could actually begin from the center line. In the case where two fouls have occurred on the field, for two plays, both plays are restarted from the respective points as per guidelines applicable for that foul and referee instructions.

[000501] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000502] In a different embodiment each team could play an additional goal keeper to make scoring a little challenging for the offense team. However, a player playing a dual role such as a full back, half back or corner back while also being a goal keeper, is best suited. As the player playing the dual role could play as a regular player when he is outside the penalty area, and also be a goal keeper when inside. This enables the team to use this dual role player flexibly.

[000503] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the field, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines who starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field.

[000504] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball- A is kicked into the goal net below the crossbar, the team is awarded 3 points, when sent over the cross bar by kicking or fisting, the team scores

1 point. When a Ball-B is kicked into the goal net below the crossbar, the team is awarded 5 points, when sent over the cross bar by kicking or fisting, the team scores

2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds, or lose possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000505] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems that show foul lines and other points on the field, could be employed.

[000506] The playing field of Gaelic football is measured at an approximate 150 yards long and 92 yards wide, making it a large field. This makes playing teams of 15 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 3-ball Gaelic football could easily be played, given the field size, by having 18 member sides, and adding a Ball-C which results in 7 points per goal and 3 points for going over the cross bar. In such an embodiment, each attempt begins with offense team possessing all three balls, and ends when all three plays come to an end.

[000507] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Gaelic football are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Gaelic Football is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000508] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Gaelic Football, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000509] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000510] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Gaelic football format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000511] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Gaelic football based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000512] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Gaelic football, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport. [000513] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000514] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Gaelic Football sport.

[000515] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - GAELIC FOOTBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

79. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Gaelic football, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

80. The method of claim 79, wherein the game or sport of Gaelic football is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by advancing at least one ball towards or into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to advance at least one ball.

81. The method of claim 80, wherein advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

82. The method of claim 80, wherein a first team advances at least two balls from the center line of the field, in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team advances at least two balls from the center line of the field in at least one of the subsequent attempts to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

83. The method of claim 80, wherein both teams simultaneously advance at least one ball from the center line of the field, in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

84. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Gaelic football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Gaelic football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

HANDBALL SECTION

[000516] The Handball sport was first played in the late 19^th century. It is a sport wherein players have to put the ball (by way of throwing by hand) into the opposing team goal area (defined by goal posts and a net). In an embodiment the sport of Handball could be played by using two balls simultaneously used on the Handball court or playing field, wherein each ball delivers different scores when a point is scored off of it. [000517] In a disclosed embodiment of Handball sport, along to the ball used in the current day sport (Ball-A), a second ball (Ball-B) could be used. Ball-B could be slightly larger in size than Ball-A, which makes it difficult to play and win points with. In such an embodiment, when a point is won with Ball-A, the team receives 2 points in score and when team wins with Ball-B, they receive 4 points in score. This brings in additional strategy into the sport, such that players have to focus on winning more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A, or win points with both balls.

[000518] The disclosed embodiment of Handball sport is played with 2 simultaneous balls used during active play, resulting in 2 simultaneous plays, one with Ball-A and one with Ball-B. Additional team strategies come into play in such a sport, to win more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A. Additionally, playing guidelines could be built around the sport similar to the disclosures made in the Basketball or Soccer sections of this application. One team could begin an attempt (from the center line) to shoot two balls based on winning toss, and the other team could begin the next attempt (from the center line) with two balls, tallying scores based on the points won. Alternately, both teams could begin an attempt with one ball each, to score points. This may need extra players on each side to handle the second ball.

[000519] In disclosed version of the Handball sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000520] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Handball sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Handball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000521] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - HANDBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

85. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Handball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

86. The method of claim 85, wherein the game or sport of Handball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by throwing at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to throw at least one ball.

87. The method of claim 86, wherein throwing at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball, running with at least one ball, releasing at least one ball with at least one hand, carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball, jumping with at least one ball, leaping with at least one ball, shooting at least one ball by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

88. The method of claim 86, wherein a first team throws at least two balls in an attempt to throw at least one ball into the opposing team goal area, while a second team throws at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to throw at least one ball into the opposing team goal area. 89. The method of claim 86, wherein both teams simultaneously throw at least one ball, in a single attempt to throw at least one ball into the opposing team goal area.

90. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Handball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing court or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Handball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing court or simulated playing area.

HURLING SECTION

SUMMARY

[000522] The sport of Hurling is said to have been played for over 2000 years. However, the modern version with written rules was rolled out and has been played since 1884. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000523] As a next stage in the evolution of Hurling sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000524] In an embodiment, Hurling could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000525] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Hurling with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Hurling' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Hurling sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000526] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Hurling Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Hurling sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Hurling Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000527] The current sport of Hurling is played with a spherical cork ball (also called as sliotar) which is an approximate 70 mm in diameter and weighs 115 grams. Most of the currently used balls are made of cork with leather exterior. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 130 mm, weighing 130 grams. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000528] In the current day sport of Hurling, the one ball used as part of the sport is hit or struck by a Hurling stick into the opposing team goal area (the area beyond the opposing team goal line, between the goal posts, above or under the bar into the net), scoring a goal and earning one point (above the crossbar) and 3 points (below the crossbar). The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of points is the winner. [000529] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball- A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point (above the crossbar) and 3 points (below the cross bar). When Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points (above the crossbar) and 6 points (below the cross bar). Even in case of an awarded penalty, similar scores are awarded, based on the ball advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area. The team that scores higher number of total points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty stroke is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000530] As compared to the existing sport of Hurling played with 15 players on each side at a given point in time on the field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 18 players per side on the field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper, full backs, half backs, midfielders, half forward and full forward players. The disclosed embodiment will have three additional players with an additional forward player, an additional mid-fielder and an additional goalkeeper who could in an embodiment play dual role of both goal keeper and a defender, as per need of the sport. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000531] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000532] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000533] Figure 51 depicts an embodiment of player spread on a playing field in the current day sport of Hurling. It shows 15 players on each side. One team players shown in oval shape while the other team players shown as circles.

[000534] Figure 51A depicts an embodiment of player arrangement or spread on a playing field in the disclosed embodiment of Hurling sport. It shows 3 additional players added to each side, shown in grid pattern, to take the total team size to 18 per team.

[000535] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Hurling sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000536] Figure 52C shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of play in Hurling sport, wherein a single attempt has each team possessing one ball. As shown team B has the possession of ball 21 and they are looking to advance on the left side of the field while team A is defending. And team A has the possession of ball 22 and they are looking to advance on the right side of the field while team B is defending.

[000537] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000538] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000539] The current day sport of Hurling is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field or play area size and number of players on the field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000540] The current day sport of Hurling is played between two teams of 15 players each.

This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, carrying, bouncing, advancing the ball, using a Hurley stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area (defined by H shaped goal posts, yielding scores above and below the cross bar). The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in two halves of 35 minutes each.

[000541] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000542] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 18 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the halfway line of the field or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the following endings: scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the halfway line of the field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000543] In the sport of Hurling, outside of the teams striking or hitting the ball into the goal area, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the sideline, offense teams hitting the ball beyond the goal line without scoring a goal, ball hit outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal) and foul play situations. When a ball is hit outside the field across the sideline, a sideline cut is awarded to the opposing team. When the offense team hit the ball beyond the goal line without scoring a goal, a 'puck out' is given to restart the play. When the ball is hit outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal), a 65 is awarded to the offense team which could be taken by lifting and hitting. In foul situations, the referee awards the penalty based on the foul that occurred. For e.g., just a restart of game with a free awarded OR in case of a foul within the square (large rectangle near goal area), a penalty is awarded from 20m line. In these situations, the game is paused due to one of the scenario or interruption described and it is restarted as per set rules, guidelines or referee instructions. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment.

[000544] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the playing field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the playing field, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the halfway line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000545] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls.

[000546] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the halfway line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000547] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the halfway line of the field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000548] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point (above the crossbar) and 3 points (below the cross bar). When Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points (above the crossbar) and 6 points (below the cross bar). Even in case of an awarded penalty, similar scores are awarded, based on the ball advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000549] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000550] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[000551] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000552] The playing field of Hurling is (generally same as Gaelic football or Rugby field) and measured at an approximate 140 meters in length and 90 meters wide. The size of the field is large enough to make playing teams of 15 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Hurling could easily be played, given the field size, by having 18 member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per goal.

[000553] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Hurling are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Hurling is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000554] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Hurling, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000555] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000556] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Hurling format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000557] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Hurling based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport. [000558] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Hurling, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000559] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000560] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Hurling sport.

[000561] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - HURLING SPORT

What is claimed is:

91. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Hurling, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport. 92. The method of claim 91, wherein the game or sport of Hurling is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by hitting at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to hit at least one ball.

93. The method of claim 92, wherein hitting at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, running with at least one ball, carrying at least one ball, kicking at least one ball, slapping at least one ball by at least one hand, bouncing at least one ball on a Hurley stick, balancing at least one ball on a Hurley stick, striking at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball, passing at least one ball using a Hurley stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

94. The method of claim 92, wherein a first team hits at least two balls in an attempt to hit at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team hits at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to hit at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

95. The method of claim 92, wherein both teams simultaneously hit at least one ball, in a single attempt to hit at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

96. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Hurling that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Hurling that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

ICE HOCKEY SECTION

SUMMARY

[000562] The sport of Ice hockey has been played since 19^th century and it was first played in

Canada. All this time, it has been played with one puck being used on the playing area or ice rink (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one puck) and has entertained millions of people. The word Ice hockey used in this section refers to all its variation or similar sports such as Shinny, Ice polo or Pond hockey.

[000563] As a next stage in the evolution of Ice hockey sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000564] In an embodiment, Ice hockey could be played with more than one puck (e.g., 2 pucks) used simultaneously on the playing area or ice rink as part of the sport, with each puck having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another puck used in the sport.

[000565] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Ice hockey with more than one puck, could also be termed as 'Multi puck Ice hockey' format or sport. In a similar embodiment, the sport of 'Broomball' could also be played with more than one ball (instead of the more than one puck as in Ice hockey) used simultaneously on the hockey rink or play area. The disclosed concept in this section, could be extrapolated to the sport of Broomball as well and could be called as 'Multi ball Broomball'. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Ice Hockey sport played across the world with same or different names. [000566] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one puck, for example, 3-puck or 2-puck Ice Hockey Sport. In particular, a 2- puck Ice hockey sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-puck Ice Hockey Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 pucks.

[000567] The current sport of Ice hockey is played with a hard vulcanized rubber disc called puck which is an approximate 1-inch thick, 3 inches in diameter and weighs 6 ounces (165 grams). And let's say it is black in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this puck may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Puck- A' going forward. A second puck is additionally used in the sport which is also a hard vulcanized rubber disc puck with slightly higher thickness of 1.5 inches, diameter of 5 inches, weighing 10 ounces. This second puck will be referred as 'Puck-B' going forward. Puck-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more pucks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000568] In the current day sport of Ice hockey (played on ice, generally in a rink, by skaters), the one puck used as part of the sport is hit or struck by an Ice hockey stick into the opposing team goal area (the area defined by a bar as goal post and further defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000569] In the disclosed embodiment, the two pucks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Puck-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Puck-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of total points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Puck-B. So, Puck-B becomes the more crucial puck to score with as compared to Puck-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Puck-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Puck-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Puck-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty shot is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000570] As compared to the existing sport of Ice hockey played with 6 players on each side at a given point in time on the rink or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 8 players per side on the rink or play area at a point in time, to handle the second puck added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goaltender, forwards and defensemen. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward and an additional defenseman. This will enable up to two pucks simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000571] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000572] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000573] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference (top view) of two discs / pucks usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Ice hockey sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two pucks usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Puck-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Puck-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000574] Figures 57A, 57B and 57C show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 57A shows one puck with each team and their opposing offense directions. 57B shows both pucks possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 57C shows both pucks possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a puck is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Puck-A for Puck-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000575] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000576] The current day sport of Ice hockey is a game played with one disc like puck. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three pucks. Given the rink or play area size and number of players on the rink or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of pucks used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two pucks may be an optimal number. Usage of three pucks may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five pucks, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two disc like pucks of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-puck version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both pucks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000577] The current day sport of Ice hockey is played between two teams of 6 players each.

This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, shooting, advancing the puck, using an Ice hockey stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the puck towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the puck and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in three periods of 20 minutes each.

[000578] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per puck), as it is played with two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or ice rink. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000579] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 8 players on each side, but with two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or ice rink. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two pucks and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the rink or play area. The offense team possessing both the pucks will play the game with intent of taking both pucks towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both pucks and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the following endings: scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the rink or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the pucks. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000580] In the sport of Ice hockey, outside of the teams shooting the puck into the goal area, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play (penalty) which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like puck being hit outside the rink. This is rare in ice hockey as the rink perimeter has a wall and only an aerial or scoop shot may result in puck going out of bounds. Such an out of bound play is considered dead and ended in the sport. Other conditions include foul play situations. For e.g., official stopping play and penalizing the team with a minor or major infraction resulting in minor penalty of 2 minutes out, major penalty of 5 minutes out, or double minor penalty of 4 minutes out and in a very rare case double major penalty of 10 minutes out. Such infractions result in restarting the play with a face-off. All such mentioned stoppages / interruptions of the play will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment. However, Ice hockey in general is a free flowing sport with fewer stoppages or interruptions and can continue without an interruption for up to 5 minutes or more.

[000581] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios (primarily penalizing due to major or minor infractions or fouls) are handled in the following way. As there are two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or ice rink, any of the interruptions could occur with one puck (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one puck (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other puck (other play) that is still active on the playing area or ice rink, until it comes to an end (by scoring a goal) or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first puck (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second puck (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, generally with an official face-off. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously with two face-offs from the respective locations of infractions and the two parallel plays are restarted again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one puck (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that puck (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that puck is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both pucks to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Puck- A to secure and score with Puck-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000582] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per puck) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions / infractions as counted by the referee / official on one puck (one play).

[000583] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 40 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000584] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the rink or play area, with each team having possession of one puck. The toss determines which team starts with the puck with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the puck with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the pucks are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the rink or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000585] In an alternate embodiment, each attempt could begin with two 'face-off s'. Like in the current day sport a 'face-off gives an opportunity to both teams to gain possession of the puck; as the official drops the puck to the ice where two players (of opposite teams) face each other and attempt to gain control of the puck, when it is dropped. In a version of the disclosed embodiment, the possessions of two pucks could be determined by two simultaneous 'face-off s' conducted by two officials along the center red line. Depending on the outcome of the face-offs one team can possess two pucks or each team can possess one puck to begin the attempt and play. In such an embodiment, all attempts in the sport could begin by two simultaneous face-offs allowing the teams to battle it out for possession of the puck(s), as an alternate to toss.

[000586] In the disclosed embodiment, the two pucks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Puck-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Puck-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Puck-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Puck-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both pucks and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goaltender of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching pucks into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goaltender and the defending team into play.

[000587] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, puck swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy. [000588] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament (such as penalty shoot-out), to determine the winner.

[000589] In the disclosed embodiment, a ' Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the rink or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple pucks and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000590] The playing area or ice rink of Ice hockey is measured at an approximate 60 meters in length and 30 meters wide. The size of the rink is large enough to make playing teams of 6 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the rink. In fact, an embodiment of 2-puck Ice hockey could easily be played, given the rink size, by having 8 member sides, and adding a Puck-B which results in more points per goal.

[000591] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Ice hockey are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Ice hockey is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000592] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Ice hockey, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000593] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more pucks used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000594] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 puck or 3 puck Ice hockey format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000595] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Ice hockey based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000596] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Ice hockey, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport. [000597] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one puck, some variables such as player count, umpire / official count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000598] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Ice hockey sport.

[000599] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - ICE HOCKEY SPORT

What is claimed is:

97. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Ice hockey, the method comprising: using at least two pucks simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing area or ice rink, wherein scoring using one puck results in a different score than scoring using at least one other puck; and the said at least two pucks are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

98. The method of claim 97, wherein the game or sport of Ice hockey is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one puck into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one puck.

99. The method of claim 98, wherein the said at least one attempt given to each team begins with at least two simultaneous face-offs, officiated by at least two officials, such that at least two players from each team have an opportunity of gaining possession of at least one puck.

100. The method of claim 98, wherein shooting at least one puck into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player wearing ice skates or hockey skates and advancing at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, striking at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, running with at least one puck, shooting at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand, passing at least one puck using an Ice hockey stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

101. The method of claim 98, wherein a first team shoots at least two pucks in an attempt to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team shoots at least two pucks in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area.

102. The method of claim 98, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one puck, in a single attempt to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area.

103. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Ice hockey that uses at least two simulated pucks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing area or simulated ice rink, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Ice hockey that uses at least two simulated pucks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing area or simulated ice rink.

KORFBALL SECTION

SUMMARY

[000600] The sport of Korfball has been played since 1902. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing court or playing area (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000601] As a next stage in the evolution of Korfball sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000602] In an embodiment, Korfball could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing court or playing area as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000603] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Korfball with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Korfball' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Korfball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000604] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Korfball Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Korfball sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Korfball Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000605] The current sport of Korfball is played with a spherical ball. And let's say it is orange in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000606] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 2 points. In case of a violation or foul assessed against a team, free throws are awarded as penalty, in which Ball-A delivers one point per basket and Ball-B delivers 2 points per basket. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being shot into the basket or hoop, compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment. The Ball-B which has slightly higher circumference is harder to be shot into the hoop of same size and hence carries higher points.

[000607] As compared to the existing sport of Korfball played with 8 players on each side at a given point in time on the court or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 10 players per side on the court or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards the opposing team basket or hoop, yet shot one after the other into the basket or hoop, so as to score.

[000608] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000609] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000610] Figure 53B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Korfball sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000611] Figures 53C, 53D and 53E show the offense directional diagrams in an embodiment.

Team A starts offense with two balls from their end line and advance to throw towards the opposing team basket or hoop. Team B intercepts one ball 21, and they advance it in opposite direction. In an embodiment Team B could intercept the second ball as well and advance both of them towards their opposing team basket or hoop. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000612] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000613] The current day sport of Korfball is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the court or play area size and number of players on the court or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000614] The current day sport of Korfball is played between two teams of 8 players each. A version of it is played as mixed gender as well. The 8-member team forms two 4 member groups and occupy different zones on the playing court or play area. One group forms defense while the other offense. They switch sides after every two baskets. This involves dribbling, passing, throwing, shooting the ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the basket or hoop. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring basket or hoop (which is generally rare). And the game is played in two halves of 35 minutes each.

[000615] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court or playing area. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000616] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 10 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court or playing area. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the end line (on the side of their basket or hoop or home) or center line of the court or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team basket or hoop. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring basket or hoop. If a ball goes out of bounds from the sidelines or end lines, outside the court or play area, the play for that ball is considered ended. All players can now focus on the second ball that is left in the play. Each play per ball is considered ended when a basket is scored (in either of the baskets or hoops), or the ball goes out of bounds. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the mentioned endings. Then the next attempt begins, again from the end line or center line of the court or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offence team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. It is the responsibility of the offense team to ensure ball does not go out of bounds in their advancing play, unless their winning strategy demands such a deliberate act. While two balls are in play, and a foul has been committed on one ball, the play for that ball stops (considered temporarily ended) and the other ball in play continues until it comes to an end. Once the second play has ended, the play on first ball which was a foul shall be restarted from the point of foul as per game rules, penalty instructions and referee directions. This play has to come to an end, before a second attempt could actually begin from the end line again. In the case where two fouls have occurred on the court or play area, for two plays, both plays are restarted from the respective points as per guidelines applicable for that foul and referee penalty instructions. Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball- A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points. In the disclosed embodiment, a 3 or 5 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the end line and it also gives them a moment to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time. [000618] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the court or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the court or play area.

[000619] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is shot into the basket or hoop, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds, or lose possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in baskets/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two baskets scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000620] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Additionally, rules around one player dribbling two balls at a time and releasing both balls towards the basket or hoop (one after the other) could be allowed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000621] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000622] The playing court or playing area of Korfball is measured at an approximate 40 to 60 meters in length and 20 to 30 meters wide. The scoring hoop is exactly 11.5 feet above the ground or court surface. The size of the court is reasonable enough to make playing teams of 8 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Korfball could easily be played, given the court or play area size, by having 10 member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per basket.

[000623] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Korfball are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Korfball is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000624] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Korfball, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000625] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000626] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Korfball format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000627] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Korfball based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000628] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Korfball, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000629] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000630] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Korfball sport.

[000631] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - KORFBALL SPORT What is claimed is:

104. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Korfball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

105. The method of claim 104, wherein the game or sport of Korfball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by throwing at least one ball into an opposing team basket or hoop, in at least one attempt given to each team to throw at least one ball.

106. The method of claim 105, wherein throwing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball, running with at least one ball, releasing at least one ball with at least one hand, carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

107. The method of claim 105, wherein a first team throws at least two balls in an attempt to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop, while a second team throws at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop.

108. The method of claim 105, wherein both teams simultaneously throw at least one ball, in a single attempt to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop.

109. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Korfball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing court or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Korfball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing court or simulated playing area.

LACROSSE SECTION

SUMMARY

[000632] The sport of Lacrosse has been played since 1869. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. The word Lacrosse used in this section refers to several variations of Lacrosse such as 'Field Lacrosse', 'Box Lacrosse', 'Women's Lacrosse' and 'College Lacrosse'.

[000633] As a next stage in the evolution of Lacrosse sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000634] In an embodiment, Lacrosse could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000635] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Lacrosse with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Lacrosse' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Lacrosse sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000636] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3 -ball or 2-ball Lacrosse Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Lacrosse sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Lacrosse Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000637] The current sport of Lacrosse is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate

63 millimeters in diameter and weighs 145 grams. Most of the currently used balls are made of solid rubber. And let's say it is blue in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher diameter, of 70 millimeters, weighing 160 grams. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000638] In the current day sport of Lacrosse, the one ball used as part of the sport is caught, carried, passed, hit, struck or shot by a Lacrosse stick into the opposing team goal area (generally defined by a 6 feet by 6 feet goal with a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000639] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. The team that scores higher number of points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000640] As compared to the existing sport of Lacrosse played with 10 players on each side at a given point in time on the field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 12 players per side on the field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper, attackers, defenders and mid-fielders. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward player and an additional mid-fielder. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area. In an alternate embodiment a 13 -member team could play with an additional goal keeper who could be allowed to play a dual-role (as both a goal-keeper and a defender) or just a singular goal keeper role.

[000641] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000642] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000643] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Lacrosse sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000644] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000645] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000646] The current day sport of Lacrosse is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field or play area size and number of players on the field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color. [000647] The current day sport of Lacrosse is played between two teams of 10 players each.

This involves dribbling, passing, running, striking, hitting, shooting, catching, advancing the ball, using a Lacrosse stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling, blocking tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area.

[000648] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000649] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 12 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the field or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion by scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs. [000650] In the sport of Lacrosse, there are out of bounds situations, foul play which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the sideline and foul play situations. When a ball is hit outside the field across the sideline, the possession is given to the opposing team. In foul situations, the referee awards the penalty based on the foul that occurred. Sometimes, the game is restarted by a face-off. In these situations, the game is paused due to one of the scenario or interruption described and it is restarted as per set rules, guidelines or referee instructions. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment.

[000651] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the playing field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the playing field, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points. [000652] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls.

[000653] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000654] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000655] In an alternate embodiment, each attempt could begin with two 'face-off situations allowing two players from each team to battle for possession, starting at the center line. The two face-offs could result in one team possessing both balls or both teams possessing one ball each. Then the play continues as explained above and the next attempt again begins with two face-offs from center line. In such an embodiment, there is no toss or possession that is switched between teams.

[000656] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000657] The disclosed embodiment could also be applied to box lacrosse which is a reduced version of the game played on ice hockey arenas with artificial turf instead of ice. It is played with 6 players on each team instead of the 10 in field lacrosse. But the concept could be extended to box lacrosse. The same could be extrapolated to other variants such as women's lacrosse and college lacrosse.

[000658] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000659] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[000660] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed. [000661] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Lacrosse are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Lacrosse is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000662] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Lacrosse, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000663] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000664] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Lacrosse format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000665] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Lacrosse based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000666] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Lacrosse, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000667] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000668] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Lacrosse sport.

[000669] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - LACROSSE SPORT

What is claimed is:

110. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Lacrosse, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

111. The method of claim 110, wherein the game or sport of Lacrosse could be one of Lacrosse, Field Lacrosse, Women's Lacrosse or College Lacrosse.

112. The method of claim 110, wherein the game or sport of Lacrosse is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one ball.

113. The method of claim 112, wherein shooting at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, running with at least one ball, striking at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, shooting at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball using a Lacrosse stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

114. The method of claim 112, wherein a first team shoots at least two balls in an attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team shoots at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

115. The method of claim 112, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one ball, in a single attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

116. The method of claim 112, wherein at least one attempt to shoot at least one ball begins with at least one face-off between players of opposing teams.

117. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Lacrosse that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Lacrosse that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

NETBALL SECTION

[000670] The Netball sport has evolved by 1901 from the sport of Basketball. It is a sport based on Basketball wherein players have to shoot the ball (like basket the ball) into a basket or hoop which is high above the playing surface. In an embodiment the sport of Netball could be played by using two balls simultaneously used on the Netball court, wherein each ball delivers different scores when a point is scored off of it.

[000671] In a disclosed embodiment of Netball sport, along to the ball used in the current day sport (Ball-A), a second ball (Ball-B) could be used. Ball-B could be slightly larger in size than Ball-A, which makes it difficult to play and win points with. In such an embodiment, when a point is won with Ball-A, the team receives 2 points in score and when team wins with Ball-B, they receive 4 points in score. This brings in additional strategy into the sport, such that players have to focus on winning more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A, or win points with both balls.

[000672] The disclosed embodiment of Netball sport is played with 2 simultaneous balls used during active play, resulting in 2 simultaneous plays, one with Ball-A and one with Ball-B. Additional team strategies come into play in such a sport, to win more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A. Additionally, playing guidelines could be built around the sport similar to the disclosures made in the Basketball section of this application. One team could begin an attempt to shoot two balls based on winning toss, and the other team could begin the next attempt with two balls, tallying scores based on the points won. Alternately, both teams could begin an attempt with one ball each, to score points. This may need extra players on each side to handle the second ball.

[000673] In disclosed version of the Netball sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000674] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Netball sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Netball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000675] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - NETBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

118. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Netball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

119. The method of claim 118, wherein the game or sport of Netball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one ball into an opposing team basket or hoop, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one ball.

120. The method of claim 119, wherein shooting at least one ball into the opposing team basket or hoop comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team basket or hoop which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball, running with at least one ball, releasing at least one ball with at least one hand, carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball, jumping with at least one ball, leaping with at least one ball, shooting at least one ball or combinations thereof.

121. The method of claim 119, wherein a first team shoots at least two balls in an attempt to shoot at least one ball into the opposing team basket or hoop, while a second team shoots at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one ball into the opposing team basket or hoop.

122. The method of claim 119, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one ball, in a single attempt to shoot at least one ball into the opposing team basket or hoop.

123. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Netball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing court or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Netball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing court or simulated playing area.

POLO SECTION

SUMMARY

[000676] The sport of Polo has been played for several centuries and is said to have been played by Kings from 15^th century. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over many centuries, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000677] As a next stage in the evolution of Polo sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000678] In an embodiment, Polo could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000679] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Polo with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Polo' format or sport. In an embodiment, the sport of 'Horse ball' could be played by players on mount (e.g., pony) to simultaneously use more than one ball (six handled ball) on the playing field, to shoot into the 1 -meter diameter hoop. The disclosed concept in this section, could be extrapolated to the sport of 'Horse ball' as well. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Polo sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000680] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Polo Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Polo sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2- ball Polo Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000681] The current sport of Polo is played with a spherical ball which is a small white plastic or wooden ball. Most of the currently used balls are made of plastic. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly larger size. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000682] In the current day sport of Polo, the one ball used as part of the sport is driven, passed, hit, struck or shot by riders on horses (generally pony's) by using a Polo stick (which is a long handled mallet) into the opposing team goal area, scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000683] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. The team that scores higher number of points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000684] As compared to the existing sport of Polo played with 4 players (riders on their mounts) on each side at a given point in time on the field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 8 players per side on the field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000685] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000686] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000687] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Polo sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000688] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000689] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000690] The current day sport of Polo is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field or play area size and number of players on the field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000691] The current day sport of Polo is played between two teams of 4 players each. This involves driving, passing, hitting, striking, shooting or advancing the ball, using a Polo stick, by riders on mounts, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various blocking tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area.

[000692] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000693] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 8 players

(riders on mounts) on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the field or play area. They could have good distribution of players between the two balls, for example, 4 players focused on one ball. Additionally, the best players focusing on the higher weightage ball. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion by scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000694] In the sport of Polo, there are out of bounds situations, foul play which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the sideline and foul play situations. When a ball is hit outside the field across the sideline, the possession is given to the opposing team. In foul situations, the referee awards the penalty based on the foul that occurred. In these situations, the game is paused due to one of the scenario or interruption described and it is restarted as per set rules, guidelines or referee instructions. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment.

[000695] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the playing field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the playing field, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000696] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls/penalties.

[000697] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000698] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000699] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000700] The disclosed embodiment could also be applied to other variants of Polo sport. Such as Arena polo, Cowboy polo, Ice polo and Polocrosse. There are other recreational versions of the sport such as canoe polo, cycle polo, Segway polo or Yak polo. The disclosed concept could be extended to all such variants.

[000701] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000702] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[000703] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000704] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Polo are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Polo is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000705] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Polo, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000706] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000707] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Polo format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000708] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Polo based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000709] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Polo, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000710] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000711] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Polo sport.

[000712] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - POLO SPORT

What is claimed is:

124. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Polo, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

125. The method of claim 124, wherein the game or sport of Polo could be one of Polo, Arena Polo, Cycle Polo, Cowboy Polo, Ice Polo, Polocrosse or similar variants.

126. The method of claim 124, wherein the game or sport of Polo is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by driving at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to drive at least one ball.

127. The method of claim 126, wherein driving at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player mounted on at least one horse and advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, riding the horse with at least one ball, striking at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, driving at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball using a Polo stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

128. The method of claim 126, wherein a first team drives at least two balls in an attempt to drive at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team drives at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to drive at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

129. The method of claim 126, wherein both teams simultaneously drive at least one ball, in a single attempt to drive at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

130. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Polo that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Polo that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

RACQUETBALL SECTION

[000713] The modern version of Racquetball is a sport that has been played since 1950, and it has been played with a single hollow bouncy rubber ball for all this time. Additionally, the sport is played in singles and doubles format. In an embodiment the sport of Racquetball could be played by using two balls simultaneously used in the Racquetball court, wherein each ball delivers different scores when a point is scored off of it. [000714] In a disclosed embodiment of Racquetball sport, along to the ball used in the current day sport (Ball-A), a second ball (Ball-B) could be used. Ball-B could be slightly larger in size than Ball-A, but could be slower and less bouncy as compared to Ball- A, which makes it difficult to play and win points with. In such an embodiment, when a point is won with Ball-A, the player receives 1 point in score and when he wins with Ball-B, the player receives 2 points in score. This brings in additional strategy into the sport, such that players have to focus on winning more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A, or win points with both balls.

[000715] The disclosed embodiment of Racquetball sport may not be straight away adoptable in the Racquetball singles format. Given the pace of the sport, enclosed court, and the array of shots players play with, dealing with a second ball simultaneously will be a near impossible proposition in singles format. However, in an embodiment, players could alternate the usage of Ball-A and Ball-B between points, to make the sport more exciting and giving a player who is down on score to come back and win, by focusing and winning more points with Ball-B.

[000716] The disclosed embodiment of Racquetball sport could be a good fit for the doubles format of the sport, as the 4 players in the court could deal with 2 simultaneous balls used during active play and score 1, 2 or 3 points in a single simultaneous double rally play (two simultaneous plays, one with Ball-A and one with Ball-B). Additional team strategies come into play in such a sport. Additionally, service and playing guidelines could be built around the sport similar to the disclosures made in the Tennis, Badminton or Table tennis sections of this application. The two balls could be served by one team based on a toss, for one attempt or a block of 3 or 4 attempts before the servicing switches over to the other team for a similar block of attempts. Alternately, both team players could get to serve one ball simultaneously, a toss determining who serves Ball-B and they can switch balls for subsequent points. Also, plays such as cross play (player on player fixed format), straight play (player on other player fixed format), free play or alternate play (players alternately should attempt to hit Ball-A and Ball-B) could be built into the overall sport. Each game could be a race to 25 or 30 score with a tie resolved by a 3-point differential. An odd number of games will be played to decide the match winner.

[000717] In disclosed version of the Racquetball sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000718] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Racquetball sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Racquetball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000719] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - RACQUETBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

131. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Racquetball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

132. The method of claim 131, wherein the match or sport of Racquetball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to score higher number of points by hitting at least one ball in a way such that the opposing team cannot make a legal return, in at least one attempt given to each team to hit at least one ball.

133. The method of claim 132, wherein hitting at least one ball comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a racquetball racquet by at least one hand, serving at least one ball using a racquetball racquet by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

134. The method of claim 132, wherein a first team hits at least two balls, in an attempt to hit at least one ball, while a second team hits at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to hit at least one ball.

135. The method of claim 132, wherein both teams simultaneously hit at least one ball, in a single attempt to hit at least one ball.

136. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Racquetball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Racquetball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court.

INLINE HOCKEY SECTION SUMMARY

[000720] The sport of Inline hockey has been played since 1938. It was played originally with a ball like regular roller hockey. The only evolution was using inline skates instead of quad skates, and hence the name inline hockey. However, later through the 1970 to 1990's, the ball got replaced by a puck (as in ice hockey) and the current day Inline roller hockey is played with a puck by skaters wearing inline skates on generally a polished wooden floor (or asphalt, cement, sports tile or other regular floor, but not an ice floor). All this time, it has been played with one puck being used on the playing area or hockey rink (during play). The sport has been played in this way (with one puck) and has entertained millions of people. The word Inline hockey used in this section refers to all its variation or similar sports such as inline roller hockey, inline hockey, sledge hockey or street hockey.

[000721] As a next stage in the evolution of Inline hockey sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000722] In an embodiment, Inline hockey could be played with more than one puck (e.g., 2 pucks) used simultaneously on the playing area or hockey rink as part of the sport, with each puck having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another puck used in the sport.

[000723] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Inline hockey with more than one puck, could also be termed as 'Multi puck Inline hockey' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Inline Hockey sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000724] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one puck, for example, 3-puck or 2-puck Inline Hockey Sport. In particular, a 2- puck Inline hockey sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-puck Inline Hockey Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 pucks.

[000725] The current sport of Inline hockey is played with a hard plastic disc called puck. And let's say it is black in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this puck may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Puck-A' going forward. A second puck is additionally used in the sport which is also a hard plastic disc puck with slightly larger thickness, diameter and weight. This second puck will be referred as 'Puck-B' going forward. Puck-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more pucks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000726] In the current day sport of Inline hockey (played on polished wooden floor, generally in a rink, by skaters wearing inline skates), the one puck used as part of the sport is hit or struck by an Inline hockey stick into the opposing team goal area (the area defined by a bar as goal post and further defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000727] In the disclosed embodiment, the two pucks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Puck-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Puck-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of total points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Puck-B. So, Puck-B becomes the more crucial puck to score with as compared to Puck-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Puck-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Puck-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Puck-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty shot is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000728] As compared to the existing sport of Inline hockey played with 5 players on each side at a given point in time on the rink or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 7 players per side on the rink or play area at a point in time, to handle the second puck added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goaltender, forwards and defensemen. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward and an additional defenseman. This will enable up to two pucks simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000729] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000730] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000731] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference (top view) of two discs / pucks usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Inline hockey sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two pucks usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Puck-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Puck-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000732] Figures 57A, 57B and 57C show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 57A shows one puck with each team and their opposing offense directions. 57B shows both pucks possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 57C shows both pucks possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a puck is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Puck- A for Puck-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000733] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000734] The current day sport of Inline hockey is a game played with one disc like puck. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three pucks. Given the rink or play area size and number of players on the rink or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of pucks used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two pucks may be an optimal number. Usage of three pucks may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five pucks, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two disc like pucks of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-puck version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both pucks could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000735] The current day sport of Inline hockey is played between two teams of 5 players each. This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, shooting, advancing the puck, using an Inline hockey stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the puck towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the puck and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in three periods of 20 minutes each. [000736] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per puck), as it is played with two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or hockey rink. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000737] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side, but with two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or hockey rink. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two pucks and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the rink or play area. The offense team possessing both the pucks will play the game with intent of taking both pucks towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both pucks and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the following endings: scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the rink or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the pucks. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000738] In the sport of Inline hockey, outside of the teams shooting the puck into the goal area, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play (penalty) which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like puck being hit outside the rink. This is rare in Inline hockey as the rink perimeter has a wall and only an aerial or scoop shot may result in puck going out of bounds. Such an out of bound play is considered dead and ended in the sport. Other conditions include foul play situations. For e.g., official stopping play and penalizing the team with a minor or major infraction resulting in minor penalty of 2 minutes out, major penalty of 5 minutes out, or double minor penalty of 4 minutes out and in a very rare case double major penalty of 10 minutes out. Such infractions result in restarting the play with a face-off. All such mentioned stoppages / interruptions of the play will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment. However, Inline hockey in general is a free flowing sport with fewer stoppages or interruptions and can continue without an interruption for up to 5 minutes or more. In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios (primarily penalizing due to major or minor infractions or fouls) are handled in the following way. As there are two pucks simultaneously used on the playing area or hockey rink, any of the interruptions could occur with one puck (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one puck (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other puck (other play) that is still active on the playing area or hockey rink, until it comes to an end (by scoring a goal) or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first puck (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second puck (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, generally with an official face-off. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously with two face-offs from the respective locations of infractions and the two parallel plays are restarted again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one puck (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that puck (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that puck is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both pucks to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Puck- A to secure and score with Puck-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000740] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per puck) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions / infractions as counted by the referee / official on one puck (one play).

[000741] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 40 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000742] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the rink or play area, with each team having possession of one puck. The toss determines which team starts with the puck with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the puck with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the pucks are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the rink or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000743] In an alternate embodiment, each attempt could begin with two 'face-off s'. Like in the current day sport a 'face-off gives an opportunity to both teams to gain possession of the puck; as the official drops the puck to the floor where two players (of opposite teams) face each other and attempt to gain control of the puck, when it is dropped. In a version of the disclosed embodiment, the possessions of two pucks could be determined by two simultaneous 'face-off s' conducted by two officials along the center red line. Depending on the outcome of the face-offs one team can possess two pucks or each team can possess one puck to begin the attempt and play. In such an embodiment, all attempts in the sport could begin by two simultaneous face-offs allowing the teams to battle it out for possession of the puck(s), as an alternate to toss. [000744] In the disclosed embodiment, the two pucks in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Puck-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Puck-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Puck-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Puck-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Puck-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both pucks and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goaltender of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching pucks into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goaltender and the defending team into play.

[000745] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, puck swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000746] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament (such as penalty shoot-out), to determine the winner.

[000747] In the disclosed embodiment, a ' Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the rink or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple pucks and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000748] The size of the hockey rink or playing area is large enough to make playing teams of

5 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the rink. In fact, an embodiment of 2-puck Inline hockey could easily be played, given the rink size, by having 7 member sides, and adding a Puck-B which results in more points per goal.

[000749] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Inline hockey are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Inline hockey is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000750] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Inline hockey, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000751] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more pucks used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out. [000752] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 puck or 3 puck Inline hockey format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000753] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Inline hockey based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000754] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Inline hockey, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000755] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one puck, some variables such as player count, umpire / official count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000756] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Inline hockey sport.

[000757] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - INLINE HOCKEY SPORT

What is claimed is:

137. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Inline hockey or roller hockey, the method comprising: using at least two pucks simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing area or hockey rink, wherein scoring using one puck results in a different score than scoring using at least one other puck; and the said at least two pucks are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

138. The method of claim 137, wherein the game or sport of Inline hockey or roller hockey is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one puck into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one puck.

139. The method of claim 138, wherein the said at least one attempt given to each team begins with at least two simultaneous face-offs, officiated by at least two officials, such that at least two players from each team have an opportunity of gaining possession of at least one puck.

140. The method of claim 138, wherein shooting at least one puck into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player wearing inline skates and advancing at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, striking at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, running with at least one puck, shooting at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand, passing at least one puck using an Inline hockey stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

141. The method of claim 138, wherein a first team shoots at least two pucks in an attempt to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team shoots at least two pucks in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area.

142. The method of claim 138, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one puck, in a single attempt to shoot at least one puck towards or into the opposing team goal area.

143. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Inline hockey or roller hockey that uses at least two simulated pucks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing area or simulated hockey rink, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Inline hockey or roller hockey that uses at least two simulated pucks which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing area or simulated hockey rink.

ROLLER HOCKEY SECTION

SUMMARY

[000758] The sport of Roller hockey has been played since end of 19^th century. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the Roller hockey rink or play area (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. The word Roller hockey used in this section refers to hockey played on regular floor (e.g., wood, polished wood, plastic, concrete) and not on ice floor or rink. Further roller hockey generally refers to sport played with skates, in particular Quad skates, hence it is also referred as Quad sport. Around the world the sport is also referred with alternate names such as Rink hockey, Hardball roller hockey, ball hockey, International hockey, English roller hockey, hockey pista, hockey skids, cane hockey, traditional hockey, Rollhockey or Quad hockey.

[000759] As a next stage in the evolution of Roller hockey sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000760] In an embodiment, Roller hockey could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the Roller hockey rink or play area as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000761] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Roller hockey with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Roller hockey' or 'Multi ball Quad hockey' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Roller Hockey or Quad Hockey sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000762] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Roller Hockey Sport. In particular, a 2- ball Roller hockey sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Roller Hockey Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000763] The current sport of Roller hockey is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 23 centimeters in circumference, weighs 155 grams and is generally made out of vulcanized rubber. And let's say it is black in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical rubber ball with slightly higher circumference of 25 centimeters. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be orange in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000764] In the current day sport of Roller hockey (played on polished wooden floor, by skaters wearing quad skates), the one ball used as part of the sport is hit or shot by a Roller hockey stick into the opposing team goal area (the area defined by a bar as goal post and further defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000765] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of total points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or hit into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty shot is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000766] As compared to the existing sport of Roller hockey played with 5 players on each side at a given point in time on the hockey rink or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 7 players per side on the hockey rink or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper and four field players. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional field players and this will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and hit into the opposing team goal area.

[000767] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000768] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000769] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Roller hockey sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000770] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000771] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000772] The current day sport of Roller hockey is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the hockey rink or play area size and number of players on the hockey rink or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000773] The current day sport of Roller hockey is played between two teams of 5 players each. This involves dribbling, passing, striking, hitting, shooting, advancing the ball, using a Roller hockey stick, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in two periods of 25 minutes each.

[000774] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the Roller hockey rink or play area. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000775] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the Roller hockey rink or play area. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the hockey rink or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion by scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the hockey rink or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000776] In the sport of Roller hockey, outside of the teams shooting the ball into the goal area, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play (penalty) which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being hit outside the hockey rink from side lines, a restart stroke to the opposing team is given. Other conditions include foul play situations. For e.g., referee stopping play and penalizing the team with a penalty shot. All such stoppages / interruptions of the play will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment. However, Roller hockey in general is a free flowing sport with fewer stoppages or interruptions and can continue without an interruption for up to 5 minutes or more.

[000777] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios (out of bounds or fouls) are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the Roller hockey rink or play area, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the Roller hockey rink or play area, until it comes to an end (by scoring a goal) or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, generally with an official face-off. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously as per game rules. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000778] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions / stoppages as counted by the referee / official on one ball (one play).

[000779] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000780] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the hockey rink or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the hockey rink or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000781] In an alternate embodiment, each attempt could begin with two 'face-off s'. Like in the current day sport a 'face-off gives an opportunity to both teams to gain possession of the ball; as the official drops the ball to the ice where two players (of opposite teams) face each other and attempt to gain control of the ball, when it is dropped. In a version of the disclosed embodiment, the possessions of two balls could be determined by two simultaneous 'face-off s' conducted by two officials along the center line. Depending on the outcome of the face-offs one team can possess two balls or each team can possess one ball to begin the attempt and play. In such an embodiment, all attempts in the sport could begin by two simultaneous face- offs allowing the teams to battle it out for possession of the ball(s), as an alternate to toss.

[000782] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. When a Ball-B is advanced or hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 3 points. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-A is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty shot, when Ball-B is hit into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000783] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000784] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament (such as penalty shoot-out), to determine the winner.

[000785] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the hockey rink or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000786] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Roller hockey are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Roller hockey is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000787] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Roller hockey, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000788] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000789] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Roller hockey format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000790] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Roller hockey based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000791] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Roller hockey, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000792] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire / official count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000793] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Roller hockey sport.

[000794] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - ROLLER HOCKEY SPORT

What is claimed is:

144. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Roller hockey or Quad hockey, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a Roller hockey or Quad hockey rink or play area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

145. The method of claim 144, wherein the game or sport of Roller hockey or Quad hockey is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by shooting at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to shoot at least one ball.

146. The method of claim 145, wherein shooting at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player wearing quad skates or roller hockey skates and advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, striking at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, running with at least one ball, shooting at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, scooping at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand, passing at least one ball using an Roller hockey or Quad hockey stick by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

147. The method of claim 145, wherein a first team shoots at least two balls in an attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team shoots at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

148. The method of claim 145, wherein both teams simultaneously shoot at least one ball, in a single attempt to shoot at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

149. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Roller hockey or Quad hockey that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing area or simulated hockey rink, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Roller hockey or Quad hockey that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing area or simulated hockey rink.

RUGBY LEAGUE SECTION

SUMMARY

[000795] The sport of Rugby League has been played since 1895. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000796] As a next stage in the evolution of Rugby League sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000797] In an embodiment, Rugby League could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000798] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Rugby League with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Rugby League' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Rugby League sport played across the world with same or different names. [000799] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Rugby League Sport. In particular, a 2- ball Rugby League sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Rugby League Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with 3 or more balls.

[000800] The current sport of Rugby League is played with a prolate spheroid ball which is an approximate 30 centimeters in length and an approximate 75 centimeters in circumference of length and an approximate 60 centimeters in circumference of width. And let's say it is red in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a prolate spheroid ball with slightly higher corresponding circumference of width, of 65 centimeters. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be blue in color. In a different embodiment, both the balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000801] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-A in the goal area, the team is awarded 4 points, with a subsequent conversion kick or penalty kick results in 2 points. A successful drop kick/goal of Ball-A results in 1 point. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-B in the goal area, the team is awarded 8 points, with a subsequent conversion kick or penalty kick resulting in 4 points. A successful drop kick/goal of Ball-B results in 2 points. So, Ball-B becomes the most crucial ball to score with, as compared to Ball-A, based on the points they deliver. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced towards or into the goal area as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment. [000802] As compared to the existing sport of Football played with 13 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 16 players per side on the field at a point in time. The current team composition is 6 forward positions (as front and second rows), 7 back positions. The disclosed embodiment will have 3 additional players which are back positions taking the total team size to 16 players. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously carried into the opposing team goal area to achieve two simultaneous try(s). This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000803] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000804] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000805] Figure 5 IB depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing two prolate spheroid balls with same axis length (13) but varying sizes. Ball-A (11) and Ball-B (12) with different sizes and circumferences (14 and 15) are shown. They could be in different colors, represented by different patterns.

[000806] Figure 51 depicts an embodiment of player spread on a playing field in the current day sport of Rugby Union. It shows 15 players on each side. One team players shown in oval shape while the other team players shown as circles. In an embodiment, a similar spread of 13 Rugby League players could be formed.

[000807] Figure 51A depicts an embodiment of player arrangement or spread on a playing field in the disclosed embodiment of Rugby Union sport. It shows 3 additional players added to each side, shown in grid pattern, to take the total team size to 18 per team. In an embodiment, a similar spread of 16 Rugby League players could be formed.

[000808] Figure 51C shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team A gains possession of both balls 11 and 12 to advance. Team B defends.

[000809] Figure 5 ID shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team B gains possession of both balls 11 and 12 to advance. Team A defends.

[000810] Figure 5 IE shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team A gains possession of ball 12 to advance while team B looks to defend advancement of ball 12. Secondly, team B gains possession of ball 11 to advance while team A looks to defend advancement of ball 11.

[000811] Figure 5 IF shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein each team has possession of one ball to advance.

[000812] Figure 51 G shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein team B has possession of both balls and look to advance both balls simultaneously. Team A is defending.

[000813] Figure 51H shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein team A has possession of both balls and look to advance both balls simultaneously. Team B is defending.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000814] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated. [000815] The current day sport of Rugby League is a game played with one prolate spheroid ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three, four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all two balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000816] The current day sport of Rugby League is played between two teams of 13 players each. This involves scoring by grounding the ball in the opposing team goal area, which is called a try. Once a try is achieved the team can choose to hit a subsequent conversion kick to score a few more points. Another way to score points is by a successful drop goal or penalty kick. While the offense team is focused on scoring by advancing the ball into the goal area, the defending team uses various tackling tactics and strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. And the game is played for an approximate 80 minutes in two halves of approximate 40 minutes each.

[000817] The current day sport is generally started by a toss, followed by a kick-off of the single ball, followed by the advancing play of offense team countered by the defending play of the defense team. The offense team is given 'six' tackles as a limit in single attempt to score a try. If they fail to score in the allotted 'six' tackles, the possession of the ball goes to the other team, and they now have 'Six' tackles to score. Generally, a team after the fifth tackle goes for a kick to push the opposite team far from their try goal area. Once a try is scored, it is followed by another kick- off to restart another attempt of scoring points. The offense advancing rules are that they can run forward with the ball, or kick the ball forward but cannot pass the ball forward with hands. They can only pass the ball laterally or backwards. The defending team stops the advancing offense team by tackling, blocking and other tactics, which result in a ruck, wherein the offense player carrying the ball ends his tackle and passes the ball to his team mate, which is called subsequent 'play-the-ball' to begin the next tackle. In some penalty / foul scenarios a scrum is used to restart the game. A scrum is formed by 8 forwards of each team binding together in a display of strength to procure the ball for their team, when the ball is released into the tunnel of the scrum.

[000818] In the disclosed version, the sport is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-A in the goal area, the team is awarded 4 points, with a subsequent conversion kick or penalty kick resulting in 2 points. A successful drop kick of Ball-A results in 1 point. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-B in the goal area, the team is awarded 8 points, with a subsequent conversion kick or penalty kick resulting in 4 points. A successful drop kick of Ball-B results in 2 points. Because of this, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball, each play comprising six tackles), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play and six tackles within, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that play.

[000819] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 16 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Each iteration of "Start - end of two plays - restart" can be called as an attempt to advance the ball or balls. The game comprises of several attempts by teams to score in the allotted playing time of approximate 80 minutes (in two halves of forty minutes). Once an attempt has started, with two balls (as in two plays), the attempt is considered ended only when both plays end in scoring points either by a try (followed by a conversion kick) or a drop goal / penalty kick, by either of the two teams. Each play has six tackles given to the offense team, in which if they score, the play is considered ended. If they do not, the defense team gets six tackles to score. If they score, the play comes to an end. If they do not again the first team gets six tackles and this switching of teams continues till one of the team scores on a play. Similarly, even the second play shall continue until one of the team scores. When both plays have come to an end, the attempt is considered ended. So, in an attempt that starts with two plays (two balls), when one play ends by scoring, the second play shall continue (as a current day single ball play) until it ends. Any number of attempts that can fit into the allotted playing time, shall be accommodated and played. Each attempt could be started in multiple different ways. Such as a simple coin toss to determine which team has possession of both balls and will start the attempt. Alternately, the toss could determine which team will kick-off by kicking Ball-A, Ball-B or both balls simultaneously (in same direction or opposite directions). In a different embodiment both balls can be kicked in opposite directions such that each team gets possession of one ball, wherein the team that has won the toss gets the higher weightage ball Ball-B. Another way to start an attempt is to form a scrum and release two balls into the scrum tunnel from both sides, allowing the teams to gain possession by demonstrating strength and physical prowess. In such a scrum, based on the release of the ball into the tunnel and how the scrum plays out, one of three outcomes could occur. Team A could gain possession of both balls, team B could possess both balls or each could gain possession of one ball. Further, as the release of ball into the scrum is not done by a neutral party, and is one of the team members (scrum-half) from the team awarded the feed, a toss could determine which scrum- half releases the higher weightage ball Ball-B onto his team side in the scrum and the other scrum-half releases the lower weightage ball Ball-A onto the other team side. After the release, it is up to the scrum to maneuver to gain possession of one or both the balls, or at least the higher weightage ball Ball-B. In the disclosed embodiment, a scrum will always be formed along the center line parallel to the length of the field. The reason is to accommodate advancing play of two balls by one team, with one ball in each half, as in one ball to the right side and one ball to the left side of the formed scrum. Additionally, this allows the team that possessed the two balls from the scrum, to camouflage the defending team until the last second, as to which side the Ball-A is taken out, as opposed to which side the Ball-B is taken out; whether to the left side or right side of the scrum which is aligned along the center line. The offense team strategy here should be such that the higher weightage ball (Ball-B) is taken towards the side where the weaker defenders (among the defending team) are lined up, so that they give themselves a better chance to score and score more. Alternately, both balls could be advanced on the same side of the field, if the team believes it is more strategically advantageous. Such an embodiment, allows a lot of strategic thinking for both the teams. Another means of determining possession is by alternate team switching mechanism. In this method, the team that was defending in first attempt gains possession of balls in second attempt and the alternating approach continues. While such a mechanism is adopted, a scrum, toss or kick off will determine the possession of balls in the first attempt. And the possession keeps switching teams every attempt from that point forward. For each attempt, the teams need not battle for possession in a new scrum. In effect, an attempt could be started in one of the ways as described above or combination of ways. In the disclosed embodiment, wherein two balls (Ball-A and Ball-B) are used in the sport simultaneously, a toss determines the direction of roll of balls into the scrum tunnel from both sides, as in which team gets the advantage to possess both balls. Once the toss is determined, the scrum is formed along the center line parallel to the length of the field, right in the center of the field or at the 22-yard line, to make it a bit challenging. As per toss, the balls are rolled into the scrum tunnels from both sides towards the team that won the toss. So, they have the advantage to retain possession of both balls. The balls could be picked up by number 8 and scrum-half, and they strategize as to which side they choose to advance Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A, with all of their opposite team knowledge and the defending team players lined-up. Once a direction is chosen by the offense team for each ball, the defending team can choose to re-align, re-adjust their defense positions or play as they are. As a special offense tactic, balls 'swap' could be employed by two players using lateral passing swap, as a counter measure to defense strategy. In a special case, one player could be used as a deflection technique, to whom both balls are passed and he in-turn passes one ball and retains the other ball (of chosen weightage) to make a run towards the goal area. As a rule, one player carrying two balls simultaneously could also be allowed in the game or sport. This aspect of the sport brings in a lot of strategy into a predominantly physical sport. Though the ball feed rolls are favoring one team over the other, the outcome of the scrum could be one team possessing both balls or each team possessing one ball. In all scenarios the play continues, wherein teams advance with the balls they possess to achieve a try and score. Each play has six tackles given to the offense team, in which if they score, the play is considered ended. If they do not, the defense team gets six tackles to score. If they score, the play comes to an end. If they do not again the first team gets six tackles and this switching of teams continues till one of the team scores on a play. Similarly, even the second play shall continue until one of the team scores. When both plays have come to an end, the attempt is considered ended. So, in an attempt that starts with two plays (two balls), when one play ends by scoring, the second play shall continue (as a current day single ball play) until it ends. So, in a given attempt either team could score with one or both balls. As shown in figure 51C, team A procures both balls 11 and 12 and decides to advance ball 12 to the right side and ball 11 to the left side. They have six tackles on each ball / play, while team B defends both balls. Similarly, figure 5 ID shows team B procuring both balls and advancing ball 11 to their right side and ball 12 to their left side. Figure 5 IE shows a scenario wherein each team possessed one ball and are looking to advance it from their right side. In such a scenario, both teams trying to advance from same side of the field could be interesting as there is a better likelihood off both team passing through and scoring as defenders may be scarcely dispersed. Once the two plays have begun, the defending team in a very rare case could intercept a ball and advance it as well. Figures 5 IF, 51G and 51H show offense direction diagrams in three scenarios. Such an attempt is considered ended when both plays result in scoring by either team with a try or drop goal. Once the attempt is ended, the next attempt begins with a brand new scrum wherein the other team gets the balls rolled towards in the scrum, giving them the advantage. Such attempts continue through the play until the playing time expires and the team with higher score wins the game. [000822] Through the play, certain interruptions are possible as in the current day sport. Line outs and infringements or penalties are the common ones. In the disclosed embodiment wherein two balls are used, two parallel plays are active on the field. In the scenario where one ball goes out of bounds (line-out), the attempt will not pause and the players continue playing by focusing on the other active play, until it comes to an end. Up on the completion of the active play, the lined out play (out of bounds) play is restarted from the point of line-out as per restarting rules and referee directions. At this point, there is only one play active on the field, until it comes to an end by scoring a try or drop goal. Upon completion of both plays a next attempt starts. The play is similarly handled when penalties, fouls occur on one play while the other is active. The game is not stopped until the active play ends, to restart the inactive play to bring it to closure. In cases where, there are two line -outs (both balls went out of bound) or two fouls / penalties occur, a combined line-out play guided by the higher weightage ball Ball-B, its possession, its position will be used by referee to restart both plays simultaneously again. Even when two fouls / penalties have occurred, the higher weightage ball Ball-B, its possession, its position and fouls committed will be factored in to restart both plays simultaneously. The game rules will be leaning towards delivering advantage to the team possessing higher weightage ball Ball-B or disadvantage to the team committing foul against Ball-B. This always keeps the teams on their toes to be extra vigilant, careful, strategic and tactical in their play towards Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A. In an embodiment, two simultaneous line-outs could be restarted from lineout of Ball-B. In an embodiment, two fouls could be restarted with a scrum at the location of Ball-B. Rules could be built around the higher weightage ball and its play. Once both plays ended by scores, a new attempt is started.

[000823] In an embodiment, playing rules could be slightly modified to alter the game a little.

The conventional game is played by only lateral or backward passing. In an embodiment of the disclosed version, forward passing could be allowed on one play (as in one ball - for e.g., Ball-B, higher weightage). And the other play is still governed by lateral or backward passing. Such a rule change would bring in additional strategy into the sport. Alternately, in a different embodiment, one play (for one ball) could also be opened up to be more like American football, wherein the offense team players (not having the ball with them) can block defending team players to make way for the player carrying the ball to reach the goal area for a try. This could involve addition of forward passing as well. And the second ball play can still be governed by the rules of current game. Such embodiments will open up the sport for multitude of possibilities, scoring and strategy.

[000824] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000825] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. This embodiment of the sport could result in try or goal scored on both sides simultaneously or two try(s) or goal(s) scored on one side, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000826] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems that show foul lines and other points on the field, could be employed.

[000827] The playing field of Rugby League is rectangular in shape and is an approximate 120 meters long and an approximate 65 meters in width. This makes it a large field, wherein playing teams of 13 members or more easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Rugby League could easily be played, given the field size, by having 16 member sides.

[000828] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Rugby League are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Rugby League is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000829] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Rugby League, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000830] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000831] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Rugby League format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000832] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Rugby League based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000833] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Rugby League, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000834] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, scrum formation rules, number of players in scrum rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000835] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Rugby League sport.

[000836] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - RUGBY LEAGUE SPORT

What is claimed is:

150. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Rugby League, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

151. The method of claim 150, wherein the game or sport of Rugby League is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by advancing at least one ball towards or into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to advance at least one ball, within the allotted playing time.

152. The method of claim 151, wherein a first team advances at least two balls in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team advances at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

153. The method of claim 151, wherein both teams simultaneously advance at least one ball in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

154. The method of claim 151, wherein possession of at least one ball by at least one team in the said at least one attempt, is determined by means of at least one scrum formed on the field or at least one toss or at least one kick-off or alternate team switching mechanism or combinations thereof.

155. The method of claim 151, wherein the said at least one attempt given to a team comprises giving at least one tackle and at least one play-the-ball opportunity to the team.

156. The method of claim 154, wherein the alternate team switching mechanism comprises: a first team that gains possession or is given possession to advance at least two balls, in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team is given possession to advance at least two balls, in the next attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

157. The method of claim 154, wherein both teams simultaneously gain possession and advance at least one ball, in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area. 158. The method of claim 151, wherein advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, dribbling at least one ball, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

159. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Rugby League that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Rugby League that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

RUGBY UNION SECTION SUMMARY

[000837] The sport of Rugby Union has been played since 1871. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000838] As a next stage in the evolution of Rugby Union sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport. [000839] In an embodiment, Rugby Union could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000840] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Rugby Union with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Rugby Union' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Rugby Union sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000841] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Rugby Union Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Rugby Union sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Rugby Union Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with 3 or more balls.

[000842] The current sport of Rugby Union is played with a prolate spheroid ball which is an approximate 30 centimeters in length and an approximate 75 centimeters in circumference of length and an approximate 60 centimeters in circumference of width. And let's say it is red in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a prolate spheroid ball with slightly higher corresponding circumference of width, of 65 centimeters. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be blue in color. In a different embodiment, both the balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000843] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-A in the goal area, the team is awarded 5 points, with a subsequent conversion kick resulting in 2 points. A successful penalty kick or drop kick of Ball-A results in 3 points. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-B in the goal area, the team is awarded 8 points, with a subsequent conversion kick resulting in 4 points. A successful penalty kick or drop kick of Ball-B results in 5 points. So, Ball-B becomes the most crucial ball to score with, as compared to Ball-A, based on the points they deliver. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced towards or into the goal area as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000844] As compared to the existing sport of Football played with 15 players on each side at a given point in time on the field, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 18 players per side on the field at a point in time. The current team composition is 8 forward positions (as front, second and back rows), 2 half-back positions and 5 full-back positions. The disclosed embodiment will have 3 additional players of which, 2 are half-back positions and 1 full-back position, taking the total team size to 18 players. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously carried into the opposing team goal area to achieve two simultaneous try(s). This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000845] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000846] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000847] Figure 5 IB depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing two prolate spheroid balls with same axis length (13) but varying sizes. Ball-A (11) and Ball-B (12) with different sizes and circumferences (14 and 15) are shown. They could be in different colors, represented by different patterns. [000848] Figure 51 depicts an embodiment of player spread on a playing field in the current day sport of Rugby Union. It shows 15 players on each side. One team players shown in oval shape while the other team players shown as circles.

[000849] Figure 51A depicts an embodiment of player arrangement or spread on a playing field in the disclosed embodiment of Rugby Union sport. It shows 3 additional players added to each side, shown in grid pattern, to take the total team size to 18 per team.

[000850] Figure 51C shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team A gains possession of both balls 11 and 12 to advance. Team B defends.

[000851] Figure 5 ID shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team B gains possession of both balls 11 and 12 to advance. Team A defends.

[000852] Figure 5 IE shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment wherein the possession of the balls is determined by means of a scrum at the center of the field, in which team A gains possession of ball 12 to advance while team B looks to defend advancement of ball 12. Secondly, team B gains possession of ball 11 to advance while team A looks to defend advancement of ball 11.

[000853] Figure 5 IF shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein each team has possession of one ball to advance.

[000854] Figure 51 G shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein team B has intercepted ball 12 to gain its possession from team A and look to advance both balls simultaneously.

[000855] Figure 51H shows an offense directional diagram in an embodiment wherein team A has intercepted ball 11 to gain its possession from team B and look to advance both balls simultaneously.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT [000856] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000857] The current day sport of Rugby Union is a game played with one prolate spheroid ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two balls. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three, four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two prolate spheroid balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all two balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000858] The current day sport of Rugby Union is played between two teams of 15 players each. This involves scoring by grounding the ball in the opposing team goal area, which is called a try. Once a try is achieved the team can choose to hit a subsequent conversion kick to score a few more points. Another way to score points is by a successful drop goal or penalty kick. While the offense team is focused on scoring by advancing the ball into the goal area, the defending team uses various tackling tactics and strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. And the game is played for an approximate 80 minutes in two halves of approximate 40 minutes each.

[000859] The current day sport is generally started by a toss, followed by a kick-off of the single ball, followed by the advancing play of offense team countered by the defending / counter advancing after interception play of the defense team. This continues till a try is scored. This is followed by another kick-off to restart another attempt of scoring points. The offense advancing rules are that they can run forward with the ball, or kick the ball forward but cannot pass the ball forward with hands. They can only pass the ball laterally or backwards. The defending team stops the advancing offense team by tackling, blocking and other tactics, which result in rucks and mauls on the field. The special scenarios include when the ball goes out of bounds, a lineout occurs. The hooker throws the ball in with players from both sides lined up to gain possession. In some penalty / foul scenarios a scrum is used to restart the game. A scrum is formed by 8 forwards of each team binding together in a display of strength to procure the ball for their team, when the ball is released into the tunnel of the scrum.

[000860] In the disclosed version, the sport is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-A in the goal area, the team is awarded 5 points, with a subsequent conversion kick resulting in 2 points. A successful penalty kick or drop kick of Ball-A results in 3 points. When a try is achieved by grounding the Ball-B in the goal area, the team is awarded 8 points, with a subsequent conversion kick resulting in 4 points. A successful penalty kick or drop kick of Ball-B results in 5 points. Because of this, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that play.

[000861] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 18 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Each iteration of "Start - end of two plays - restart" can be called as an attempt to advance the ball or balls. The game comprises of several attempts by teams to score in the allotted playing time of approximate 80 minutes (in two halves of forty minutes). Once an attempt has started, with two balls (as in two plays), the attempt is considered ended only when both plays end in scoring points either by a try (followed by a conversion kick) or a drop goal / penalty kick. Both balls should result in scoring by offense team (or defense team in case of one or more intercepts) for the attempt to be considered ended and a new attempt to be started. Any number of attempts that can fit into the allotted playing time, shall be accommodated and played. Each attempt could be started in multiple different ways. Such as a simple coin toss to determine which team has possession of both balls and will start the attempt. Alternately, the toss could determine which team will kick-off by kicking Ball-A, Ball-B or both balls simultaneously (in same direction or opposite directions). In a different embodiment both balls can be kicked in opposite directions such that each team gets possession of one ball, wherein the team that has won the toss gets the higher weightage ball Ball-B. Another way to start an attempt is to form a scrum and release two balls into the scrum tunnel from both sides, allowing the teams to gain possession by demonstrating physical prowess. In such a scrum, based on the release of the ball into the tunnel and how the scrum plays out, one of three outcomes could occur. Team A could gain possession of both balls, team B could possess both balls or each could gain possession of one ball. Further, as the release of ball into the scrum is not done by a neutral party, and is one of the team members (scrum-half) from the team awarded the feed, a toss could determine which scrum-half releases the higher weightage ball Ball-B onto his team side in the scrum and the other scrum-half releases the lower weightage ball Ball-A onto the other team side. After the release, it is up to the scrum to maneuver to gain possession of one or both the balls, or at least the higher weightage ball Ball-B. In the disclosed embodiment, a scrum will always be formed along the center line parallel to the length of the field. The reason is to accommodate advancing play of two balls by one team, with one ball in each half, as in one ball to the right side and one ball to the left side of the formed scrum. Additionally, this allows the team that possessed the two balls from the scrum, to camouflage the defending team until the last second, as to which side the Ball-A is taken out, as opposed to which side the Ball-B is taken out; whether to the left side or right side of the scrum which is aligned along the center line. The offense team strategy here should be such that the higher weightage ball (Ball-B) is taken towards the side where the weaker defenders (among the defending team) are lined up, so that they give themselves a better chance to score and score more. Alternately, both balls could be advanced on the same side of the field, if the team believes it is more strategically advantageous. Such an embodiment, allows a lot of strategic thinking for both the teams. Another means of determining possession is by alternate team switching mechanism. In this method, the team that was defending in first attempt gains possession of balls in second attempt and the alternating approach continues. While such a mechanism is adopted, a scrum, toss or kick off will determine the possession of balls in the first attempt. And the possession keeps switching teams every attempt from that point forward. For each attempt, the teams need not battle for possession in a new scrum. In effect, an attempt could be started in one of the ways as described above or combination of ways. In the disclosed embodiment, wherein two balls (Ball-A and Ball-B) are used in the sport simultaneously, a toss determines the direction of roll of balls into the scrum tunnel from both sides, as in which team gets the advantage to possess both balls. Once the toss is determined, the scrum is formed along the center line parallel to the length of the field, right in the center of the field or at the 22-yard line, to make it a bit challenging. As per toss, the balls are rolled into the scrum tunnels from both sides towards the team that won the toss. So, they have the advantage to retain possession of both balls. The balls could be picked up by number 8 and scrum-half, and they strategize as to which side they choose to advance Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A, with all of their opposite team knowledge and the defending team players lined-up. Once a direction is chosen by the offense team for each ball, the defending team can choose to re-align, re-adjust their defense positions or play as they are. As a special offense tactic, balls 'swap' could be employed by two players using lateral passing swap, as a counter measure to defense strategy. In a special case, one player could be used as a deflection technique, to whom both balls are passed and he in-turn passes one ball and retains the other ball (of chosen weightage) to make a run towards the goal area. As a rule, one player carrying two balls simultaneously could also be allowed in the game or sport. This aspect of the sport brings in a lot of strategy into a predominantly physical sport. Though the ball feed rolls are favoring one team over the other, the outcome of the scrum could be one team possessing both balls or each team possessing one ball. In all scenarios the play continues, wherein teams advance with the balls they possess to achieve a try and score. As shown in figure 51C, team A procures both balls 11 and 12 and decides to advance ball 12 to the right side and ball 11 to the left side. Team B defends both balls. Similarly, figure 5 ID shows team B procuring both balls and advancing ball 11 to their right side and ball 12 to their left side. Figure 5 IE shows a scenario wherein each team possessed one ball and are looking to advance it from their right side. In such a scenario, both teams trying to advance from same side of the field could be interesting as there is a better likelihood off both team passing through and scoring as defenders may be scarcely dispersed. Once the two plays have begun, the defending team could intercept a ball and advance it as well. Figures 5 IF, 51G and 51H show intercept scenarios and offense directions. Such an attempt is considered ended when both plays result in scoring by either team with a try or drop goal. Once the attempt is ended, the next attempt begins with a brand new scrum wherein the other team gets the balls rolled towards in the scrum, giving them the advantage. Such attempts continue through the play until the playing time expires and the team with higher score wins the game. Through the play, certain interruptions are possible as in the current day sport. Line outs and infringements or penalties are the common ones. In the disclosed embodiment wherein two balls are used, two parallel plays are active on the field. In the scenario where one ball goes out of bounds (line-out), the attempt will not pause and the players continue playing by focusing on the other active play, until it comes to an end. Up on the completion of the active play, the lined out play (out of bounds) play is restarted from the point of line-out as per restarting rules and referee directions. At this point, there is only one play active on the field, until it comes to an end by scoring a try or drop goal. Upon completion of both plays a next attempt starts. The play is similarly handled when penalties, fouls occur on one play while the other is active. The game is not stopped until the active play ends, to restart the inactive play to bring it to closure. In cases where, there are two line -outs (both balls went out of bound) or two fouls / penalties occur, a combined line-out play guided by the higher weightage ball Ball-B, its possession, its position will be used by referee to restart both plays simultaneously again. Even when two fouls / penalties have occurred, the higher weightage ball Ball-B, its possession, its position and fouls committed will be factored in to restart both plays simultaneously. The game rules will be leaning towards delivering advantage to the team possessing higher weightage ball Ball-B or disadvantage to the team committing foul against Ball-B. This always keeps the teams on their toes to be extra vigilant, careful, strategic and tactical in their play towards Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A. In an embodiment, two simultaneous line-outs could be restarted from lineout of Ball-B. In an embodiment, two fouls could be restarted with a scrum at the location of Ball-B. Rules could be built around the higher weightage ball and its play. Once both plays ended by scores, a new attempt is started.

[000865] In an embodiment, playing rules could be slightly modified to alter the game a little.

[000866] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000867] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. This embodiment of the sport could result in try or goal scored on both sides simultaneously or two try(s) or goal(s) scored on one side, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000868] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems that show foul lines and other points on the field, could be employed.

[000869] The playing field of Rugby Union is rectangular in shape and is an approximate 100 meters long (between try lines) and an approximate 10-20 meters behind the try line that serves as in-goal area. The field is approximately 70 meters in width. This makes it a large field, wherein playing teams of 15 members or more easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Rugby Union could easily be played, given the field size, by having 18 member sides.

[000870] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Rugby Union are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Rugby Union is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000871] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Rugby Union, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports. [000872] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000873] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Rugby Union format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000874] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Rugby Union based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000875] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Rugby Union, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000876] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, scrum formation rules, number of players in scrum rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000877] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Rugby Union sport.

[000878] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - RUGBY UNION SPORT

What is claimed is:

160. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Rugby Union, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

161. The method of claim 160, wherein the game or sport of Rugby Union is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by advancing at least one ball towards or into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to advance at least one ball, within the duration of the game or sport.

162. The method of claim 161, wherein a first team advances at least two balls in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team advances at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

163. The method of claim 161, wherein both teams simultaneously advance at least one ball in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

164. The method of claim 161, wherein possession of at least one ball by at least one team in the said at least one attempt, is determined by means of at least one scrum formed on the field or at least one toss or at least one kick-off or alternate team switching mechanism or combinations thereof.

165. The method of claim 164, wherein the alternate team switching mechanism comprises: a first team that gains possession or is given possession to advance at least two balls, in an attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team is given possession to advance at least two balls, in the next attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

166. The method of claim 164, wherein both teams simultaneously gain possession and advance at least one ball, in a single attempt to advance at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

167. The method of claim 161, wherein advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, dribbling at least one ball, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

168. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Rugby Union that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Rugby Union that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

SOCCER SECTION SUMMARY

[000879] The sport of Soccer has been played since 1863. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. Soccer is also referred as football or association football in many parts of the world. However, it is commonly referred as Soccer and through this section and description, the sport is referred as Soccer.

[000880] As a next stage in the evolution of Soccer sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000881] In an embodiment, Soccer could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000882] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Soccer with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Soccer' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Soccer sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000883] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Soccer Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Soccer sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Soccer Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000884] The current sport of Soccer is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate

28 inches (70 centimeters) in circumference and weighs 16 ounces (450 grams). Most of the currently used balls are synthetic. And let's say it is orange in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 30 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000885] In the current day sport of Soccer, the one ball used as part of the sport is kicked into the opposing team goal area (the area beyond the opposing team goal line, between the goal posts and under the bar, which generally is defined by a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[000886] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty kick, when Ball-A is kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty kick, when Ball-B is kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or kicked into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty kick is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000887] As compared to the existing sport of Soccer played with 11 players on each side at a given point in time on the field or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 13 players per side on the field or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper, forward players, defenders and mid-fielders. The disclosed embodiment will have two additional players with an additional forward player and an additional mid-fielder. This will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and kicked into the opposing team goal area. In an alternate embodiment a 14-member team could play with an additional goal keeper who could be allowed to play a dual-role (as both a goal-keeper (when inside the own penalty area) and a defender (when outside it)) or just a singular goal keeper role.

[000888] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000889] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which: [000890] Figure 52 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of current day Soccer field with 11 player spread per team shown in each half of the field. One team players are shown as ovals while the other as circles.

[000891] Figure 52A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of current day Soccer field with disclosed embodiment 13 player spread per team shown in each half of the field. The added 2 new players per side are shown in pattern.

[000892] Outside of the player spread, figure 52A also depicts a possible modification of the current day Soccer field in an embodiment, wherein, it could have a left side (5200) and a right side (5201) touchline guards. In the top view of the depicted field the touchline guards are shown as thick lines. In an embodiment they could be 1 or 1.5 feet height Plexiglas (or other transparent yet strong material or composite) panels, which could be 1 -inch thick, that are installed along the touchlines on both sides. The primary objective of introducing touchline guards is to minimize or completely eliminate the ball crossing the touchlines on both sides and avoid the interruption or pausing of the game to allow throw-ins by hand. Additionally, players could use the touchline guard as a 1 or 1.5 feet high rebound wall, to maneuver the ball around defenders without any interruption to the game.

[000893] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Soccer sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[000894] Figure 52C shows a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of play in Soccer sport, wherein a single attempt has each team possessing one ball. As shown team B has the possession of ball 21 and they are looking to advance on the left side of the field while team A is defending. And team A has the possession of ball 22 and they are looking to advance on the right side of the field while team B is defending. [000895] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

[000896] Figure 52G shows a cross sectional view in an embodiment of a touchline guard on the right side touchline of the field. The panel could extend the entire length of the right side touchline. It comprises of two parts. 5204 is the rebounding wall (panel) which could be made of a variety of materials (e.g., transparent Plexiglas or other). This panel could be buried into the ground along the touchline such that 1 or 1.5 feet of it protrudes out of the ground. Alternately, it could be hinged which could be rotated and locked in vertical position at the beginning of the game and could be collapsed flat on the ground when there is no active game. 5203 is a cushion or sponge (or similar) like material used as lining along the length of the touchline guard, so as to ensure safety of the running players and absorb shock in case they fall over the panel. It is a safety measure.

[000897] Figure 52H shows a cross sectional view in an embodiment of a touchline guard on the right or left side touchlines of the field. 5206 is the rebounding wall (panel) same as 5204 as explained and installed in above paragraph. 5205 is a cushion or sponge (or similar) like material used as lining along the length of the touchline guard, so as to ensure safety of the running players and absorb shock in case they fall over the panel. It is a safety measure.

[000898] Figure 521 shows a cross sectional view in an embodiment of a touchline guard on the right side touchline of the field. 5206 is the rebounding wall (panel) same as 5204 as explained and installed in above paragraphs. 5207 is rigid but curved panel installed on top of the touchline guard and along its length, so as to ensure safety of the running players such that they smoothly glide over the curved surface and not incur any injury. It is a safety measure.

[000899] In an embodiment, the panel 5204 or 5206 could just be 4 or 5 feet high (above the ground) with no additional material on top, still used by players as a rebound wall while avoiding falling over it and incurring an injury.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000900] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000901] The current day sport of Soccer is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the field or play area size and number of players on the field or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000902] The current day sport of Soccer is played between two teams of 11 players each.

This involves dribbling, kicking, passing, throwing, heading the ball (using one's head to direct the ball) towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various tackling tactics and defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in two halves of 45 minutes each.

[000903] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000904] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 13 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has won the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the half-way line (not from the center spot, but having one ball each placed at the intersection points of the center circle and half-way line) of the field or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion in one of the following endings: scoring of a goal (by either teams) or when a goal kick is hit without scoring a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the half-way line of the field or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offence team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. However, as in the current sport, the out of bound scenarios and foul scenarios pause the game and they shall be handled in the disclosed embodiment as described in subsequent paragraphs.

[000905] In the sport of Soccer, outside of the teams striking, heading or kicking the ball into the goal area OR teams kicking a goal-kick without scoring a goal, there are other scenarios such as out of bounds situations, foul play which result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such scenarios include the out of bound conditions like ball being kicked outside the touchline, ball kicked outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal) and foul play situations. When a ball is kicked outside the field across the touchline, a throw-in is awarded to the opposing team. When the ball is kicked outside the goal line by defending team (without scoring a goal), a corner kick is awarded to the offense team. In foul situations, the referee awards the penalty based on the foul that occurred. For e.g., just a restart of game with an indirect free kick could be awarded OR in case of a foul within the penalty area, a direct free kick or penalty kick is awarded. In these situations, the game is paused due to one of the scenario or interruption described and it is restarted as per set rules, guidelines or referee instructions. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment. In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used on the playing field, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus on the other ball (other play) that is still active on the playing field, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one on the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred on the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal or a goal kick that did not translate to a goal (by either teams), that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter on the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the half-way line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[000907] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR when a goal kick is hit without scoring a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls.

[000908] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the half-way line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[000909] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the half-way line of the field or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the field or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[000910] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty kick, when Ball-A is kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty kick, when Ball-B is kicked into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball- A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play.

[000911] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[000912] In the current day sport of soccer, one of the most common interruption to the free flowing game is ball being kicked out of the touchline. This results in a throw-in awarded to the opposing team player and that results in change of ball possession. This is the most common interruption in the sport as compared to other interruptions. In the disclosed embodiment, as we have an interruption counter of up to 4 to end the play for a ball in one attempt, that counter maybe reached soon, if the offense team does not take strong precautions to ensure ball does not cross the touch line and go out of bounds. While the disclosed embodiment can be played as mentioned in above passages, an alternate version of the disclosed embodiment has been presented in the subsequent paragraphs, which is primarily focused on minimizing if not fully eliminating the ball crossing the touchline. This is achieved by altering the playing field slightly by introducing a 'touchline guard'.

[000913] The Soccer playing field is an open field with all playing area boundaries marked by white lines. In a special embodiment, a 'Touchline guard' could be setup along the length of touchlines on the field. The purpose of a touchline guard is to minimize or fully eliminate the ball crossing touchline and hence the caused interruption. By using such a touchline guard, we eliminate the most common interruption in the sport. Specially, since there are two balls simultaneously used in the play, the interruptions would be more and most of those could be the ball crossing the touchline. By having a touchline guard, bulk of these line-out interruptions will be eliminated and the game shall remain free flowing for longer periods of times.

[000914] A touchline guard in one embodiment, could be a transparent rigid panel with 1 or

1.5 feet or more height (above the ground), 1 inch or more thick, that is installed along the length of the touchlines on both sides of the field. These panels could be buried into the ground making it a permanent part of the ground, or could be hinged in a way as to rotate and lock them in vertical position, to form the touchline guard. Such a guard will stop ball from going off the field by crossing the touchline and the players could use it as a rebound wall to deflect against a defender and keep advancing. These guards shall keep the game free flowing for longer periods of time without interruptions. While minimizing interruptions is the most important benefit of the touchline guards, the only disadvantage it poses is player safety if the player happens to fall over it, causing an injury. The disadvantage in regards to player safety could be mitigated by safety accessories installed on or along the touchline guards and/or additional safety equipment provided to the players (e.g., upper body guards to prevent injury if the player falls over the touchline guard).

[000915] Three different embodiments of the touchline guard along with figures (52G, 52H and 521) have been described in the drawings description section. In an embodiment, the touchline guard panel could just be 4 or 5 feet high (above the ground) with no additional material on top, still used by players as a rebound wall while avoiding falling over it and incurring an injury.

[000916] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[000917] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[000918] The playing field of Soccer is measured at an approximate 100 meters in length

(range is 90-120 meters) and 60 meters wide (range is 45-90 meters). The size of the field is large enough to make playing teams of 11 members or more, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Soccer could easily be played, given the field size, by having 13 (or even 14) member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per goal.

[000919] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Soccer are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Soccer is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000920] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Soccer, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000921] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000922] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Soccer format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000923] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Soccer based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000924] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Soccer, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000925] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000926] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Soccer sport.

[000927] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - SOCCER SPORT

What is claimed is:

169. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Soccer or Football, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

170. The method of claim 169, wherein the game or sport of Soccer or Football is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by kicking at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to kick at least one ball.

171. The method of claim 170, wherein kicking at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of dribbling at least one ball, running with at least one ball, striking at least one ball with at least one leg, releasing at least one ball with at least one hand, carrying at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball, kicking at least one ball, fisting at least one ball by at least one fist, heading at least one ball or combinations thereof.

172. The method of claim 170, wherein a first team kicks at least two balls in an attempt to kick at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team kicks at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to kick at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

173. The method of claim 170, wherein both teams simultaneously kick at least one ball, in a single attempt to kick at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

174. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Soccer or Football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Soccer or Football that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

SOFTBALL SECTION

SUMMARY

[000928] The sport of Softball has been played since 1887. It was first played in USA. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing field (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people. [000929] As a next stage in the evolution of Softball sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000930] In an embodiment, Softball could be played with more than one ball (e.g., up to 3 balls) used simultaneously on the playing field as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000931] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Softball with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Softball' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Softball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000932] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Softball Sport. In particular, a 3-ball Softball sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "3-ball Softball Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting.

[000933] The current sport of Softball is bat-and-ball sport played with a spherical Softball,

Softball bat and gloves among other equipment. The Softball in itself is approximately 12 inches in circumference. And it is white in color with red color seam stitches. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. However, the disclosed embodiment uses up to three balls in the sport simultaneously. A second ball is additionally used in the sport (specially, when the 1 ^st base is loaded) which is also a spherical ball with slightly lower circumference, of 11.5 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color with white seam stitches. A third ball is additionally used in the sport (specially, when the 3^rd base is loaded) which is also a spherical ball with slightly lower circumference, of 11 inches. This third ball will be referred as 'Ball-C going forward. Ball-C may be green in color with white seam stitches. In a different embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction. In such a scenario, the batters would find it easier to deal with all balls of different color, as they are of the same size, shape and weight.

[000934] In the disclosed embodiment, the three balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. As disclosed above the size of the balls are decreasing, and the weight is increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white), Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green). In Softball, as the bat / club used is cylindrical, as the ball becomes smaller and heavier, striking it becomes harder as the timing and point of strike have to be perfect. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a home run, Ball-A will result in 1 run, Ball-B in 2 runs and Ball-C in 3 runs. This completely opens up the sport for additional and high scoring. However, batters have to deal with the challenge of striking three different balls from three different bases and the different angles of striking the ball, to keep the ball in the fair territory.

[000935] So, scoring with Ball-C and Ball-B becomes more important as compared to Ball-A, to win more points and score for the team. To counter this, the pitching team should focus on having their best pitchers bowl with Ball-C and Ball-B as compared to Ball- A, to restrict the batting team from scoring. Lots of new pitching and batting strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000936] As compared to the existing sport of Softball played with 9 or 10 players (depending on format - slow-pitch or fast-pitch) on each side (though they generally have a 25- member player roster), this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with up to 11 or 12 players (to corresponding formats) per side. The player roster composition in the current sport includes 8 position players / fielders (includes catcher, infielders and outfielders), 5 starting pitchers, 6 relief pitchers and 6 backups. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to three balls simultaneously being used for pitching on the field. The simultaneous pitching could happen at a countdown (3-2-1 -go) or a dummy gunshot sound, for a coordinated release by 2 or 3 pitchers. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers. In the disclosed embodiment the team size could be increased by 2 additional pitchers to play with up to three balls simultaneously used on the playing field, while keeping the player roster size same, as it has enough back-ups to accommodate 2 additional pitchers (taking the team size to 11). In a different embodiment, 1 additional position player / fielder could be introduced and / or with 2 additional catchers (to catch the 2 additional balls pitched by up to 2 additional pitchers).

[000937] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000938] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000939] Figure 54 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the current day

Softball field and player positions of the pitching team in defensive positions. The nine diamonds represent 9 defensive positions of catcher, pitcher, (infielders: first base, second base, third base, short stop), (outfielders: left field, right field and center field). Other aspects of the field include home base (5401), first base (5402), second base (5403), third base (5404), pitcher's mound (5405) on which the pitcher stands to pitch to the batter at home base. The arrow mark going out from the pitcher's mound to home base shows the direction of pitching. The pitcher positions himself based on the rectangular rubber plate on the pitcher's mound to pitch.

[000940] Figure 54A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing a futuristic

Softball field, which is slightly upgraded current day Softball field. The main difference is with a much larger pitcher's mound (5406), as compared to the one shown in figure 54. Instead of the one rubber plate towards the home base, there will be two more rubber plates (5407 - facing the first base) and (5408 - facing the third base). In the disclosed embodiment, as the first and third bases are loaded, a second and a third pitcher will come onto the field (pitcher's mound) use the reference rubber plates and pitch respectively.

[000941] Figure 54B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment when first base is loaded.

[000942] Figure 54C depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment when third base is loaded along with first base. A third pitcher (shown in pattern diamond) comes onto the pitcher's mound and pitches towards the third base batter. All three pitchers pitch exactly at the same time synchronized by a count down.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000943] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000944] The current day sport of Softball is a game played with one spherical ball, bat and gloves. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. Given the field size and number of players on the field - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of up to three balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with four or more balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with three spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a three-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, all three balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[000945] The current day sport of Softball is played between two teams of 9 players each, an offense (batting or base running team) and a defense (pitching or fielding) team. The game is played in 3 to 7 innings (with 7 innings being more common), wherein each team gets to play offense and defense. The batting team has to score runs by hitting the pitched ball from the home base, into the fair territory and by running counter clock wise to first, second, third and back to home base. This results in one run. The batter could hit the ball out of the park, called a home run and complete his run along all the bases to score the same one run. The pitching team's objective is to stop batting team from scoring any runs or gaining (moving across) bases while recording outs. If they record three outs, that completes one batting inning and the pitching team will now get a chance to bat. However, it has to be understood that as the bases get loaded (all of them), the batting team has opportunity to score 4 runs simultaneously when the forth batter who walked in hits a home run so that all batters could complete a circle back to home base. Further the scoring could continue to get a larger score. But, in general given the playing criteria and nature of game, hitting the ball (pitched at a very high speed), with a cylindrical club is challenging and needs special skill, because of which generally matches are not very high scoring in each innings. Softball, is a sport that has no time limit, and the guideline is to complete the nine innings of both teams to conclude who is the winner with higher score. In the current sport of Softball, the sport is a culmination of individual talents and individual skills pitted against each other. Though it is a team sport, very specific aspects of the sport lend themselves to team work. It is mostly dependent on individual star, super-star players who drive their team's success.

[000946] In the disclosed version, there will be up to three simultaneous pitches of three balls, by three pitchers in the directions of home base, first base and third base, at a time on the playing field. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual pitch, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[000947] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 11 players on each side, but with up to three balls simultaneously used on the playing field. In such an embodiment, the team composition could be catcher, pitcher, (infielders: first base, second base, third base, short stop), (outfielders: left field, right field and center field). However, when 1^st base is loaded (and not the 3^rd base), a second pitcher would come onto the pitcher's mound to simultaneously pitch a ball in a coordinated effort with the first pitcher to simultaneously release 2 balls at 2 batters. And when the 1^st base and third base are loaded, a third pitcher would come onto the pitcher's mound to simultaneously pitch a ball in a coordinated effort with the first and second pitchers to simultaneously release 3 balls at 3 batters. This coordinated pitching of balls could be achieved by an umpire count-down '3-2-1-go' or a dummy gunshot sound. When the 3^rd base is loaded (and not the 1^st base), only two pitchers would be simultaneously pitching. While the additional pitchers pitch balls towards batters, the infielder first base could become the catcher behind the batter at first base. Similarly, the infielder third base could become the catcher behind the batter at third base. Both players - first base and third base, by playing dual roles of fielder and catcher, will keep the team size to just 11 players with two new pitchers added to the current day 9-member team. Such a disclosed embodiment would provide added scoring possibilities, applying higher levels of strategy, and entertainment to audience. In a different embodiment the team size could be 13, with two specialist catchers catching behind the batters at 1^st and 3^rd bases. In another embodiment a 14^th player who could be an outfielder could be added, which may provide additional fielding hands as there may be a possibility of the defense team fielding three balls simultaneously. However, such addition of extra fielder and additional catchers may limit the running (and hence scoring) opportunities to batters between bases. The batters may not have many gaps in the field to score off of. To balance the sport, so that batters can go out and make higher scores, a 11 -member team is described in an embodiment in subsequent passages.

[000948] In the disclosed embodiment, the size of the balls could be decreasing, and the weight could be increasing marginally, as you move from Ball-A (white), Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green). In Softball, as the bat / club used is cylindrical, as the ball becomes smaller and heavier, striking it becomes harder as the timing and point of strike have to be perfect. So, in disclosed embodiment, when hit for a home run, Ball-A will result in 1 run, Ball-B in 2 runs and Ball-C in 3 runs. This difference in score delivered is only when the balls are hit for home runs, outside of which, all three balls are exactly the same when on field whether within the fair territory or foul territory. Simply put when on ground, all balls are of same weight, and the batter have to do base running to reach the home base to score. This embodiment of the sport could result in runs scored from one, two or three home runs scored simultaneously on the field, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[000949] In the disclosed embodiment, the pitching guidelines could be that Ball-A is always pitched at the home base batter only, Ball-B is always pitched at the 1^st base batter only and Ball-C is always pitched at the 3^rd base batter only. In an alternate embodiment, there could be a rule around pitching any ball at any base or some kind of a rotational pitching pattern adopted.

[000950] In the disclosed embodiment, the ground out, force out and tag out; which are means of getting the batters out by the defense team could have additional guidelines and rules, as there could be three balls used on the field. In one embodiment, only Ball-A (white) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching home base or second base. While only Ball-B (red) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching first base and only Ball-C (green) could be used to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching third base. In this embodiment, the batters may benefit by such a rule. In a different embodiment, Ball-A (white) could be used at all four bases to ground out, tag out, force out approaching batters, while Ball-B (red) and Ball-C (green) are fixed for 1^st and 3^rd bases only. In such an embodiment scoring may be relatively difficult.

[000951] In the disclosed embodiment, there is a progressive restriction on usage of balls at different bases to ground out, tag out, force out batters approaching those bases. In which when the first batter is at home base (all other bases empty), the Ball-A (white) can be used at all bases to get ground out, tag out or force out. However, when first batter advances to second base and second batter comes to home base (note that 1^st and 3^rd bases are empty), the Ball-A (white) is the only ball in play and can be used at all bases to get ground out, tag out or force out. When first batter advances to 1^st base and second batter comes in, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home, 2^nd and 3^rd bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-B (red) can achieve the same at 1^st base. When first batter advances to 3^rd base and second batter comes in, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home, 1^st and 2^nd bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-C (green) can achieve the same at 3^rd base. When at least 1^st and 3^rd bases are loaded and a third or fourth batter walk in to home base, the Ball-A (white) can be used only at home and 2^nd bases to get ground out, tag out or force out; while only Ball-B (red) can achieve the same at 1^st base; and only Ball-C (green) can achieve the same at 3^rd base. This progressive or incremental guideline or restriction on ground out, tag out or force out; would allow a lot of strategy and thought process into the sport. Further, this builds the team work making the batters inter-dependent on each other; for e.g., batter at home base should hit the Ball-A (white) in an area which enables batter at 1^st base to reach 2^nd base safely; while the batter at 1^st base has to hit the Ball-B (red) in an area which enables batter at home base to reach 1^st base safety (given the ground out, tag out or force out restrictions / guidelines). Such interdependence will bring in great amount of coordination and team work among the batters. Not to mention, similar coordinated team work has to be among the 2 or 3 pitchers who are on the pitcher's mound, to counter batter's strategy and restrict them from scoring runs. In an embodiment, any ball could achieve ground out, tag out or force out at any base. This will be completely simple and batters could just look to place in gaps and run. In the disclosed embodiment, there could be additional guidelines or rules on how the sport is played. Some of them are listed here. The batters at 1^st and 3^rd base cannot strike out. However, the same pitching guideline of at least 3 balls in the strike zone in 7 pitches (as in the current day rule) is applicable at 1^st and 3 base. What this does is allows the batters at 1 ^st and 3^rd base to swing freely and go for the home runs without the worry of being struck out. In order to monitor the pitching, there shall be umpires behind the catchers at 1 ^st and 3^rd base. This allows batter at 1 ^st base to hit the Ball-B (red) for a home run to score 2 runs for the team and he can walk off the field. Similarly, batter at 3^rd base can hit the Ball-C (green) for a home run to score 3 runs for the team and he can walk off the field. Outside of hitting home runs, the batters could place or tap the ball into a gap and run a base. This has to be a coordinated effort by batters. The only batter who could steal a base will be the batter at 2^nd base. And the batter at the 2^nd base will never face a pitched ball as he could never hit the ball in fair territory zone due to the facing direction to pitcher's mound. When the batter at home base gets to walk to next base (due to more balls than strikes), batters at all other bases also get to progress to next base automatically. The batter at home base is still governed by the strike out rule.

[000953] In the disclosed embodiment, fly out rule (or caught by fielder) remains and is applicable for all batters on the field.

[000954] The disclosed embodiment brings in a lot of batting strategy, more importantly immense team work and it makes all run scoring an interdependent affair. As one batter's successful running a base depends on how the other batter bats and where he hits the ball towards. Additionally, when 2 or 3 or 4 batters are on field, the batters may have to have some signal communication or coordination on whether they are going for running bases (by all of them tapping balls into gaps) or going for hitting home runs. It has to be coordinated to make the team progress. In particular, they have to avoid scenarios where one batter hit the ball but other could not make a connection, resulting in no base running or multiple batters getting out simultaneously. Additionally, strategies such as all batters hitting balls towards a single fielder on the field could be employed, to score runs. It has to be understood that while traditionally batters have batted from home base and hit in the fair territory, doing the same while batting from 1^st and 3^rd bases is different, needs adjustment in batting approach and strategy. The batters, depending on left or right handed have to position themselves to hit the ball in the fair territory from the position they are standing. They have to avoid missing balls or hitting in foul territory. Additionally, they also have to adjust to dealing with different balls from different bases. They could refine and hone their skills to a much higher degree. In an embodiment, a batting innings could be defined by 4 or even 5 batters to be out. This is needed as more batters are batting and in one simultaneous pitch, up to 3 batters could get out, ending an innings. So, making it 4 or 5 balances the sport better.

[000955] The disclosed embodiment brings in a lot of pitching strategy, more importantly team work in restricting the offense team from scoring. The pitchers could have a quick word on the mound to decide what their approach would be in the subsequent pitch. Their strategy could be giving a base to avoid a home run with Ball-B or Ball- C. Additionally, the pitching coach can adopt pitching strategy as it relates to which pitcher pitches towards home base, which ones at 1^st and 3^rd bases. This becomes crucial and necessitates that the best pitchers who are very hard to hit, bowl at 3^rd base or 1^st base.

[000956] The disclosed embodiment plays out as explained in this and next three paragraphs.

[000957] In the disclosed embodiment, when the second batter arrives, while the first batter has progressed to 1^st base, a second pitcher arrives on the pitcher's mound with a Ball-B (red). The two pitchers discuss their strategy for pitching, while the two batters exchange signals about their approach. There will be a coordinated simultaneous pitch of two balls by the two pitchers to the two batters. At this point multiple scenarios can play out. If first batter hits a home run with Ball-B, he delivers 2 runs to team and he walks off the field. If second batter hits a home run with Ball-A, he delivers 1 run to team and he walks off the field. If both hit home runs, they collectively deliver 3 runs to team and both walk off the field allowing next batters to come in. If one batter hits a home run and other is caught by a fielder (fly out), the pitching team has got one out and batting team scored points on home run. Both players walk off the field allowing next batters to come in. If one batter hits a home run, and the other taps the ball into gap, the other batter has to run a base. Scenarios where one has tapped the ball into a gap while the other did not make connection, the batters can choose not to run bases. As both have to make connection to run bases. As the second batter has three strikes, he could wait for first two strikes, at the same base (even if he made connection), when the first batter has not made connection. If they attempt to run, they run the risk of getting out. After two strikes, it becomes important for both batters to make connection or at least one of them hit for a home run to score or run bases without getting out. Base running when two batters have made connections now becomes completely interdependent play. Because where second batter hits the ball determines if first batter can complete his base run and vice versa. All in all, the sport just opens up and gives out a multitude of possibilities and scenarios to players, sports enthusiasts, audience and viewers. Assuming first and second batters successfully hit balls in gaps and ran bases in the disclosed embodiment, which is when the third batter arrives at the home base. At this point there are still only two pitchers on the field pitching Ball-A and Ball-B, while there are three batters. There is no pitching done to a batter / runner at second base. And because of this, it is only the runner / batter at second base who could ever steal a base without having to face a pitch. Remainder of the simultaneous pitching, simultaneous batting and other scenarios play out as explained in the paragraph above. [000959] Assuming first, second and third batters successfully ran bases in the disclosed embodiment, which is when the fourth batter arrives at the home base. At this point a third pitcher walks onto the pitcher's mound with Ball-C (green). The three pitchers discuss their strategy for pitching, while the three batters (facing the pitches) exchange signals about their approach. There will be a coordinated simultaneous pitch of three balls by the three pitchers to the three batters. At this point multiple scenarios can play out. If all three batters hit home runs, they deliver 6 points (3+2+1) to the team off the home runs and the runner / batter at second base will complete his run delivering another run, making it a total of 7 runs delivered to the team. This is however difficult and may be a rare scenario, given the difficulty in batting with balls of varying sizes, weight and from first and third bases. Batters have to made significant adjustments to hit home runs from 1^st and 3^rd bases as compared to conventional home base. Other scenarios of individual home runs play out as they should. For e.g., fourth batter hits a home run, while the other batter do not make connection, fourth batter runs bases, delivering a point to their team while the other three batter / runners remain put at their bases. The same applies for batters at 1^st and 3^rd bases when they hit a home run. This running over bases with other batters still present at the bases being run over, is allowed only in the case of home runs. This in many scenarios and circumstances, may result in empty bases and randomly occupied bases. Fly outs play out with the batter getting out. To achieve base running, all three batters have to make connection with the balls and run. Base running when three batters have made connections and it now becomes completely interdependent play. Because where one batter hits the ball determines if other batter(s) can complete their base run and vice versa. This interdependent batting brings in a lot of team work essential to do base running without getting forced out, ground out or tag out at any base, with the corresponding ball.

[000960] One strategy that emerges is the batters can try to run bases (by tapping the balls into gaps) until the two strikes happen to home base batter. After which a better approach would be going for the big shots to see if any or all of them connect for home runs delivering scores to the team. However, the strategy has to be fine-tuned based on the game situation, innings being played, batters remaining in the innings, target score, how many strikes have occurred and other aspects, to decide what approach they take or they do not take. In essence while there is plenty of coordinated pitching strategy, fielding strategy that goes into the sport, there is even more batting strategy that goes into it. It is possible to get one, two, three or even four batters out in a single pitching play.

[000961] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the field and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review force out, ground out, tag out, strike out, foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed on the field. From the sports gear standpoint, additional protection for all players, umpires needed as three balls could be hit all over the field and safety precautions have to be taken.

[000962] The playing fields of Softball come in different sizes however its dimensions are regulated on the infield dimensions. A Softball field is smaller than a Baseball field. In Softball, the balls are pitched underhand. The distance between the pitcher's rubber plate and home base is an approximate 46feet for men, 43 feet for women; unlike the 60 feet in Baseball. As the four bases form a square around the pitcher's mound, the mound could be expanded and two additional rubber plates could be added for two other pitchers pitching at 1^st and 3^rd bases, such that all three rubber plates are equidistant from all three bases. Overall Softball field size is smaller than that of Baseball. In fact, an embodiment of 3 -ball Softball could easily be played, given the field size, by having 11 member sides, by adding Ball-B and Ball-C which result in different scores when hit for home run.

[000963] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Softball are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Softball is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[000964] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Softball, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[000965] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[000966] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Softball format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[000967] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Softball based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[000968] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Softball, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[000969] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, home run rules, fly out rules, base running rules, strike out rules, pitching rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000970] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Softball sport.

[000971] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - SOFTBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

175. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Softball, the method comprising: using at least two balls as part of the game or sport on a playing field or playing area, wherein the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

176. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Softball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

177. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Softball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field or playing area, wherein scoring a home run using one ball results in a different score than scoring a home run using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

178. The method of claim 177, wherein the game or sport of Softball comprising at least one inning, is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, wherein each team gets to bat at least one ball and pitch at least one ball in the said at least one inning, wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points.

179. The method of claim 178, wherein bat at least one ball comprises of at least one player using a Softball bat in an attempt to hit a ball pitched at him or her, so as to attempt to score at least one run.

180. The method of claim 179, wherein at least one player using a Softball bat could be batting at home base, first base, third base or combinations thereof.

181. The method of claim 178, wherein pitch at least one ball comprises of at least one player using at least one hand to throw a ball at a player ready to bat, in an attempt to get him or her out, restrict scoring runs or combinations thereof.

182. The method of claim 181, wherein at least one player using at least one hand to throw a ball could be standing on the pitcher's mound and pitching towards home base, first base, third base or combinations thereof.

183. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Softball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Softball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field.

SQUASH SPORT SECTION

[000972] Squash is a sport that has been played since 1830, and it has been played with a single hollow bouncy rubber ball for all this time. Additionally, the sport is played in singles and doubles format. In an embodiment the sport of Squash could be played by using two balls simultaneously used in the Squash court, wherein each ball delivers different scores when a point is scored off of it.

[000973] In a disclosed embodiment of Squash sport, along to the ball used in the current day sport (Ball-A), a second ball (Ball-B) could be used. Ball-B could be slightly larger in size than Ball-A, but could be slower and less bouncy as compared to Ball-A, which makes it difficult to play and win points with. In such an embodiment, when a point is won with Ball-A, the player receives 1 point in score and when he wins with Ball-B, the player receives 2 points in score. This brings in additional strategy into the sport, such that players have to focus on winning more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A, or win points with both balls.

[000974] The disclosed embodiment of Squash sport may not be straight away adoptable in the Squash singles format. Given the pace of the sport, enclosed court, and the array of shots players play with, dealing with a second ball simultaneously will be a near impossible proposition in singles format. However, in an embodiment, players could alternate the usage of Ball-A and Ball-B between points, to make the sport more exciting and giving a player who is down on score to come back and win, by focusing and winning more points with Ball-B.

[000975] The disclosed embodiment of Squash sport could be a good fit for the doubles format of the sport, as the 4 players in the court could deal with 2 simultaneous balls used during active play and score 1, 2 or 3 points in a single simultaneous double rally play (two simultaneous plays, one with Ball-A and one with Ball-B). Additional team strategies come into play in such a sport. Additionally, service and playing guidelines could be built around the sport similar to the disclosures made in the Tennis, Badminton or Table tennis sections of this application. The two balls could be served by one team based on a toss, for one attempt or a block of 3 or 4 attempts before the servicing switches over to the other team for a similar block of attempts. Alternately, both team players could get to serve one ball simultaneously, a toss determining who serves Ball-B, and they can switch balls for subsequent attempts or points. Also, plays such as cross play (player on player fixed format), straight play (player on other player fixed format), free play or alternate play (players alternately should attempt to hit Ball-A and Ball-B) could be built into the overall sport. Each game could be a race to 25 or 30 score with a tie resolved by a 3 -point differential. An odd number of games will be played to decide the match winner.

[000976] In disclosed version of the Squash sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[000977] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Squash sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Squash sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000978] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - SQUASH SPORT

What is claimed is:

184. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Squash, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

185. The method of claim 184, wherein the match or sport of Squash is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to score higher number of points by hitting at least one ball in a way such that the opposing team cannot make a legal return, in at least one attempt given to each team to hit at least one ball.

186. The method of claim 185, wherein hitting at least one ball comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a Squash racquet by at least one hand, serving at least one ball using a Squash racquet by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

187. The method of claim 185, wherein a first team hits at least two balls, in an attempt to hit at least one ball, while a second team hits at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to hit at least one ball.

188. The method of claim 185, wherein both teams simultaneously hit at least one ball, in a single attempt to hit at least one ball.

189. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Squash that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Squash that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court.

TABLE TENNIS SECTION SUMMARY

[000979] The sport of Table tennis has been played since late 19^th century and it gained wide popularity by 1901. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing table surface or playing area (during active play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[000980] As a next stage in the evolution of Table tennis sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[000981] In an embodiment, Table tennis could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing table surface or playing area as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[000982] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Table tennis with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Table tennis' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Table tennis sport played across the world with same or different names.

[000983] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 2-ball Table tennis sport. In particular, a 2-ball Table tennis sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Table tennis sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[000984] The current sport of Table tennis is played with a spherical plastic ball (matte finish) which is an approximate 2.7 grams by mass and 40 mm in diameter. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical plastic ball (matte finish) with slightly larger diameter of 45 mm and an approximate 3 grams by mass. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be orange in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[000985] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a point is won with Ball-A, the player / team is awarded 1 point. When a point is won with Ball-B, the player / team is awarded 2 points. If a side (team) wins points with both balls, they are awarded a total of 3 points. So, in effect Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. However, the team's focus (both the opposing teams) should be to score points with both balls simultaneously to maximize the score, or at least score with Ball-B as it delivers higher number of points as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[000986] As compared to the existing sport of Table tennis which is an individual sport

(excluding the doubles format which is played with 2 players on each side, but still with a single ball used in the play), this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 2 or even 3 players per side at a point in time, but playing with 2 balls simultaneously used as part of the active game play, which have varying advantages. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two balls simultaneously being hit or struck by two players with their paddles or racquets into the opposite side of the table surface or area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[000987] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[000988] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[000989] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls (plastic) usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Table tennis sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference. [000990] Figure 56 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Table tennis table surface (rectangular shape), with the central net (5601) dividing the table surface or area into two equal halves, along with 2 player spread on each side of the table surface or area. One team players are shown as ovals while the other team is shown in circles. There is a center line that divides the table into two halves perpendicular to the net. This divides the entire playing table surface area into four rectangles (two on each side of the net, forming the court or table side for one team).

[000991] Figure 56A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Cross play' in a 2- Ball Table tennis format, wherein one arrow shows the play of one ball between cross court or cross table players of opposite sides and the play is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a cross court or cross table pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the play of the second ball fixed between cross court or cross table players of opposite sides. In such a 'Cross play', comprising of two parallel rallies, the direction and players playing a ball cannot change. The center line is the dividing line to define cross court or cross table play.

[000992] Figure 56B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Straight play' in a 2- Ball Table tennis format, wherein one arrow shows the play of one ball between straight court or straight table players of opposite sides and the play is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a straight court or straight table pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the play of the second ball fixed between straight court or straight table players of opposite sides. In such a 'Straight play', comprising of two parallel rallies, the direction and players playing a ball cannot change. The center line is the dividing line to define straight court or straight table play.

[000993] Figure 56C depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Free play' in a 2-Ball

Table tennis format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and any player can attempt to play / hit any ball to any of the players on the opposite side. In such a 'Free play' there are no rules governing the direction of play or players playing the balls. There are no fixed rallies in this case. This play is relatively challenging as a team strategy could be to direct both balls towards one player, when the player may be able to return only one ball, while they score on the other. In such a circumstance, the receiving player should attempt to keep Ball-B (higher scoring ball) in play as opposed to the other ball.

[000994] Figure 56D depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Alternate play' in a

2-Ball Table tennis format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and as in the current day sport of table tennis doubles, the players should alternately switch the ball they hit to the opposite side of the court or table. In such a 'Alternate play' there are no rules governing the direction of play, however the players should alternately switch the ball they hit into the opposite side of the court or table. This is a very difficult play, given the pace of Table tennis sport and the table size.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[000995] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[000996] The current day sport of Table tennis is a game broadly played in two formats

(singles and doubles) with one spherical plastic ball used during the active play. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used during the active play. Given the table size and number of players around the table - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three or four balls, the game may need more players around the table (which would restrict player movement given the table size), and given the pace of the game it would become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical plastic balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and finish but of different color.

[000997] The current day sport of Table tennis is played between two parties of at least 1 player each. In specific, it is played in two formats of singles or doubles. This involves using a racquet to serve or strike or hit the ball over the net onto the opposite side of the court or table such that the opponent is not able to return it back to your side of the court or table, in the process gaining points. And the game is not time bound, but is played with set guidelines and rules around how points are scored. The conventional scoring is in points, which result in winning games, which in turn result in winning the match.

[000998] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing table surface or playing area. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules.

[000999] Given the pace of the current day Table tennis sport and the table size, in the singles format a simultaneous usage of two balls (one ball served by a player from each side), is very difficult to manage or play. There would be no rally achieved and at least one play would end within 2 to 3 shots. And when one ball play ends the second ball play could continue, however the overall game would be not very different from playing with a single ball. While the disclosed embodiment could be attempted in the singles format, played and fine-tuned, it may be better suited for doubles format or teams of larger sizes (greater than two).

[0001000] In a different embodiment, the singles format could be played with two different balls (of varying sizes, colors and weightages) yielding different scores when points are scored off of them. For example, Ball-A slightly smaller in size resulting in winning 1 point while a larger Ball-B resulting in winning 2 points, used in alternate serves. If the first point played with Ball-A, takes a player to 1-0; then the second point played with Ball-B, allows the player who is down on score to jump 2 points by winning one point and get to score line of 1-2. So, instead of using the same ball for all points, in an embodiment in singles format of Table tennis, two balls could be alternately used in points or games to enable accelerated scoring and giving a player behind on score an outside chance to come back and win the match. Further, such usage of two different balls in different points pushes the skill levels of the players. In an embodiment, such pattern of singles format play could be played with more than 2 balls (of varying sizes and scores delivered).

[0001001] The current day sport of Table tennis, played in doubles format, uses one ball (during the active play) on court or table and outside of the service restriction, it is generally played in free format, as in any player on one team could strike or hit the ball to any player or any part of the court or table on the other side, without much restrictions.

[0001002] In the disclosed embodiment, Table tennis played with 2 or more players on one side

(as one team) can play the sport using 2 balls simultaneously used during the active play on the playing table surface or play area. In an embodiment of Table tennis in doubles format, the team that win the toss could choose to serve or choose the side of court or table. The team that gets to serve, simultaneously serves two balls from their side to the opposite side team, such that each ball falls in one of the service boxes on the other side of the court or table. They could serve for the first four plays, and the other team gets to serve in the next four plays, and such switching continues until the end of the sport format, which could be the best of 5 or 7 or other odd number of games as in the current day sport format. In an alternate embodiment, for every point, both teams get to serve simultaneously, and the toss determines which team serves with higher weightage ball (the ball that results in higher score) as opposed to the other. In such a case, one player from each side serves one ball simultaneously in a coordinated way. In such embodiments where two balls are served simultaneously by two players, the timing of service could be coordinated by a countdown '3-2-1- go' or a dummy gun shot.

[0001003] In the disclosed embodiment, one team serves for a set of 4 plays. The plays are cross-play, straight-play, free-play and alternate-play. Each play begins by one team serving two balls simultaneously to the opposite team. The team that wins a point with Ball-A, gains 1 point, wins a point with Ball-B, gains 2 points and wins points with both balls Ball-A and Ball-B wins 3 points, in that play. This opens up each play and sport as the team strategy should be to win both points simultaneously to gain 3 points in the play, otherwise score with Ball-B to gain 2 points as compared to Ball-A. This brings in thinking and strategy into the sport and into each play. After the set of four plays are complete, the service is switched to the other team. They continue playing the four plays by switching services and embark on a race to 25 points (equal to 11 points for a game in today's sport) to win a game. In various formats, 3, 5, 7 or other odd number of games are played to determine the winner of the match. On a tie at 25 points by both teams, a differential of 3 points will decide the winner. In the disclosed embodiment, the 4 plays are played as follows. The services by two players are done from one side of the table simultaneously. The 'center line' is a key court or table line for the various plays. The cross play as depicted in figure 56A is only played cross court or cross table as two individual singles cross court or cross table points played in parallel. The serving team has to serve to their cross court or cross table counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played cross court or cross table, with 'center line' as the boundary line. The players and balls with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the cross rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. As mentioned before the strategy is to win both points, or with Ball-B as compared to Ball-A. The players on both sides do not switch positions or balls, but will serve straight court or straight tables this time (thus changing the balls to receivers). The second play begins and it is played as shown in figure 56B. This is straight play and the serving team has to serve to their straight court or straight table counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played straight court or straight table, with 'center line' as the boundary line (as in to one side of the center line). The players and balls with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the straight rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The third play is a free play format as depicted in figure 56C with a broken arrow representing that any player could hit any ball. This begins with the two players serving balls cross court or cross table, but after the serves are done, the players and balls they are playing are not fixed. Any player can play any ball and return it to any player on the opposite side or rather hit it to any part of the opposite side of the court or table. This is relatively challenging as players may receive two balls simultaneously and they have to decide which ball to let go and which one to play. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The fourth and final play called as the alternate play as depicted in figure 56D. The dotted arrows imply that each player should alternately receive and return the balls Ball-A and Ball-B (as in current day table tennis doubles format). This is the most difficult of all the plays. This begins with the two players serving balls straight court or table, but after the serves are done, the alternate balls receive / return begins. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. It has to be noted that in the free play and alternate play, the center line is relevant only for the services and lose significance in the rest of the rallies (plays). At the end of the four plays, the other team takes over serving and they serve for the next four plays as listed above in the same sequence. Scores keep piling on, and who ever reached 25 points first wins the game. In the case where the two balls collide in any of the plays, that play is 'replayed' until a score is determined for the play. If the serve did not cross the net or is flawed, the team loses that play and the resulting points. Striking or hitting two balls at a time with a single Table tennis racquet may not be allowed in such an embodiment. However, one player could return two balls one after the other into the opposite side of the court or table.

[0001005] In an alternate embodiment within the disclosed embodiment, a 3^rd player on each side could be brought in, as a wild card player, who could play any ball ONLY in the free-play form / points.

[0001006] In the disclosed embodiment, a 60 or 90 second interval could be provided between games, so that teams can take a break, read the match situation and assess strategy for next game. This time could be excluded from the playing time. [0001007] In an alternate embodiment, the height of the net could be altered electronically to move up by 0.5 or 1 centimeter every game. The current court or table net is 15.25 centimeters. If the net could be designed, to be electronically controlled by rollers / gears such that with the switch of a button the height could be upped by o.5 or 1 centimeter, such increments could be adopted after every game, to further challenge the players to push and evolve their skills. This tests the team's adaptive skills to changing conditions.

[0001008] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. A point with Ball-A wins 1 point, while a point with Ball-B wins 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as teams can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds. This embodiment of the sport could result in points scored simultaneously on one side or both sides of court or table, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[0001009] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court or table and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each game along with laser lighting systems that show impact points on the court or table, could be employed.

[0001010] The Table tennis table is measured at an approximate 274 centimeters in length and

152.5 centimeters wide, with the top surface at a height of 76 centimeters from the ground. This makes playing teams of 1 or 2 members, very easy to run and play around the table. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Table tennis could easily be played, given the court or table size, by having 2 or up to 3 member sides, and adding a Ball-B.

[0001011] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Table tennis are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Table tennis is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[0001012] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Table tennis, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[0001013] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[0001014] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Table tennis format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[0001015] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Table tennis based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[0001016] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Table tennis, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[0001017] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[0001018] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Table tennis sport.

[0001019] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - TABLE TENNIS SPORT

What is claimed is:

190. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Table tennis, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing table surface or playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

191. The method of claim 190, wherein the match or sport of Table tennis is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to win a play or rally or game or match or combinations thereof, by scoring higher number of points in turn by serving or hitting at least one ball into opposite side of the court or table in a way such that the said at least one ball is not returned back into the serving side of the court or table, in at least one attempt given to each team to serve or hit at least one ball.

192. The method of claim 191, wherein a game comprises of at least one of cross-play, straight- play, free -play, alternate -play or combinations thereof.

193. The method of claim 191, wherein serving or hitting at least one ball into the opposite side of the court or table comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a Table tennis racquet by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

194. The method of claim 191, wherein a first team serves at least two balls in at least one play, to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court or table, while a second team serves at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent plays, to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court or table.

195. The method of claim 191, wherein both teams simultaneously serve at least one ball, in a single play to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court or table.

196. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Table tennis that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing table surface or playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Table tennis that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing table surface or playing area.

TENNIS SECTION

SUMMARY

[0001020] The sport of Tennis has been played since 1860's. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing court (during active play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[0001021] As a next stage in the evolution of Tennis sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[0001022] In an embodiment, Tennis could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing court as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[0001023] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Tennis with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Tennis' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Tennis sport played across the world with same or different names.

[0001024] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 2-ball Tennis Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Tennis sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Tennis Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[0001025] The current sport of Tennis is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate

68 mm or 2.65 inches in diameter. And let's say it is optic yellow in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly smaller diameter, of 62mm or 2.4 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[0001026] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a point is won with Ball-A, the player / team is awarded 1 point. When a point is won with Ball-B, the player / team is awarded 2 points. If a side (team) wins points with both balls, they are awarded a total of 3 points. So, in effect Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. However, the team's focus (both the opposing teams) should be to score points with both balls simultaneously to maximize the score, or at least score with Ball-B as it delivers higher number of points as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[0001027] As compared to the existing sport of Tennis which is an individual sport (excluding the doubles format which is played with 2 players on each side, but still with a single ball used in the play), this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 2 or even 3 players per side on the court at a point in time, but playing with 2 balls simultaneously used as part of the active game play, and varying advantages. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two balls simultaneously being hit or struck by two players with their racquets into the opposite side of the court area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers. [0001028] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0001029] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[0001030] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Tennis sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference.

[0001031] Figure 55 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Tennis court shape, with the central net (5501) dividing the court into two equal halves, along with 2 player spread on each side of the court. One team players shown as ovals while the other shown as circles.

[0001032] Figure 55A depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Tennis court shape, with a central net (5501) dividing the court into two equal halves, along with 3 player spread on each side of the court. One team players are shown as ovals while the other are shown as circles. The third player on both sides (shown in lines pattern) is a 'net game' player, who could be added into the 2-Ball Tennis format, who is always in a crouching posture such that the player's head is always below the net height (so as not to interrupt or obstruct the other ball plays), while looking to terminate a ball play by sudden net game shots to score for their team. Such a third player could be added into the sport in selective situations as selective embodiments. For e.g., in the final set of a match or in alternate sets. [0001033] Figure 55B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Cross play' in a 2- Ball Tennis format, wherein one arrow shows the play of one ball between cross court players of opposite sides and the play is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a cross court pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the play of the second ball fixed between cross court players of opposite sides. In such a 'Cross play', comprising of two parallel rallies, the direction and players playing a ball cannot change. The center service line is the dividing line to define cross court play.

[0001034] Figure 55C depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Straight play' in a 2- Ball Tennis format, wherein one arrow shows the play of one ball between straight court players of opposite sides and the play is fixed and should continue to be played between those two players in a straight court pattern. The other arrow (broken arrow) shows the play of the second ball fixed between straight court players of opposite sides. In such a 'Straight play', comprising of two parallel rallies, the direction and players playing a ball cannot change. The center service line is the dividing line to define straight court play.

[0001035] Figure 55D depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Free play' in a 2-Ball

Tennis format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and any player can attempt to play / hit any ball to any of the players on the opposite side. In such a 'Free play' there are no rules governing the direction of play or players playing the balls. There are no fixed rallies. This play is relatively challenging as a team strategy could be to direct both balls towards one player, when the player may be able to return only one ball, while they score on the other. In such a circumstance, the receiving player should attempt to keep Ball-B (higher scoring ball) in play as opposed to the other ball.

[0001036] Figure 55E depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of 'Alternate play' in a

2-Ball Tennis format, wherein all arrows shown are similar and as in the current day sport of table tennis doubles, the players should alternately switch the ball they hit to the opposite court. In such a 'Alternate play' there are no rules governing the direction of play, however the players should alternately switch the ball they hit into the opposite court. This is a very difficult play, given the pace of Tennis sport and the court distances they have to cover.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[0001037] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[0001038] The current day sport of Tennis is a game broadly played in two formats (singles and doubles) with one spherical ball used during the active play. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used during the active play. Given the court size and number of players on the court - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three or four balls, the game may need more players on courts (which would restrict player movement given the court size), and given the pace of the game it would become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[0001039] The current day sport of Tennis is played between two parties of at least 1 player each. In specific, it is played in two formats of singles or doubles. This involves using a racquet to serve or strike or hit the ball over the net onto the opposite side of the court such that the opponent is not able to return it back to your court, in the process gaining points. And the game is not time bound, but is played with set guidelines and rules around how points are scored. The conventional scoring is in points, which result in winning games, which result in winning sets, which in turn result in winning the match.

[0001040] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules.

[0001041] Given the pace of the current day Tennis sport and the court size, in the singles format a simultaneous usage of two balls (one ball served by a player from each side), is very difficult to manage or play. There would be no rally achieved and at least one play would end within 2 to 3 shots. And when one ball play ends the second ball play could continue, however the overall game would be not very different from playing with a single ball. While the disclosed embodiment could be attempted in the singles format, played and fine-tuned, it may be better suited for doubles format or teams of larger sizes (greater than two).

[0001042] In a different embodiment, the singles format could be played with two different balls (of varying sizes, colors and weightages) yielding different scores when points are scored off of them. For example, Ball-A slightly larger in size resulting in winning 1 point while a smaller Ball-B resulting in winning 2 points, used in alternate serves. If the first point played with Ball-A, takes a player to 15-0 (15 love in current day sport scoring format); then the second point played with Ball-B, allows the player who is down on score to jump 2 points by winning one point and get to score line of 15-30. So, instead of using the same ball for all points, in an embodiment in singles format of Tennis, two balls could be alternately used in points, games or sets to enable accelerated scoring and giving a player behind on score an outside chance to come back and win the match. Further, such usage of two different balls in different points pushes the skill levels of the players. In an embodiment, such pattern of singles format play could be played with more than 2 balls (of varying sizes and scores delivered).

[0001043] Using varying size balls in different points, as explained in the paragraph above could be extrapolated to a sport such as Golf. In current day Golf, they use balls of a standard size, make, shape, color to hit all 18 holes sequentially (and not simultaneously). In an embodiment, the sport of Golf could be played as follows. Each of the 18 holes are attempted with two balls. Ball-A - Current ball. Ball-B - slightly bigger, different color for distinction. Note, one player will not hit two balls simultaneously in Golf, though there maybe simultaneous hitting of balls by multiple players on the golf course. Each player drives Ball-A, then Ball-B and advances both balls one after the other towards and in to hole 1. And continues to do so, until hole 18. Here, the skill is expanded and tested in shot making with balls of two different sizes and weights. Based on the difficulty in handling two balls, the scoring could be done as follows. Ball-A, one shot is counted as 1 shot only. Ball-B, one shot is counted as 0.75 in score, as it is the difficult ball to hit or hole. So, 4 shots to hole Ball-A = 4 in score. 4 shots to hole Ball-B = 3 in score. Totaling to 7 score for holing the two balls in 8 shots. And the scoring continues this way through the 18 holes. Players with lower scores win the sport competition or tournament. Players will have to be more accurate and skillful with Ball-B, as compared to Ball-A, as it reduces the shot count to win the sport or competition.

[0001044] The current day sport of Tennis, played in doubles format, uses one ball (during the active play) on court and outside of the serve restriction, it is generally played in free format, as in any player on one team could strike or hit the ball to any player or any part of the court on the other side, without much restrictions.

[0001045] In the disclosed embodiment, Tennis played with 2 or more players on one side (as one team) can play the sport using 2 balls simultaneously used during the active play on the playing court or play area. In an embodiment of Tennis in doubles format, the team that win the toss could choose to serve or choose the side of court. The team that gets to serve, simultaneously serves two balls from their side to the opposite side team, such that each ball falls in one of the service boxes on the other side of the court. They could serve for the first game, and the other team gets to serve in the next game, and such switching continues until the end of the sport format, which could be 3 or 5 sets as in the current day sport. In an alternate embodiment, for every point, both teams get to serve simultaneously, and the toss determines which team serves with higher weightage ball (the ball that results in higher score) as opposed to the other. In such a case, one player from each side serves one ball simultaneously in a coordinated way. In such embodiments where two balls are served simultaneously by two players, the timing of service could be coordinated by a countdown '3-2-1- go' or a dummy gun shot.

[0001046] In the disclosed embodiment, a set of 4 plays define one game. The plays are cross- play, straight-play, free -play and alternate -play. Each play begins by one team serving two balls simultaneously to the opposite team. The team that wins a point with Ball-A, gains 1 point, wins a point with Ball-B, gains 2 points and wins points with both balls Ball-A and Ball-B wins 3 points, in that play. This opens up each play and sport as the team strategy should be to win both points simultaneously to gain 3 points in the play, otherwise score with Ball-B to gain 2 points as compared to Ball-A. This brings in thinking and strategy into the sport and into each play. Whichever team lands up with higher number of points wins the game to get 1 game in the set. Rest of the scoring as per games, sets and match remain similar to the current day format. In an alternate scoring embodiment, the format of games and sets could be completely eliminated and it could just be a race to 150 points (equal to a 3 setter) or 250 points (equal to a 5 setter). Or such a race to a smaller number say 20 points could be used in cases of tie-break scenarios like in current set tie -breaks.

[0001047] In the disclosed embodiment, the 4 plays are played as follows. The services by two players are done from the baseline simultaneously. The 'center service line' is a key court line for the various plays. The cross play as depicted in figure 55B is only played cross court as two individual singles cross court points played in parallel. The serving team has to serve to their cross court counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played cross court, with 'center service line' as the boundary line. The players and balls with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the cross rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. As mentioned before the strategy is to win both points, or with Ball-B as compared to Ball-A. The players on both sides do not switch positions or balls, but will serve straight courts this time (thus changing the balls to receivers). The second play begins and it is played as shown in figure 55C. This is straight play and the serving team has to serve to their straight court counter-part players and the entire rally to finish will be played straight court, with 'center service line' as the boundary line (as in to one side of the center service line). The players and balls with which they play are fixed and do not change through the play. When the straight rallies end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The third play is a free play format as depicted in figure 55D with a broken arrow representing that any player could hit any ball. This begins with the two players serving balls cross court, but after the serves are done, the players and balls they are playing are not fixed. Any player can play any ball and return it to any player on the opposite side or rather hit it to any part of the opposite side of the court. This is relatively challenging as players may receive two balls simultaneously and they have to decide which ball to let go and which one to play. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. The fourth and final play called as the alternate play as depicted in figure 55E. The dotted arrows imply that each player should alternately receive and return the balls Ball-A and Ball-B (as in current day table tennis doubles). This is the most difficult of all the plays. This begins with the two players serving balls straight court, but after the serves are done, the alternate balls receive / return begins. When the rallies (plays) end, based on who won the points, the team scores are tallied at the end of the point. It has to be noted that in the free play and alternate play, the center service line and service line are relevant only for the services and lose significance in the rest of the rallies (plays). At the end of the four plays, the team with higher number of points have won the game. In the case where the two balls collide in any of the plays, that play is 'replayed' until a score is determined for the play. Unlike the current day sport, there is no 'second serve' option in these plays. If the serve did not cross the net or is flawed, the team loses that play and the resulting points. If both teams are tied on scores with same number of points after four plays, a decider point is played in 'Free play' format, to identify the winner for the game. The next game begins with the other team simultaneously serving for this game's four plays and/or the decider play. Striking or hitting two balls at a time with a single tennis racquet may not be allowed in such an embodiment. However, one player could return two balls one after the other into the opposite side of the court.

[0001048] In an alternate embodiment within the disclosed embodiment, a 3^rd player on each side could be brought onto the court, as a crouching net player as depicted in figure 55A, wherein the player head is lower than the net height and they could suddenly leap and terminate a rally by winning points for their side.

[0001049] In an embodiment, for playing the disclosed embodiment, the center service line

(white line) could be extended to the entire length of the court to clearly determine who won the points in various plays. In particular, it plays a significant role in the first two plays.

[0001050] In the disclosed embodiment, a 10 or 15 second interval could be provided between games, so that teams can take read the match situation and assess strategy for next game. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[0001051] In an alternate embodiment, the height of the net could be altered electronically to move up by half or one inch every set. The current court net is 3 feet 6 inches high at the posts (ends) and 3 feet high in the center. If the net could be designed, to be electronically controlled by rollers / gears such that with the switch of a button the height could be upped by o.5 or 1 inch, such increments could be adopted after every set, to further challenge the players to push and evolve their skills. This tests the team's adaptive skills to changing conditions.

[0001052] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. A point with Ball-A wins 1 point, while a point with Ball-B wins 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as teams can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds. This embodiment of the sport could result in points scored simultaneously on one side or both sides of court, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. [0001053] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each game along with laser lighting systems that show impact points on the court, could be employed.

[0001054] The playing court of Tennis is measured at an approximate 78 feet long and 36 feet wide (27 feet wide for singles format). This makes playing teams of 1 or 2 members, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Tennis could easily be played, given the court size, by having 2 or up to 3 member sides, and adding a Ball-B.

[0001055] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Tennis are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Tennis is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[0001056] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Tennis, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[0001057] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[0001058] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Tennis format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[0001059] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Tennis based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[0001060] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Tennis, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[0001061] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[0001062] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Tennis sport. [0001063] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - TENNIS SPORT

What is claimed is:

197. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Tennis, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

198. The method of claim 197, wherein the match or sport of Tennis is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to win a play or rally or game or set or match or combinations thereof, by scoring higher number of points, by serving or hitting at least one ball into opposite side of the court in a way such that the said at least one ball is not returned back into the serving side of the court, in at least one attempt given to each team to serve or hit at least one ball.

199. The method of claim 198, wherein a game comprises of at least one of cross-play, straight- play, free -play, alternate -play, decider-play or combinations thereof.

200. The method of claim 198, wherein serving or hitting at least one ball into the opposite side of the court comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball using a tennis racquet by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

201. The method of claim 198, wherein a first team serves at least two balls, in an attempt to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court, while a second team serves at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

202. The method of claim 198, wherein both teams simultaneously serve at least one ball, in a single attempt to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

203. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Tennis that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Tennis that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court.

THROW BALL SECTION

[0001064] The Throw ball sport is a net sport played by exchanging a ball across the net in a way that the opposite team cannot catch the ball or drop it, resulting in scoring points. In an embodiment the sport of Throw ball could be played by using three balls simultaneously used on the Throw ball court, wherein each ball delivers different scores when a point is scored off of it.

[0001065] In a disclosed embodiment of Throw ball sport, along to the ball used in the current day sport (Ball-A), a second ball (Ball-B) and a third ball (Ball-C) could be used. Ball-B could be slightly larger in size than Ball-A, and Ball-C even larger than Ball- B. In such an embodiment, when a point is won with Ball-A, the team receives 1 point in score, when team wins with Ball-B, they receive 2 points in score and when team wins with Ball-C, they receive 3 points in score. This brings in additional strategy into the sport, such that players have to focus on winning more points with Ball-B than with Ball-A, or win points with both balls. The teams could employ strategies such as throwing two or even three balls towards a single player on the opposite team to score points. The single player as per strategy should attempt to catch Ball-C or Ball-B as opposed to Ball-A. Catching more than one ball could be allowed in such an embodiment.

[0001066] The disclosed embodiment of Throw ball sport is played with 3 simultaneous balls used during active play, resulting in 3 simultaneous plays, one with Ball-A, one with Ball-B and one with Ball-C. Additional team strategies come into play in such a sport, to win more points with Ball-C or Ball-B than with Ball-A. Additionally, playing guidelines could be built around the sport similar to the disclosures made in the Volleyball section of this application. One team could begin an attempt to throw or serve all three balls based on winning toss, and the other team could begin the next attempt by serving all three balls, tallying scores based on the points won. Alternately, both teams could begin an attempt by serving or throwing at least one ball each, to score points. This may need extra players on each side to handle the second and third balls.

[0001067] In disclosed version of the Throw ball sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine- tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[0001068] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Throw ball sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Throw ball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[0001069] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - THROW BALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

204. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Throw ball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court or play area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

205. The method of claim 204, wherein the match or sport of Throw ball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to win a play or game or set or match or combinations thereof, by scoring higher number of points, by throwing at least one ball into opposite side of the court in a way such that the said at least one ball touches the opposite side court floor, in at least one attempt given to each team to throw at least one ball.

206. The method of claim 205, wherein throwing at least one ball into the opposite side of the court comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, setting at least one ball by at least one hand, attacking at least one ball by at least one hand, blocking at least one ball by at least one hand, digging at least one ball by at least one hand, serving at least one ball by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

207. The method of claim 205, wherein a first team throws at least two balls, in an attempt to throw at least one ball into the opposite side of the court, while a second team throws at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to throw at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

208. The method of claim 205, wherein both teams simultaneously throw at least one ball, in a single attempt to throw at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

209. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Throw ball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Throw ball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court.

VOLLEYBALL SECTION SUMMARY

[0001070] The sport of Volleyball has been played since 1895. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used on the playing court (during active play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[0001071] As a next stage in the evolution of Volleyball sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding on the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport. [0001072] In an embodiment, Volleyball could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously on the playing court as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[0001073] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Volleyball with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Volleyball' format or sport. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Volleyball sport played across the world with same or different names.

[0001074] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 2-ball Volleyball Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Volleyball sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2- ball Volleyball Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[0001075] The current sport of Volleyball is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 66 centimeters or 26.5 inches in circumference. And let's say it is white in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly smaller circumference, of 62 centimeters or 25 inches. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[0001076] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When a point is won with Ball-A, the player / team is awarded 1 point. When a point is won with Ball-B, the player / team is awarded 2 points. If a side (team) wins points with both balls, they are awarded a total of 3 points. So, in effect Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. However, the team's focus (both the opposing teams) should be to score points with both balls simultaneously to maximize the score, or at least score with Ball-B as it delivers higher number of points as compared to Ball-A. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[0001077] As compared to the existing sport of Volleyball, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 8 players per side on the court at a point in time, but playing with 2 balls simultaneously used as part of the active game play, and varying advantages. The disclosed embodiment will enable up to two balls simultaneously being hit or served by two players with their hands into the opposite side of the court area. This may provide enhanced entertainment for the audience and viewers.

[0001078] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0001079] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[0001080] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Volleyball sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball-A is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference.

[0001081] Figure 59 depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment of a Volleyball court shape, with the central net (5901) dividing the court into two equal halves, along with 6 player spread on each side of the court. One team players are shown as ovals while the other players are shown as circles. [0001082] Figure 59A depicts a diagrammatic view of a disclosed embodiment of a Volleyball court shape, with a central net (5901) dividing the court into two equal halves, along with 8 player spread on each side of the court. One team players are shown as ovals while the other are shown as circles. The two extra players on both sides (shown in lines pattern) could be added into the 2-Ball Volleyball format, whose primary objective is to not lose a point by avoiding any grounding of the ball on their court side.

[0001083] Figure 59B depicts a diagrammatic view of a disclosed embodiment of a Volleyball court with 8 players on each side, wherein one player from each side is serving one ball into the other court simultaneously. The arrow marks show the direction of serves and ball travel paths. A toss decides which team serves the higher weightage ball Ball-B and the other team gets to serve Ball-A simultaneously.

[0001084] Figure 59C depicts a diagrammatic view of a disclosed embodiment of a Volleyball court with 8 players on each side, wherein two players from one side are serving two balls into the other court simultaneously. The arrow marks show the direction of serves and ball travel paths. A toss decides which team serves the balls simultaneously.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT

[0001085] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[0001086] The current day sport of Volleyball is a game played with one spherical ball used during the active play. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls simultaneously used during the active play. Given the court size and number of players on the court - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. On the other hand, if we choose to play with three or four balls, the game may need more players on courts (which would restrict player movement given the court size), and given the pace of the game it would become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[0001087] The current day sport of Volleyball is played between two teams of 6 players each. A toss determines which team serves first. One of the players from the serving team, serves the ball over the net onto the opposite side of the court such that the ball touches the ground on the opponent's court, in the process gaining points. If the opposite team returns the ball, as rally will continue till one team hits the ball in a way as to touch the opposite team's court or hits the ball outside the court. And the game is not time bound, but is played with set guidelines and rules around how points are scored. The conventional scoring is in points, which result in winning games or sets, which in turn result in winning the match.

[0001088] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used on the playing court. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules.

[0001089] In the disclosed embodiment, Volleyball is played with 8 players on one side (as one team) and play the sport using 2 balls simultaneously used during the active play on the playing court or play area. In an embodiment, the team that win the toss could choose to serve or choose the side of court. The team that gets to serve, simultaneously serves two balls from their side to the opposite side team (as shown in figure 59C), such that both balls fall on the other side of the court. They could serve for four times, and the other team gets to serve the next four times, and such switching continues until the end of the sport format, which could be 3 or 5 games or sets as in the current day sport. The serves of two balls each time are done in a rotational pattern by 8 players resulting in doing 4 serves, before handing off the balls to the other team to serve. They serve the next 4 serves in a rotational pattern giving a service chance to all 8 players. In this embodiment, the scores could be scored by either or both teams, but the serving of balls will just follow the four serves and switch pattern. In an alternate embodiment, for every point, both teams get to serve simultaneously, and the toss determines which team serves with higher weightage ball (the ball that results in higher score) as opposed to the other. In such a case, one player from each side serves one ball simultaneously in a coordinated way (as shown in figure 59C). The balls could be switched between the two teams for next serves or they could be switched after 4 serves with same balls. Example, Team a serving with Ball A, team B serving with Ball-B, for four times, before switching balls. In such embodiments where two balls are served simultaneously by two players, the timing of service could be coordinated by a countdown '3-2-1-go' or a dummy gun shot.

[0001090] In the disclosed embodiment, the team that wins a point with Ball-A, gains 1 point, wins a point with Ball-B, gains 2 points and wins points with both balls Ball-A and Ball-B wins 3 points, in that play. This opens up each play and sport as the team strategy should be to win both points simultaneously to gain 3 points in the play, otherwise score with Ball-B to gain 2 points as compared to Ball-A. This brings in thinking and strategy into the sport and into each play. Whichever team races to 30 points (current day 15) or 50 points (current day 25), wins the game or set. Whichever team wins the best of 3 or 5 or odd number of sets or games, wins the match. In case of a set or game tied, at the target 30 or 50 points, the team with races to higher score with 3 -point difference wins the set or game.

[0001091] The winning of points using each of the balls will be same as in the current sport, just that there will be two parallel plays in each attempt. The teams should serve and hit the ball into the opponent's court in such a way, that it touches their court, winning 1 (Ball-A only), 2 (Ball-B only) or 3 points (both balls) in a play. Other ways to lose the point are similar to current sport, hitting the ball outside the court boundary, catching or throwing the ball, double hit (two consecutive hits by the same player), four consecutive hits by a single team, net foul during play or foot foul during serving.

[0001092] The general point played in current sport are serve, which once received by a receiving team, returns the ball back in 3 touches (pass - set - attack play). This continue till the point is won. In the disclosed embodiment, two parallel plays of serve followed by pass - set - attack plays continue on both sides, till points on each ball are won. One team could win points on plays with both balls or just one ball. The scores are tallied as the game progresses, to declare the winner.

[0001093] In the disclosed embodiment, a 1 or 2-minute interval could be provided between games, so that teams can take a break, read the match situation and assess strategy for next game. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[0001094] In an alternate embodiment, the height of the net could be altered electronically to move up by one or two inches every game or set. The current court net is 2.43 meters or 8 feet above ground. If the net could be designed, to be electronically controlled by rollers / gears such that with the switch of a button the height could be upped by 1 or 2 inches, such increments could be adopted after every set or game, to further challenge the players to push and evolve their skills. This tests the team's adaptive skills to changing conditions.

[0001095] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. A point with Ball-A wins 1 point, while a point with Ball-B wins 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as teams can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of letting Ball-A go out of bounds. This embodiment of the sport could result in points scored simultaneously on one side or both sides of court, providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport.

[0001096] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the court and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores in each game along with laser lighting systems that show impact points on the court, could be employed.

[0001097] The playing court of Volleyball is measured at an approximate 18 meters long and 9 meters wide. This makes playing teams of 6 members, very easy to run and occupy the ground. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Volleyball could easily be played, given the court size, by having 8 member sides, and adding a Ball-B.

[0001098] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Volleyball are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Volleyball is expected to have a positive impact on the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world.

[0001099] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Volleyball, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact on the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[0001100] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[0001101] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Volleyball format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending on the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[0001102] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Volleyball based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based on the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[0001103] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Volleyball, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based on the enhanced version of the sport.

[0001104] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, out of bound rules, serving rules, scoring formats, tie break rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[0001105] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Volleyball sport.

[0001106] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - VOLLEYBALL SPORT

What is claimed is:

210. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a match or sport of Volleyball, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the match or sport, on a playing court or play area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the match or sport.

211. The method of claim 210, wherein the match or sport of Volleyball is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the match or sport is to win a play or rally or game or set or match or combinations thereof, by scoring higher number of points, by serving or hitting at least one ball into opposite side of the court in a way such that the said at least one ball touches the opposite side court floor, in at least one attempt given to each team to serve or hit at least one ball.

212. The method of claim 211, wherein serving or hitting at least one ball into the opposite side of the court comprises of at least one player throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, tossing at least one ball by at least one hand, hitting at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, setting at least one ball by at least one hand, attacking at least one ball by at least one hand, blocking at least one ball by at least one hand, digging at least one ball by at least one hand, serving at least one ball by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

213. The method of claim 211, wherein a first team serves at least two balls, in an attempt to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court, while a second team serves at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

214. The method of claim 211, wherein a first team serves at least two balls, in four attempts to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court, while a second team serves at least two balls in the next four attempts to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

215. The method of claim 211, wherein both teams simultaneously serve at least one ball, in a single attempt to serve or hit at least one ball into the opposite side of the court.

216. A system for playing a simulated match or sport of Volleyball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on a simulated playing court, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual match or sport of Volleyball that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated match or sport, on the simulated playing court.

WATER POLO SECTION SUMMARY

[0001107] The sport of Water polo has been played since late 19^th century. All this time, it has been played with one ball being used in the playing pool (during play). Over a century, the sport has been played in this way (with one ball) and has entertained millions of people.

[0001108] As a next stage in the evolution of Water polo sport into the 21st century, a need may exist to enhance the excitement the sport delivers to the audience and viewers, while further expanding in the skillset, strategy and planning that goes into playing the sport.

[0001109] In an embodiment, Water polo could be played with more than one ball (e.g., 2 balls) used simultaneously in the playing pool as part of the sport, with each ball having varying levels of advantage, disadvantage and resulting in different score as compared to another ball used in the sport.

[0001110] Such embodiments of playing the sport of Water polo with more than one ball, could also be termed as 'Multi ball Water polo' format or sport. In a similar embodiment, few other sports that use one ball as a central object for scoring, in or under water could be extrapolated as per the disclosed concept, to be played with more than one ball used simultaneously in the playing pool. Such sports may include Underwater Football, Underwater Rugby, Underwater Hockey or similar sports. Such embodiments could be extrapolated to all variants of Water Polo sport played across the world with same or different names.

[0001111] In specific, the invention is about methods and systems to play the sport with more than one ball, for example, 3-ball or 2-ball Water Polo Sport. In particular, a 2-ball Water polo sport format is chosen and described in the subsequent paragraphs. Further, this "2-ball Water Polo Sport" is referred as 'the disclosed version' or 'the disclosed format' or 'the disclosed embodiment', just for the ease of narration and elaboration of the inventive concept and should not be considered as limiting. The same concept could be extrapolated to playing the sport with more than 2 balls.

[0001112] The current sport of Water polo is played with a spherical ball which is an approximate 70 centimeters in circumference and weighs 450 grams. Most of the currently used balls are made of waterproof nylon and they float in water. And let's say it is yellow in color. In the disclosed embodiment, this ball may still be used in the sport described herein and will be referred to as 'Ball-A' going forward. A second ball is additionally used in the sport which is also a spherical ball with slightly higher circumference, of 75 centimeters, weighing 500 grams. This second ball will be referred as 'Ball-B' going forward. Ball-B may be red in color. In a different embodiment, all two or more balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color, for easy visual distinction.

[0001113] In the current day sport of Water polo, the one ball used as part of the sport is thrown by a hand into the opposing team goal area (generally defined by a goal bar with a net), scoring a goal and earning one point. The team that scores higher number of goals, which translate to higher number of (equal to number of goals) points is the winner.

[0001114] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty throw, when Ball-A is thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty throw, when Ball-B is thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. The team that scores higher number of points is the winner. It has to be noted that, due to varying weightages a team could have scored fewer goals as compared to the opposite team, but could still land up as winner, due to scoring goals with Ball-B. So, Ball-B becomes the more crucial ball to score with as compared to Ball-A, as it yields more points. To counter this, the defending team should focus on stopping or resisting Ball-B from being advanced or thrown into the goal area, as compared to Ball-A. Additionally, they should also be careful when it comes to committing fouls against Ball-B, as it again delivers more points to opposite team, if a penalty throw is awarded. Lots of new attacking and defending strategies come into play in this disclosed embodiment.

[0001115] As compared to the existing sport of Water polo played with 7 players on each side at a given point in time in the pool or play area, this disclosed embodiment of the sport could be played with 9 players per side in the pool or play area at a point in time, to handle the second ball added into the sport. The team composition in current day sport is one goal keeper and 6 field players (each of whom plays both offensive and defensive roles). The disclosed embodiment will have two additional field players and this will enable up to two balls simultaneously being advanced towards and thrown into the opposing team goal area. In an alternate embodiment a 10- member team could play with an additional goal keeper who could be allowed to play a dual-role (as both a goal-keeper (when inside the 5-meter line) and a field player (when outside it)) or just a singular goal keeper role.

[0001116] It is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein. Several variations within the embodiments could be adopted by sporting organizations while sticking with the spirit of the disclosed inventive concept.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0001117] In the detailed description of various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure, presented below, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, in which:

[0001118] Figure 52B depicts a diagrammatic view of an embodiment showing the circumference of two spherical balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure, specifically for Water polo sport. The figure depicts variation in size, circumference and maybe colors (shown in different pattern) of the two balls usable with in scope of the present disclosure. The Ball- A is shown as 21, with smaller diameter (24) and circumference. Ball-B is shown as 22, with larger diameter (23) and circumference.

[0001119] Figures 52D, 52E and 52F show the offense directional diagrams in different embodiments. 52D shows one ball with each team and their opposing offense directions. 52E shows both balls possessed by team B and their direction of offense. 52F shows both balls possessed by team A and their direction of offense. These three embodiments could convert from one situation to the other, when a ball is intercepted by the other team. Attack and defense strategy comes into play; such as even giving up the low point yielding Ball-A for Ball-B.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT [0001120] The comparative (between the current and disclosed format) is provided to highlight the differences so that the new versions of the sport and their implications (e.g., enhanced effect and perception of the sport among the viewers, stadium audience, players, coaches, sport experts) are clearly understood by the sports industry and the innovative new art of the sport is appreciated.

[0001121] The current day sport of Water polo is a game played with one spherical ball. In some embodiments, the sport can be played with two or even three balls. Given the pool or play area size and number of players in the pool or play area - when weighed against the energy, excitement and strategy delivered in each scenario (number of balls used), while balancing the complexity involved in the sport, usage of two balls may be an optimal number. Usage of three balls may also be reasonably entertaining. In the other hand, if we choose to play with four or five balls, the game may become confusing to follow. Accordingly, one disclosed version of the sport may be played in an embodiment with two spherical balls of varying sizes and importance within the game. Further details of a two-ball version of the sport are provided below. In an embodiment, both balls could be of the same exact size, shape, weight and pressure but of different color.

[0001122] The current day sport of Water polo is played between two teams of 7 players each.

This involves swimming (both with or without the ball) wherein swimmers use a special form of treading water known as the eggbeater kick, throwing, catching passing, shooting, advancing the ball, towards or into the opposing team goal area. The defending team uses various defending strategies to block the offense team members from advancing the ball towards the goal area. Simultaneously they try to intercept the ball and advance it to their scoring goal area. And the game is played in four periods of 8 or 9 minutes each.

[0001123] In the disclosed version, there are two parallel plays (one play per ball), as it is played with two balls simultaneously used in the playing pool. This necessitates the requirement of additional umpires (one or more) to follow each individual play, so as to assess that the play is being played as per set guidelines and rules and if necessary call a foul and assess a penalty for that foul and play.

[0001124] In the disclosed embodiment, the game is played between two teams with 9 players on each side, but with two balls simultaneously used in the playing pool. In such an embodiment, the game is played in a "Start - end of two plays - restart" mode. Wherein a team that has win the toss is given possession of two balls and becomes the offense team. The offense team start their two plays from the center line of the pool or play area. The offense team possessing both the balls will play the game with intent of taking both balls towards and into the opposing team goal area. In this process the defense team will block the advancement of offence team, by using blocking and defense strategies and could also intercept one or both balls and advance it into their scoring goal area. Each cycle of "Start - end of two plays - restart" is called an attempt. In this embodiment, one iteration of 'Attempt' is considered ended when both plays in the attempt have come to conclusion by scoring of a goal (by either teams). Then the next attempt begins, again from the center line of the pool or play area, wherein the defense team in previous attempt will now become the offense team and possess both the balls. Multiple such attempts will continue through the duration of the game or sport. Water polo as a sport is free flowing without interruptions, but the game is paused and started in certain foul situations.

[0001125] In the sport of Water polo, foul play may result in the pausing of the play and restarting as per set guidelines and referee instructions. Such foul scenarios include situations where the possession of a ball is handed off to the opposite team, player sent out of playing area or a penalty throw when the foul has occurred within the 5- meter line. When penalty throw is awarded, the play for that ball is considered ended irrespective of whether a goal was scored off of it or not. All other foul situations are considered as interruptions to the game. All the mentioned interruptions will be dealt in a similar way, in the disclosed embodiment.

[0001126] In the disclosed embodiment, all the game interruption scenarios are handled in the following way. As there are two balls simultaneously used in the playing pool, any of the interruptions could occur with one ball (as in one play) or both the plays. When an interruption is occurred with one ball (one play), that play is considered temporarily ended, and the players now focus in the other ball (other play) that is still active in the playing pool, until it comes to an end or also comes to an interruption. Each play is closely tracked by a referee who records the interruption; so a first referee records interruption one in the first ball (first play) and a second referee records the interruption, if it has occurred in the second ball (second play). If the second active play has ended with a goal, that play has ended, and the first play that was temporarily ended with an interruption is restarted as per the game rules, guidelines and (first) referee instructions. In case both plays have come to interruptions, both the plays are restarted by the referees, simultaneously to restart the game with two parallel plays again. While doing so, each referee responsible for one ball (one play) keeps a counter in the number of interruptions for that ball (for that play) in that attempt. Once the interruption counter has hit 4 interruptions, the play for that ball is considered ended in that attempt. Once both plays in the attempt have ended, the next attempt could begin from the center line again, with possession of both balls to the other team (defense team in the previous attempt). Further, teams could employ strategies like misdirection or even giving up the possession of Ball-A to secure and score with Ball-B, as it delivers twice the points.

[0001127] As described in the above passages, in the disclosed embodiment, each play (per ball) in an attempt ends in one of the following ways: Scoring of a goal (by either teams) OR a set of 4 interruptions as counted by the referee on one ball (one play); wherein each interruption could be any of the other out of bound scenarios or fouls.

[0001128] In the disclosed embodiment, a 30 or 60 second interval could be provided between attempts, so that teams can take their positions for the next attempt to begin from the center line and it also gives them time to read the match situation for their next set of plays. This time could be excluded from the playing time.

[0001129] In a different embodiment, each attempt could begin from the center line of the pool or play area, with each team having possession of one ball. The toss determines which team starts with the ball with higher weightage and results in higher scores. The other team gets the ball with lower weightage. In the next attempt, the balls are switched between teams. In such an embodiment, the offense and defense of both teams are matched simultaneously and this provides for action across the length of the pool or play area. The rest of the playing rules, guidelines, attempt rules, play rules within attempts could be similar to as explained in the disclosed embodiment.

[0001130] In an alternate embodiment, the sprint technique to gain possession of the balls could be employed as in the current day sport. Two officials from both sides of the pool throw the two balls into the pool along the center line, while the two team players are behind their goal lines, with a whistle. The players go for a quick sprint of swimming to gain possession of ball or balls. In such a start to an attempt, one team could possess both balls or each team could possess one ball. All attempts could be started with this sprint possession technique for both balls.

[0001131] In the disclosed embodiment, the two balls in the sport carry different weightages or importance. When Ball-A is advanced or thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. When a Ball-B is advanced or thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 4 points. In case of a penalty throw, when Ball-A is thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 1 point. In case of a penalty throw, when Ball-B is thrown into the opposing team goal area, the team is awarded 2 points. This brings in a lot of strategy into the sport as offense team can look to score off of Ball-B in an attempt, even if it means at the expense of losing possession of Ball-A to defense team. Similarly, the defense team will look to gain possession of at least one or both balls and score. This embodiment of the sport could result in goals/points scored on both sides simultaneously or two goals scored on one side (one after the other), providing great entertainment while making the sport very competitive and enabling last minute close finishes in the sport. In such an embodiment, the goal keeper of a team could be subjected to facing two approaching balls into the goal and he may have to choose which one to save and which one to let go. This does bring in last minute split second decisions to be made by the goal keeper and the defending team into play. [0001132] In the disclosed embodiment, among other rules, ball swap, as a tactic to break the defense of defending team could be employed. Creative passing and swapping could be employed as a key offense strategy.

[0001133] In the disclosed embodiment of the sport, a team could have scored lesser number of goals but higher points overall and could win the game, due to the varying weightages and points delivered. The team scoring higher points is the winner. If the game results in a tie of points, the team that has scored fewer goals will be declared winner, as they displayed better strategy. If the game is tied on both goals and points, the game is given extra time or played as per the set rules for the tournament, to determine the winner.

[0001134] In the disclosed embodiment, a 'Sky camera' positioned at an elevation over the pool or play area and which could hover with an electronic control could be adopted to better capture the play with multiple balls and to electronically review foul play or referee decision challenges. Additionally, an electronic system to capture scores, interruption counters in each attempt along with laser lighting systems could be employed.

[0001135] The playing pool of Water polo is measured in two sizes. 20* 10 meters or 30*20 meters. The goal is generally 3 meters wide. The size of the pool is large enough to make playing teams of 7 members or more, very easy to swim and occupy the pool. In fact, an embodiment of 2-ball Water polo could easily be played, in a pool of size 30*20 meters, by having 9 member sides, and adding a Ball-B which results in more points per goal.

[0001136] Advantages of the disclosed embodiment of Water polo are numerous. From the audience or viewer standpoint, such format may deliver more excitement, energy, liking and increase the last minute winning finishes in the sport. In summary, the disclosed format of Water polo is expected to have a positive impact in the audience / viewers, and in some cases may also improve the viewership and following of the sport across the world. [0001137] While it may be difficult to predict the financial and economic outcome of such a new disclosed format of Water polo, as a general bench mark with more entertained audience, improved viewership, it should have positive impact in the financial and economic aspects of the sport. This will benefit the organizing bodies and leagues. Improved viewership means improved economics which translates to better odds of making money for most of the team owners, who are in the business of sports.

[0001138] The disclosed embodiment or related embodiments herein, may be employed in a variety of applications such as an experimental sporting software, virtual gaming systems, video gaming software, simulator software that enables sports enthusiasts to try playing the sport, building strategy, experiment a version with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more balls used in the sport. These software applications could have inbuilt new rules, guidelines, penalties etc., so that users could get a feel of how the sport, strategy and other aspects of the game pan out.

[0001139] In order to realize and bring to practice one or more of the embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, a trial video game or a computer game could be introduced for one of the embodiment (e.g., 2 ball or 3 ball Water polo format) and the sport could be discussed in sports forums to engage sports enthusiasts, players or experts into a healthy debate. Depending in the response or feedback, the chosen version of sport could be fine-tuned before being brought into mainstream.

[0001140] Embodiments of the sport disclosed herein, may be adopted in building gaming software, video games on a variety of gaming platforms (E.g., Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Wii, or similar). There are several Water polo based video games and software available in the market with the currently played version of the sport, and this new version would mean creating all of those for this disclosed new version(s) or embodiment(s) of the sport. There could be mobile, smartphone and tablet applications based in the new disclosed versions or embodiments of the sport.

[0001141] The sports industry is vast and the electronic, digital media applications, sport video games, animation applications, pilot software applications, mobile applications, tablet applications, internet applications, internet games are a significant commercial segment for consumer's entertainment, hobby or leisure activity. While bulk of this gaming content is in the market for the current day Water polo, some embodiments described herein, would mean new versions, new releases of all of the gaming content and applications based in the enhanced version of the sport.

[0001142] In disclosed version of the sport played with more than one ball, some variables such as player count, umpire count, general and detailed playing rules, scoring rules, foul and penalty rules, stop and start game rules, attempt rules, parallel play rules, out of bound rules could be suitably modified or fine-tuned to enhance the excitement delivered by the sport significantly.

[0001143] As such, embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure include systems and methods of playing a new enhanced version of the Water polo sport.

[0001144] While various embodiments usable within the scope of the present disclosure have been described with emphasis, it should be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced other than as specifically described herein.

CLAIMS - WATER POLO SPORT

What is claimed is:

217. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport of Water polo, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, in a playing pool, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

218. The method of claim 217, wherein the game or sport of Water polo is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points by throwing at least one ball into an opposing team goal area, in at least one attempt given to each team to throw at least one ball.

219. The method of claim 218, wherein each team of players, their coaching team, are connected by waterproof electronic wireless communication devices so as to interact, communicate, strategize, send signals to each other in real time while playing the game or sport, on a unique communication frequency or channel.

220. The method of claim 218, wherein throwing at least one ball into the opposing team goal area comprises of at least one player floating or swimming in the playing pool and advancing at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area which in turn comprises of floating, swimming, swimming with at least one ball, throwing at least one ball by at least one hand, catching at least one ball by at least one hand, pushing at least one ball by at least one hand, passing at least one ball by at least one hand, shooting at least one ball by at least one hand or combinations thereof.

221. The method of claim 218, wherein a first team throws at least two balls in an attempt to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area, while a second team throws at least two balls in at least one of the subsequent attempts to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

222. The method of claim 218, wherein both teams simultaneously throw at least one ball, in a single attempt to throw at least one ball towards or into the opposing team goal area.

223. The method of claim 218, wherein at least one attempt to throw at least one ball begins with a swimming sprint, by players of both teams starting from their respective goal lines, to gain possession of at least one ball dropped near the center line of the swimming pool.

224. A system for playing a simulated game or sport of Water polo that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing pool or simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport of Water polo that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, in the simulated playing pool or simulated playing area.

Claims

INVENTOR AND APPLICANT: SRINIVAS S. DEVATHI PCT APPLICATION TITLE: SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PLAYING ENHANCED VERSION OFBALL BASED SPORTS OVERALL CLAIMS What is claimed is:

1. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport, the method comprising: using at least two balls simultaneously as part of the game or sport, on a playing field or a playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and the said at least two balls are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport.

2. A method of playing or conducting or organizing a game or sport, the method comprising: using at least two balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the game or sport, on a playing field or a playing area, wherein scoring using one ball results in a different score than scoring using at least one other ball; and passing, kicking, striking, handling, hitting, dribbling, carrying, batting, bowling, pitching, tackling, blocking, stopping, heading, throwing, shooting by at least one human hand or at least one human leg or human head or at least one racquet or at least one bat or at least one stick, resulting in advancing, retreating, gaining ground, losing ground of one ball results in a different advantage as compared to at least one other ball.

3. The method of claim 1, wherein the game or sport is played between two teams, each team comprising of at least one player, and wherein the objective of the game or sport is to score higher number of points.

4. The method of claim 3, wherein each team of players, their coaching team, are connected by electronic wireless communication devices so as to interact, communicate, strategize, send signals to each other in real time while playing the game or sport, on a unique communication frequency or channel.

5. The method of claim 1, wherein each team playing the game or sport needs one, two or more players per each additional ball used in the game or sport, beyond the one ball.

6. The method of claim 1, wherein using at least two balls, could also be using at least two shuttlecocks or using at least two pucks.

7. The method of claim 1, wherein the rules for the game or sport are based on one of: American Football, Australian Football, Badminton, Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball, Water polo or other ball based similar games or sports.

8. A system for playing a simulated game or sport that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on a simulated playing field or a simulated playing area, the system comprising: an electronic device configured to: host an operating system, host an executable computer program, host a software application, embed at least one sensor, network with other peripheral devices, communicate with other hand held devices, or combinations thereof; and enable one or more users to experience playing the simulated visual game or sport that uses at least two simulated balls which are simultaneously in motion for at least a fraction of the duration of the simulated game or sport, on the simulated playing field or simulated playing area.

9. The system of claim 8, wherein the simulated game or sport that uses at least two simulated balls, could also be a simulated game or sport that uses at least two simulated shuttlecocks or a simulated game or sport that uses at least two simulated pucks.

10. The system of claim 8, wherein the simulated game or sport could be one of: American Football, Australian Football, Badminton, Bandy, Baseball, Basketball, Canadian Football, Cricket, Field Hockey, Gaelic Football, Handball, Hurling, Ice Hockey, Korfball, Lacrosse, Netball, Polo, Racquetball, Roller Hockey inline, Roller Hockey Quad, Rugby League, Rugby Union, Soccer, Softball, Squash, Table Tennis, Tennis, Throw ball, Volley ball, Water polo or other ball based similar games or sports.

CLAIMS COMMENTS:

Overall claims for the disclosed concept 1 to 10 are included here. However, the disclosed concept could be extrapolated to many sports. Claims specific to 30 sports (from claims 11 to 224) are included in the Description document / PDF, in the individual sports sections.

The claims distribution is as follows: American Football - Claims 11 to 16, Australian Football - Claims 17 to 22, Badminton - Claims 23 to 29, Bandy - Claims 30 to 36, Baseball - Claims 37 to 45, Basketball - Claims 46 to 51, Canadian Football - Claims 52 to 57, Cricket - Claims 58 to 72, Field Hockey - Claims 73 to 78, Gaelic Football - Claims 79 to 84, Handball - Claims 85 to 90, Hurling - Claims 91 to 96, Ice Hockey - Claims 97 to 103, Korfball - Claims 104 to 109, Lacrosse - Claims 110 to 117, Netball - Claims 118 to 123, Polo - Claims 124 to 130, Racquetball - Claims 131 to 136, Roller Hockey inline

- Claims 137 to 143, Roller Hockey Quad - Claims 144 to 149, Rugby League - Claims 150 to 159, Rugby Union - Claims 160 to 168, Soccer - Claims 169 to 174, Softball - Claims 175 to 183, Squash - Claims 184 to 189, Table Tennis - Claims 190 to 196, Tennis

- Claims 197 to 203, Throw ball - Claims 204 to 209, Volley ball - Claims 210 to 216 and Water polo - Claims 217 to 224.